E NGINEERING

AM

CO
IQAC

IR
Sri

SRI SA

LLEG
Quality
Ensuring

E
SAI RAM
«««

ENGINEERING COLLEGE
An Autonomous Institution
West Tambaram, Chennai - 44
www.sairam.edu.in

Approved by AICTE, New Delhi NATIONAL ASSESSMENT AND

ACCREDITATION COUNCIL
ISO 9001 : 2015

Afliated to Anna University

NATIONAL
INSTITUTIONAL
RANKING
FRAMEWORK
ACCREDITED

AUTONOMOUS
REGULATIONS CURRICULUM AND
2020
SYLLABUS
Academic Year 2020-21 onwards I - VIII
SEMESTERS
 SRI SAIRAM ENGINEERING COLLEGE

VISION
To emerge as a ”Centre of excellence “ offering Technical Educa on and Research
opportuni es of very high standards to students, develop the total personality of the
individual and ins ll high levels of discipline and strive to set global standards, making our
students technologically superior and ethically stronger, who in turn shall contribute to the
advancement of society and humankind.

MISSION
We dedicate and commit ourselves to achieve, sustain and foster unmatched excellence in
Technical Educa on. To this end, we will pursue con nuous development of infra-structure
and enhance state-of-the-art equipment to provide our students a technologically up-to
date and intellectually inspiring environment of learning, research, crea vity, innova on
and professional ac vity and inculcate in them ethical and moral values.

QUALITY POLICY

We at Sri Sai Ram Engineering College are commi ed to build a be er Na on through

Quality Educa on with team spirit. Our students are enabled to excel in all values of Life
and become Good Ci zens. We con nually improve the System, Infrastructure and Service
to sa sfy the Students, Parents, Industry and Society.

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

VISION
To emerge as a “Centre of Excellence in the field of IT” offering Technological Educa on and
Research opportuni es of high standards to students, develop high degree of digital
knowledge and skillset, making our students technologically superior and ethically strong,
who in turn shall contribute to the advancement of society and humankind.

MISSION
Department of Informa on Technology, Sri Sairam Engineering College is commi ed to
M1 Provide quality educa on in Informa on Technology and also create technologically
new and intellectually inspiring environment
M2 Focus on research and development of technologies by engaging in value added
courses and on evolu on of digital environment.
M3 Design and Develop state-of-the art on learning, crea vity, innova on and inculcate
in them ethical, social and moral values.
M4 Establish con nuous Industry Ins tute Interac on, par cipa on and collabora on to
contribute job oriented skilled IT Engineers by improving their entrepreneurial skills.
 Curriculum IT
AUTONOMOUS CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI
Regulations 2020
SEMESTER I
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY
1 20BSMA101 Engineering Mathematics-I 3 1 0 4 4
2 20HSEN101 Technical English-I 3 0 0 3 3
3 20BSPH101 Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3 3
4 20BSCY101 Engineering Chemistry 3 0 0 3 3
5 20ESCS101 Problem solving and Programming in C 3 0 0 3 3
6 20ESGE101 Engineering Graphics 1 2 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
7 20BSPL101 Physics and Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20ESPL101 Programming in C lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
VALUE ADDITIONS - I
9 20TPHS101 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
10 20HSMG101 Personal Values 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 29 23

SEMESTER II
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20BSMA204 Discrete Structures 3 1 0 4 4

2 20HSEN201 Technical English - II 3 0 0 3 3
3 20BSPH203 Physics for Information Science 3 0 0 3 3
4 20BSCY201 Environmental Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
5 20ESIT202 Python Programming 3 0 0 3 3
6 20ESIT203 Digital Principles and System Design 2 1 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
7 20ESGE201 Engineering Practices Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20ESPL201 Python Programming Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
9 20ESPL202 Digital Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
VALUE ADDITIONS - II
10 20TPHS201 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
11 20HSMG201 Interpersonal Values 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 32 24.5
 Curriculum IT
SEMESTER III
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20BSMA304 Statistics and Linear Algebra 3 1 0 4 4

2 20ITPC301 Data Structures 3 0 0 3 3
3 20CSPC301 Object Oriented Programming 2 1 0 3 3
4 20ITPC302 Software Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
5 20ITPC303 Computer Organization and Architecture 3 0 0 3 3
6 20ESEC301 Communication Engineering 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
7 20ITPL301 Data Structures Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20CSPL301 Object Oriented Programming Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
9 20ITTE301 Live-in-Lab – 1 0 0 2 2 1
VALUE ADDITIONS - III
8 20ITTP301 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
9 20MGMC301 Constitution of India 2 0 0 2 0
TOTAL 31 24

SEMESTER IV
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20BSMA402 Probability and queuing Theory 3 1 0 4 4

2 20CSPC402 Database Management Systems 3 0 0 3 3
3 20ITPC401 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 2 1 0 3 3
4 20CSPC401 Operating Systems 3 0 0 3 3
5 20CSPW401 Computer Networks with Laboratory 3 0 2 5 4
PRACTICAL
6 20CSPL402 Database Management Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
7 20CSPL401 Operating Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20ITTE401 Live-in-Lab 2 0 0 2 2 1
VALUE ADDITIONS - IV

9 20ITTP401 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1

TOTAL 28 22

ii
 Curriculum IT
SEMESTER V
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20ITPW501 Statistical Analysis using R Programming

` with Laboratory 3 0 2 5 4
2 20ITPW502 Object Oriented Analysis and Design
with Laboratory 3 0 2 5 4
3 20ITPC501 Web Technology 3 0 0 3 3
4 20ITPC502 Big Data Essentials 3 0 0 3 3
5 20ESEC502 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
6 20ITPL501 Web Technology Laboratory 0 0 4 4 2
7 20ESPL501 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers
Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20ITTE501 Live-in-Lab III 0 0 4 4 2
VALUE ADDITIONS - V
9 20ITTP501 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1

TOTAL 32 23.5

SEMESTER VI
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20CSPC601 Articial Intelligence 3 0 0 3 3

2 20ITPC601 Cloud Computing and Virtualization 3 0 0 3 3
3 20HSMG601 Principles of Engineering Management 3 0 0 3 3
4 20XXELXXX Professional Elective - I 3 0 0 3 3
5 20XXOEXXX Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
6 20HSPL501 Communication and Soft Skills Lab 0 0 2 2 1
7 20ITPL602 Cloud Computing & Virtualization Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20CSPL601 Articial Intelligence Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
9 20ITPJ601 Innovative Design Project 0 0 2 2 1
VALUE ADDITIONS - VI
10 20ITTP601 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
TOTAL 27 21

iii
 Curriculum IT
SEMESTER VII
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20ITPC701 Cryptography and Network Security 3 0 0 3 3

2 20ITPC702 Data Science with Machine Learning 3 1 0 4 4
3 20XXELXXX Professional Elective II 3 0 0 3 3
4 20XXELXXX Professional Elective III 3 0 0 3 3
5 20XXOEXXX Open Elective - II 3 0 0 3 3
PRACTICAL
6 20ITPL701 Cryptography and Network Security Lab 0 0 3 3 1.5
7 20ITPL702 Data Science Laboratory 0 0 3 3 1.5
8 20ITPJ701 Project Phase - I 0 0 4 4 2
VALUE ADDITIONS - VII
9 20ITTP701 Skill Enhancement 0 0 2 2 1
TOTAL 28 22

SEMESTER VIII
WEEK HOURS TOTAL
S. COURSE
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDITS
NO CODE L T P HOURS

THEORY

1 20XXELXXX Professional Elective - IV 3 0 0 3 3

PRACTICAL
2 20ITPJ801 Project Phase - II 3 0 0 8 4
TOTAL 11 7

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION

Category BS ES HS EL PC+PL PW OE TE PJ TP IS MC TOTAL

Credit 29.5 25.5 10 12 54 12 6 4 7 7 3 Y 170

Percentage 17.4 15.0 5.9 7.0 31.7 7.0 3.5 2.3 4.1 4.1 1.7 -

*IS-Internship

iv
 Curriculum IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS

Computing &
1 20ITEL601 Software Testing 3 0 0 3 3 Infor. Systems
Computing &
2 20ITEL602 Compiler Design 3 0 0 3 3 Infor. Systems
Data Analytics
3 20ITEL603 Cyber Security and Forensics 3 0 0 3 3 & Security
4 20ITEL604 Network Programming Protocols Cloud
Computing
and Standards 3 0 0 3 3
AI & Machine
5 20CSEL501 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 3 0 0 3 3 Learning
Data Analytics
6 20ITEL605 Visualization Techniques 3 0 0 3 3 & Security
7 20ITEL606 Mobile Application Development Internet of
with Laboratory 2 0 1 3 3 Things
Internet of
8 20ITEL607 Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3 3 Things

9 20ITEL608 Fundamentals of Edge and AI & Machine

Learning
Soft Computing 3 0 0 3 3
Cloud
10 20ITEL609 NoSQL Database Techniques 3 0 0 3 3 Computing

11 20MGEL501 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 3 3 Management

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS

1 20ITEL701 C# and .Net Programming Computing &

Information
with Laboratory 2 0 1 3 3 Systems

2 20ITEL702 Wireless Ad hoc and Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3 3 Internet of

Things
3 20ITEL703 Information Storage and Management 3 0 0 3 3 Cloud
Computing
4 20ITEL704 Fundamentals of block chain Data Analytics
technology with Laboratory 3 0 0 3 3 & Security

5 20ITEL705 Applied Machine Learning 3 0 0 3 3 AI Machine

Learing
6 20CSEL703 Information Retrieval Techniques 3 0 0 3 3 Data Analytics
& Security
7 20CSEL701 Social Network Analysis 3 0 0 3 3 AI & Machine
Learning
Computing &
8 20ITEL706 Computer Graphics and Multimedia 3 0 0 3 3 Information
Systems
9 20ITEL707 Robotic Process Automation 3 0 0 3 3 Internet of
Things
10 20ITEL708 Full Stack Software Development 3 0 0 3 3 Cloud
Computing
11 20MGEL601 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3 3 Management

v
 Curriculum IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS
Internet of
1 20MEPC702 Robotics and Applications 3 0 0 3 3 Things
2 20ITEL709 Internet of Things 3 0 0 3 3 Internet of
Things
Cloud
3 20ITEL710 Service Oriented Architecture 3 0 0 3 3 Computing
AI & Machine
4 20CSEL704 Natural Language Processing 3 0 0 3 3 Learning
5 20CSEL802 Deep Learning Principles & Practices 3 0 0 3 3 AI & Machine
Learning
6 20CSEL607 Agile Methodologies 3 0 0 3 3 Computing &
Infor. Systems

7 20CSEL604 Bio Informatics 3 0 0 3 3 Data Analytics

& Security
Computing &
8 20CSEL601 Software Project Management 3 0 0 3 3 Infor. Systems
Cloud
9 20ITEL711 Storage Area Network 3 0 0 3 3 Computing
10 20ITEL712 Digital Forensics And Cyber Laws 3 0 0 3 3 Data Analytics
& Security
11 20MGEL701 Foundation Skills in Integrated
Management
Product Development 3 0 0 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
S. COURSE WEEK HOURS TOTAL
COURSE TITLE CONTACT CREDIT STREAM
NO CODE L T P HOURS
Cloud
1 20ITEL801 Free and Open Source Software Tools 3 0 0 3 3 Computing
2 20ITEL802 Virtual and Augmented Reality 3 0 0 3 3 Internet of
Things
Data Analytics
3 20ITEL803 Intrusion Detection Systems 3 0 0 3 3 & Security
Cloud
4 20CSEL702 Software Dened Networks 3 0 0 3 3 Computing
Computing &
5 20ITEL804 Digital Image Processing 3 0 0 3 3 Infor. Systems
Computing &
6 20ITEL805 Information System Audit 3 0 0 3 3 Infor. Systems
AI & Machine
7 20ITEL806 Pattern Recognition Techniques 3 0 0 3 3 Learning
8 20CSEL809 Game Programming 3 0 0 3 3 AI & Machine
Learning
9 20ITEL807 IoT Based Smart Systems 3 0 0 3 3 Internet of
Things
10 20ITEL808 Web Security 3 0 0 3 3 Data Analytics
& Security
11 20MGEL801 Professional Ethics and Values 3 0 0 3 3
Management

vi
 Curriculum IT
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
PEO1 Graduates will embed in applying the mathematical and engineering knowledge in
solving problems in digital environment and understanding Industrial
requirements
PEO 2 Graduates will excel in Research, designing & developing solution for complex
problems in the eld of IT by adapting to the rapid technological advancements,
thereby increasing industrial collaboration.
PEO 3 Graduates are inculcated with lifelong learning to function as an individual or team
with ethics & social responsibility, for the advancement of society and service to
humankind.
PEO4 Graduates are trained in technical skills using modern tools to solve real time
problems and evolve as entrepreneurs in the eld of Information Technology.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

Information Technology Program Students will be able to:

PSO 1 Ability to build network based web application using different secured software
design concepts
PSO 2 Ability to design, implement and test information systems architecture to meet
specic software requirements following the ethical values
COMPONENTS OF THE CURRICULUM (COC)

Curriculum Content Total number

Total Number
Course Component (% of total number of of contact
of credits
credits of the program) hours
Basic Sciences(BS) 17.4 31 29.5
Engineering Sciences(ES) 15.0 33 25.5
Humanities and Social Sciences (HS) 5.9 12 10
Professional Electives(EL) 7.0 9 12
Program Core+Program Lab (PC+PL) 31.7 71 54
Program theory with Lab (PW) 7.0 15 12
Open Electives (OE) 3.5 06 6
Talent Enhancement (TE) 2.3 08 4
Project (PJ) 4.1 14 7
Training & Placement (TP) 4.1 14 7
Internships/Seminars (IS) 1.7 - 3
Mandatory Courses (MC) NA 06 NA
Total number of Credits 219 170

vii
 Curriculum IT

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES(POs)
PROGRAM OUTCOME REPRESENTS THE KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS
AND ATTITUDES THAT THE STUDENTS WOULD BE EXPECTED TO
HAVE AT THE END OF THE 4 YEAR ENGINEERING DEGREE PROGRAM

12 02
Life-long
learning
01 Problem
Analysis
Engineering
Recognize the need for, and Identify and analyze
have the preparation, ability to
knowledge complex engineering
engage in independent and Apply the basic principle problems reaching logical
life-long learning in the context and knowledge of conclusions using the basic
of technological change. mathematics, science and principles of mathematics,
engineering principles to science and engineering.
solve technical problems.

11 03
Project Development
management of solutions
Demonstrate knowledge and Design solutions for
apply the principles of well-defined technical
engineering & management problems and assist with
in their own / team projects in
ING DE
EER
the design of systems,
multidisciplinary environments. components or processes

IN G to meet specified needs.

ENG

RE

10 04
E

Communicate Investigate
effectively complex problems
Communicate effectively Perform investigations, use
amongst the engineering research based knowledge
community, being able to and conduct experiments,
comprehend & write effective analyze and interpret the
reports, make presentations & results to provide valid
give/receive clear instructions. conclusions.

09
Individual &
05
Modern
Teamwork tool usage
Function effectively as Create, select and apply the
an individual, and as a latest techniques, resources
member or leader in and modern engineering / IT

07
diverse teams, and in tools to develop appropriate

08 06
multi-disciplinary solutions with an understanding
professional settings. of the limitations.
Environment &
Apply ethical Sustainability The Engineer
principles Demonstrate professional and Society
Apply ethical principles skills, knowledge and Apply reasoning based on
and commit to professional contextual reasoning to contextual knowledge to
ethics and responsibilities assess / environmental / assess societal, legal and
based on the norms of societal issues for cultural issues with
professional engineering sustainable development. competency in professional
pratices. engineering practices.

viii
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - I
20BSMA101 L T P C
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-I
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
The intent of the course is
l To understand and gain the knowledge of matrix algebra.
l To introduce the concepts of limits, continuity, derivatives and maxima and
Minima
l To acquaint the concept of improper integrals and the properties of definite
integrals.
l To provide understanding of double integration, triple integration and their
application.
l To introduce the concept of sequence and series and impart the knowledge
of Fourier series.

UNIT I MATRICES 12
Symmetric, skew symmetric and orthogonal matrices; Eigenvalues and
Eigenvectors of a real matrix – Characteristic equation – Properties of
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors – Cayley-Hamilton theorem (excluding proof) –
Diagonalization of a Quadratic form using orthogonal transformation - Nature
of Quadratic forms.

UNIT II DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 12

Limits, continuity, Differentiation rules - Maxima and Minima of functions of
one variable, partial derivatives (first and second order – basic problems),
Taylor's series for functions of two variables, Jacobian, Maxima & Minima of
functions of several variables, saddle points; Method of Lagrange multipliers.

UNIT III INTEGRAL CALCULUS 12

Evaluation of definite integrals - Techniques of Integration-Substitution rule -
Integration by parts, Integration of rational functions by partial fraction,
Integration of irrational functions. Applications of definite integrals to
evaluate surface area of revolution and volume of revolution. Evaluation of
improper integrals.

UNIT IV MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 12

Double integrals – Change of order of integration – Double integrals in polar

1
 Syllabus IT
coordinates – Area enclosed by plane curves – Triple integrals – Volume of
solids – Change of variables in double and triple integrals.
UNIT V SEQUENCES AND SERIES 12
Introduction to sequences and series – power series – Taylor's series – series
for exponential, trigonometric, logarithmic, hyperbolic functions – Fourier
series – Half range Sine and Cosine series – Parseval's theorem.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. James Stewart, “Calculus: Early Transcendentals”, Cengage Learning, 7th
Edition, New Delhi, 2015.
2. B. V. Ramana, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 11th Reprint, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, “Calculus and Analytic Geometry”, 9th Edition,
Pearson, Reprint, 2002.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons, 2006.
3. T. Veerarajan, “Engineering Mathematics for first year”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 2008.
4. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, “A text-book of Engineering Mathematics”,
Laxmi Publications, Reprint, 2008.
5. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 40th Edition, 2014.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://math.mit.edu/~gs/linearalgebra/ila0601.pdf
2. http://ocw.mit.edu/ans7870/18/18.013a/textbook/HTML/chapter30/
3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-02sc-multivariable-
calculus-fall-2010/2.-partial-derivatives/
4. http://ocw.mit.edu/ans7870/18/18.013a/textbook/HTML/chapter31/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.khanacademy.org/math/linear-algebra/alternate-
bases/eigen-everything/v/linear-algebra-introduction-to-eigenvalues-
and-eigenvectors
2. https://www.khanacademy.org/math/differential-calculus

2
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Diagonalize the matrix using orthogonal transformation and apply Cayley
Hamilton Theorem to find the inverse and integral powers of a square
matrix. (K3)
2. Evaluate the limit, examine the continuity and use derivatives to find
extreme values of a function. (K3)
3. Evaluate definite and improper integrals using techniques of integration.
(K3)
4. Apply double and triple integrals to find the area of a region and the
volume of a surface. (K3)
5. Compute infinite series expansion of a function. (K3)

CO - PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - 1

SEMESTER - I
20HSEN101 L T P C
TECHNICAL ENGLISH - I
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
● To develop the basic LSRW skills of the students
● To encourage the learners to adapt to listening techniques
● To help learners develop their communication skills and converse fluently
in real contexts
● To help learners develop general and technical vocabulary through reading
and writing tasks
● To improve the language proficiency for better understanding of core
subjects

3
 Syllabus IT
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Listening – short texts – formal and informal conversations - Speaking –
basics in speaking – speaking on given topics & situations – recording
speeches and strategies to improve - Reading – critical reading – finding key
information in a given text – shifting facts from opinions - Writing – free
writing on any given topic – autobiographical writing - Language
Development – tenses – voices- word formation: prefixes and suffixes – parts
of speech – developing hints

UNIT II READING AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 9

Listening - long texts - TED talks - extensive speech on current affairs and
discussions -Speaking – describing a simple process – asking and answering
questions - Reading comprehension – skimming / scanning / predicting &
analytical reading – question & answers – objective and descriptive answers
–identifying synonyms and antonyms - process description - Writing
instructions – Language Development – writing definitions – compound
words.

UNIT III SPEAKING AND INTERPRETATION SKILLS 9

Listening - dialogues & conversations - Speaking – role plays – asking about
routine actions and expressing opinions - Reading longer texts & making a
critical analysis of the given text - Writing – types of paragraph and writing
essays – rearrangement of jumbled sentences - writing recommendations -
Language Development – use of sequence words - cause & effect expressions
- sentences expressing purpose - picture based and newspaper based
activities – single word substitutes

UNIT IV VOCABULARY BUILDING AND WRITING SKILLS 9

Listening - debates and discussions – practicing multiple tasks – self
introduction – Speaking about friends/places/hobbies - Reading -Making
inference from the reading passage – Predicting the content of the reading
passage - Writing – informal letters/e-mails - Language Development -
synonyms & antonyms - conditionals – if, unless, in case, when and others –
framing questions.

UNIT V LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNICAL WRITING 9

Listening - popular speeches and presentations - Speaking - impromptu
speeches & debates - Reading - articles – magazines/newspapers Writing –
essay writing on technical topics - channel conversion – bar diagram/ graph –
picture interpretation - process description - Language Development –
modal verbs - fixed / semi-fixed expressions – collocations
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
4
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Board of Editors. Using English: A Coursebook for Undergraduate
Engineers and Technologists. Orient Blackswan Limited, Hyderabad:
2015.
2. Dhanavel, S.P. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science
and Engineering. Orient Blackswan, Chennai, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Anderson, Paul V. Technical Communication: A Reader – Centered
Approach. Cengage, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Smith-Worthington, Darlene & Sue Jefferson. Technical Writing for
Success. Cengage, Mason, USA, 2007.
3. Grussendorf, Marion, English for Presentations, Oxford University Press,
Oxford, 2007.
4. Chauhan, Gajendra Singh and et.al.Technical Communication (Latest
Revised Edition). Cengage Learning India Pvt. Limited, 2018.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_hs31/preview
2. http://engineeringvideolectures.com/course/696

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.pearson.com/english/catalogue/business-english/
technical-english.html
2. https://www.cambridgeenglish.org/learning-english/free-resources/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Express and explain short texts on different topics with key information
applying suitable vocabulary (K2)
2 Interpret and dramatize fluently in informal and formal contexts(K2)
3 Choose and apply the right syntax in comprehending diversified general
and technical articles (K3)
4 Analyze and write technical concepts in simple and lucid style (K3)
5 Construct informal letters and e-mails thoughtfully (K2)
6 Demonstrate technical concepts and summaries in correct grammar and
vocabulary (K2)

5
 Syllabus IT
CO - PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - - 1 - 2 3 1 1

CO2 - - - - - - - 1 2 3 2 1

CO3 - - - - - - - - 1 3 3 2

CO4 - 2 - - - - - 1 2 3 1 1

CO5 - - - - - - - 2 - 3 2 1

CO6 - - - - - - 3 - - 3 2 1

SEMESTER - I
20BSPH101 L T P C
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To educate and enhance the fundamental knowledge in Physics and its
applications relevant to various streams of Engineering and Technology

UNIT I CRYSTAL PHYSICS 9

Single crystalline, Polycrystalline and Amorphous materials - single crystals:
unit cell, crystal systems, Bravais lattices, directions and planes in a crystal -
Miller indices - Interplanar distance - Powder diffraction method - Debye
Scherer formula - Calculation of number of atoms per unit cell - Atomic radius -
Coordination number - packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures -
Polymorphism and allotropy - Diamond and Graphite structure (qualitative) -
Growth of single crystals: Solution and Melt growth Techniques.

UNIT II PROPERTIES OF MATTER 9

Elasticity - Stress - strain diagram and its uses - Poisson's ratio - Relationship
between three moduli of elasticity (qualitative) - Factors affecting elastic
modulus and tensile strength - Twisting couple - shaft - Torsion pendulum:
theory and experiment - bending of beams - bending moment - cantilever:
theory and experiment - uniform and non-uniform bending: theory and
experiment - I-shaped girders - stress due to bending in beams.

UNIT III QUANTUM PHYSICS 9

Black body radiation - Planck's theory (derivation) - Compton effect: theory -
6
 Syllabus IT
wave particle duality - electron diffraction - progressive waves - wave equation
- concept of wave function and its physical significance - Schrödinger's wave
equation - Time independent and Time dependent equations - particle in a box
(one dimensional motion) - Tunneling (qualitative) - scanning tunneling
microscope.

UNIT IV LASERS AND FIBER OPTICS 9

Lasers: population of energy levels, Einstein's A and B coefficients derivation -
pumping methods - resonant cavity, optical amplification (qualitative) - three
level and four level laser - CO2 laser - Semiconductor lasers: Homojunction and
Heterojunction.
Fiber optics: Principle, Numerical aperture and Acceptance angle - Types of
optical fibers (material, refractive index, mode) - Losses associated with
optical fibers - Fiber Optical Communication system (Block diagram) - Fiber
optic sensors: pressure and displacement.

UNIT V THERMAL PHYSICS 9

Transfer of heat energy - thermal expansion of solids and liquids - bimetallic
strips - thermal conduction, convection and radiation - heat conduction in
solids (qualitative) - thermal conductivity - Forbe's and Lee's disc method:
theory and experiment - conduction through compound media (series and
parallel) - thermal insulation - applications: heat exchangers, refrigerators
and solar water heaters.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. D.K. Bhattachary & T.Poonam, “Engineering Physics”. Oxford University
Press, 2015.
2. R.K. Gaur& S.L. Gupta, “Engineering Physics”. Dhanpat Rai Publishers,
2012.
3. B.K. Pandey & S.Chaturvedi, “Engineering Physics”, Cengage Learning
India, 2017.
4. V. Rajendran, “Engineering Physics”, Mc Graw Hill Publications Ltd. New
Delhi, 2014.
5. M.N. Avadhanulu& P.G. Kshirshagar, “A textbook of Engineering Physics”,
S. Chand & Co Ltd. 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. D. Halliday, . Resnick & J. Walker, “Principles of Physics”, Wiley, 2015.
2. R.A. Serway, & J.W. Jewett, “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”, Cengage
Learning, 2010.
3. N.K. Verma,” Physics for Engineers”, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2014.
7
 Syllabus IT
4. P.A. Tipler & G. Mosca “Physics for Scientists and Engineers”,
W.H.Freeman, 2020.
5. Brijlal and Subramanyam, “Properties of Matter”, S. Chand Publishing,
2018.
6. Shatendra Sharma & Jyotsna Sharma, “Engineering Physics”, Pearson,
2018.

OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. To understand the crystal systems and elastic properties of Materials (K2)
2. To distinguish different crystal structures and heat conduction in
conductor and insulators (K4)
3. To explain powder diffractionmethod-deformation of materials in
response to action load,quantum mechanics to understand wave particle
dualism (K2)
4. To apply quantum theory to set up one dimensional Schrodinger's wave
equation and applications to a matter wave system and principle of laser
action (K3)
5. To analyze bending of beams,types of optical fiber and modes of heat
transfer (K4)
6. To discuss light propagation in optical fibers and transfer of heat energy in
different measures and its applications (K2)

CO - PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 2 3 3 - - 2 - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - - - - 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - - - - 3

8
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - I
20BSCY101 L T P C
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
SDG NO. 4,6&7 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To make the students conversant with boiler feed water requirements,
related problems and water treatment techniques
l To illustrate the principles of electrochemical reactions, redox reactions in
corrosion of materials and methods for corrosion prevention and
protection of materials
l To categorize types of fuels, calorific value calculations, manufacture of
solid, liquid and gaseous fuels
l To demonstrate the principles and generation of energy in batteries,
nuclear reactors, solar cells, windmills and fuel cells
l To recognize the applications of polymers, composites and nano-materials
in various fields

UNIT I WATER TECHNOLOGY AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY 9

Water Technology : Introduction – Hard water and Soft water. Hardness of
water – types – expression of hardness (numerical problems). Boiler troubles
– scale and sludge, priming and foaming, caustic embrittlement and boiler
corrosion. Treatment of boiler feed water – Internal treatment (carbonate,
phosphate, calgon, colloidal and sodium aluminate conditioning). External
treatment – Ion exchange process, Zeolite process –Domestic water treatment
(break point chlorination) –Desalination of brackish water – Reverse
Osmosis.
Surface Chemistry: Adsorption – types – adsorption of gases on solids –
adsorption of solutes from solution – applications of adsorption –role of
adsorbents in catalysis and pollution abatement.

UNIT II ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND CORROSION 9

Electrochemistry: Cells – types (electrochemical and electrolytic cell) Redox
reaction – single electrode potential (oxidation potential and reduction
potential) – measurement and applications –Nernst equation (derivation
and problems) – electrochemical series and its significance.
Corrosion: Causes, factors and types – chemical and electrochemical
corrosion (galvanic, differential aeration). Corrosion control – material
selection and design aspects, cathodic protection methods (sacrificial
anodic and impressed current cathodic method) and corrosion inhibitors.
Paints: Constituents and its functions. Electroplating of Copper and electroless
plating of Nickel.
9
 Syllabus IT
UNIT III FUELS AND COMBUSTION 9
Fuels: Introduction – classification of fuels – Coal – analysis of coal (proximate
and ultimate). Carbonization – manufacture of metallurgical coke (Otto
Hoffmann method) – Petroleum – manufacture of synthetic petrol (Bergius
process). Knocking – octane number and cetane number – Gaseous fuels –
Compressed natural gas (CNG), Liquefied petroleum gases (LPG). Biofuels –
Gobar gas and Biodiesel.
Combustion of Fuels: Introduction – calorific value – higher and lower
calorific values- theoretical calculation of calorific value – flue gas analysis
(ORSAT Method).

UNIT IV ENERGY SOURCES AND STORAGE DEVICES 9

Energy sources: Nuclear fission – nuclear fusion – differences between
nuclear fission and fusion – nuclear chain reactions – nuclear energy – light
water nuclear power plant – breeder reactor – solar energy conversion – solar
cells – wind energy.
Storage devices: Batteries – types of batteries – primary battery (dry cell)
secondary battery (lead acid battery, lithium–ion–battery), fuel cells – H2 -O2
fuel cell and super capacitors.

UNIT V POLYMERS AND NANOMATERIALS 9

Polymers: Classification – types of polymerization – mechanism (Free radical
polymerization) –Engineering polymers: Nylon–6, Nylon–6,6, Teflon, Kevlar
and PEEK – preparation, properties and uses – Plastic and its types -
Conducting polymers – types and applications. Composites – definition, types,
polymer matrix composites – FRP.
Nanomaterials: Introduction – Nanoparticles, Nanoclusters, Nanorods,
Nanotubes (CNT: SWNT and MWNT) and Nanowires – Properties (surface to
volume ratio, melting point, optical and electrical), Synthesis (precipitation,
thermolysis, hydrothermal, electrodeposition, chemical vapour deposition,
laser ablation, sol-gel process) and Applications.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. S. Dara and S. S. Umare, “A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry”, S. Chand
& Company LTD, New Delhi, 2015.
2. P. C. Jain and Monika Jain, “Engineering Chemistry” DhanpatRai Publishing
Company (P) LTD, New Delhi, 2015.
3. S. Vairam, P. Kalyani and Suba Ramesh, “Engineering Chemistry”, Wiley
India PVT, LTD, New Delhi, 2013.
4. Ravikrishnan A, 'Engineering Chemistry', Sri Krishna Hitech Publishing
Company Pvt. Ltd, New Edition 2021.

10
 Syllabus IT

REFERENCES:
1. Friedrich Emich, “Engineering Chemistry”, Scientific International PVT,
LTD, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Prasanta Rath, “Engineering Chemistry”, Cengage Learning India PVT,
LTD, Delhi, 2015.
3. Shikha Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry-Fundamentals and
Applications”, Cambridge University Press, Delhi, 2015.

OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Identify the origin of water resources and develop innovative methods to
produce soft water for industrial use and potable water at cheaper cost and
recognize the basic design of adsorption systems and its industrial
applications. (K2)
2. Recognize the basic concepts of electrochemistry and apply the principles
of electrochemistry to corrosion process and the applications of protective
coatings to overcome the corrosion. (K2)
3. Disseminating the importance of chemistry of fuels and combustion to
enhance the fuel efficiency. (K2)
4. Acquire the basics of non-conventional sources of energy and illustrate the
principles and the reaction mechanism of batteries and fuel cells. (K2)
5. Explain the synthesis and applications of polymers, composites and nano-
materials. (K2)

CO – PO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 2 - - 1 2 - - - - 1

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 - 1 2 - - - - 1

CO4 3 2 3 2 - 1 2 - - - 1 3

CO5 3 2 3 1 2 1 1 - - - 1 3

11
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - I
20ESCS101 PROBLEM SOLVING AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4&9 PROGRAMMING IN C 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand about the programming language
l To develop C Programs using basic Programming Constructs, Loops
Arrays and Strings
l To develop applications in C using Functions , Pointers and Structures
l To perform I/O operations and File Handling in C

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING AND ALGORITHMS

FOR PROBLEM SOLVING 10
The Basic Model of Computation, Programming Paradigms- Program
Development Life Cycle - Algorithm –Pseudo Code – Flow Chart -
Programming Languages - Compilation - Linking and Loading - Testing and
Debugging - Documentation - Control Structures – Algorithmic Problem
Solving- Problems Based on Sequential, Decision Making - Branching and
Iteration.

UNIT II BASICS OF C PROGRAMMING 8

Structure of C program - C programming: Data Types – Storage Classes -
Constants – Enumeration Constants - Keywords – Operators: Precedence and
Associativity - Expressions – Input / Output Statements - Assignment
Statements – Decision making Statements - Switch Statement - Looping
Statements – Pre-Processor Directives - Compilation Process

UNIT III ARRAYS AND STRINGS 9

Introduction to Arrays: Declaration, Initialization – One Dimensional Array –
Example Program: Computing Mean, Median and Mode - Two Dimensional
Arrays – Example Program: Matrix Operations (Addition, Scaling,
Determinant and Transpose) - String Operations: Length, Compare,
Concatenate - Copy – Selection Sort - Linear and Binary Search.

UNIT IV FUNCTIONS AND POINTERS 9

Introduction to Functions: Function Prototype, Function Definition,
Function Call, Built-in Functions (String Functions, Math Functions) –
Recursion – Example Program: Computation of Sine Series - Scientific
Calculator using Built-in Functions - Binary Search using Recursive Functions
– Pointers – Pointer Operators – Pointer Arithmetic – Arrays and Pointers –
12
 Syllabus IT
Array of Pointers – Example Program: Sorting of Names – Parameter Passing:
Pass by Value - Pass by Reference – Example Program: Swapping of Two
Numbers using Pass by Reference.

UNIT V STRUCTURES and FILE PROCESSING 9

Structure - Nested Structures – Pointer and Structures – Array of Structures –
Example Program using Structures and Pointers – Self Referential Structures –
Dynamic Memory Allocation - Singly Linked List – Typedef.
Files – Types of File Processing: Sequential Access, Random Access –
Sequential Access File - Example Program: Finding Average of Numbers stored
in Sequential Access File - Random Access File - Example Program:
Transaction Processing Using Random Access Files – Command Line
Arguments.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reema Thareja, “Programming in C”, Oxford University Press, Second
Edition, 2016.
2. Kernighan, B.W and Ritchie,D.M, “The C Programming language”, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “C How to Program”, Seventh edition,
Pearson Publication, 2015.
2. Jeri R. Hanly & Elliot B. Koffman, “Problem Solving and Program Design in
C”, Pearson Education, 2013.
3. Pradip Dey, Manas Ghosh, “Fundamentals of Computing and Programming
in C”, First Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.
4. Anita Goel and Ajay Mittal, “Computer Fundamentals and Programming in
C”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson Education in South Asia,
2011.
5. Byron S. Gottfried, "Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of
Programming with C", McGraw-Hill Education, 1996.
6. Kanetkar Y, “Let us C”, BPB Publications, 2007.
7. Hanly J R & Koffman E.B, “Problem Solving and Programme design in C”,
Pearson Education, 2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.learn-c.org/
2. https://codeforwin.org/
3. https://www.cprogramming.com/
13
 Syllabus IT
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.linuxtopia.org/online_books/programming_books/
gnu_c_programming_tutorial
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105171
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs42/preview

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course the student should be able to
1. Understand the concepts of algorithms for solving a problem. (K2)
2. Illustrate the various constructs in C to develop simple applications. (K3)
3. Understand the concepts of Array & Strings. (K2)
4. Demonstrate the usage of Functions and Pointers. (K3)
5. Explain the Structure and union concepts. (K2)
6. Describe the file manipulation and its organisation.(K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 2 - 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 2 2 3 3 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2

SEMESTER - I
20ESGE101 L T P C
SDG NO. 4,6,7, 9, ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
12,14 &15 1 2 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To develop in students, graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas
and design of engineering products
l To visualize the job in three dimensions
l To have a clear conception and appreciation of the shape, size, proportion
and design
l To expose the student community to existing national standards related to
technical drawings
14
 Syllabus IT
CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (Not for Examination) 3
Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting
instruments – BIS conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of
drawing sheets – Lettering and dimensioning- Projection of Points

UNIT I PLANE CURVES AND FREEHAND SKETCHING 6+9

Basic Geometrical constructions, Curves used in engineering practices: Conics
– Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method –
Construction of cycloid on Horizontal Surfaces – construction of involutes of
circle for one complete revolution – Drawing of tangents and normal to the
above curves.
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles
–Representation of Three Dimensional objects – Layout of views- Freehand
sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of objects.

UNIT II PROJECTION OF LINES AND PLANE SURFACE 6+9

Orthographic projection- principles-Principal planes- Projection of straight
lines (only First angle projections) inclined to both the principal planes -
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method-
Projection of planes (polygonal and circular surfaces) inclined to both the
principal planes by rotating object method.

UNIT III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS 6+9

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the
axis is inclined to one of the principal planes by rotating object method.

UNIT IV PROJECTION OF SECTIONED SOLIDS AND

DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES 6+9
Sectioning of prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position
when the cutting plane is inclined to one of the principal planes and
perpendicular to the other – obtaining true shape of section. Development of
lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids in vertical position – Prisms,
pyramids cylinder and cone.

UNIT V ISOMETRIC AND PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS 6+9

Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale –Isometric projections of
simple solids and truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone-
Perspective projection of simple solids-Prisms, pyramids and cylinder by
visual ray method.
TOTAL: 78 PERIODS

15
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age
International (P) Limited, 2008.
2. T. Jeyapoovan, “Engineering Graphics using AUTOCAD”, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt Ltd, 7th Edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar Publishing
House, 50th Edition, 2010.
2. Natrajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi
Publishers, Chennai, 2009.
3. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas
Stores, Bangalore, 2007.
5. Luzzader, Warren.J. and Duff,John M., “Fundamentals of Engineering
Drawing with an introduction to Interactive Computer Graphics for
Design and Production, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.
6. N S Parthasarathy and Vela Murali, “Engineering Graphics”, Oxford
University, Press, New Delhi, 2015.
7. Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., “Engineering Drawing”, Pearson, 2nd Edition,
2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/103/112103019/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105/104/105104148/

PUBLICATION OF BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS:

1. IS10711 – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Size and lay out of
drawing sheets.
2. IS9609 (Parts 0 & 1) – 2001: Technical products Documentation –
Lettering.
3. IS10714 (Part 20) – 2001 & SP 46 – 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS11669 – 1986 & SP 46 – 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. IS15021 (Parts 1 to 4) – 2001: Technical drawings – Projection Methods

16
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Relate thoughts and ideas graphically in a neat fashion and ability to
perform sketching of engineering curves used in engineering practices,
multiple views of objects. (K1)
2. Understand the concepts of orthographic projections for basic
geometrical constructions. (K2)
3. Acquire the knowledge of orthographic projection in three dimensional
object. (K2)
4. Develop knowledge about Sectioning and apply interior shapes of solids.
(K3)
5. Analyze the concepts of design in developing various 3 dimensional
projections. (K4)
6. Build a strong foundation to analyze the design in various dimensions.
(K4)

CO - PO , PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

CO6 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 - 2 2 2

SEMESTER - I
20BSPL101 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY L T P C
SDG NO. 4 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5
PHYSICS LABORATORY
OBJECTIVES:
l To acquaint the students with practical knowledge of physics principles in
various fields such as optics, thermal physics and properties of matter for
developing basic experimental skills
l To make the student to acquire practical skills in the determination of
water quality parameters through volumetric and instrumental analysis

17
 Syllabus IT

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Any 5 Experiments)

1. Determination of Young's modulus by non-uniform bending method.
2. Determination of rigidity modulus –Torsion pendulum.
3. Determination of velocity of sound and compressibility of liquid –
Ultrasonic Interferometer.
4. (a) Determination of wavelength and particle size using Laser.
(b) Determination of acceptance angle in an optical fiber.
5. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor – Lee's Disc
method.
6. Determination of specific resistance of a given coil of wire – Carey
Foster's bridge.
7. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum – spectrometer
grating.
8. Determination of band gap of a semiconductor.
9. Determination of Hall coefficient by Hall Effect experiment.
10. Determination of solar cell characteristics.

LAB REQUIREMENTS FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS /

6 (max.) STUDENTS PER EXPERIMENT
1. Young's modulus by non-uniform bending method-
experimental set-up – 12 sets
2. Rigidity modulus - Torsion pendulum experimental
set-up – 12 sets
3. Ultrasonic Interferometer to determine velocity of sound
and compressibility of liquid – 6 sets
4. (a) Experimental set-up to find the wavelength of light,
and to find particle size using Laser – 6 sets
(b) Experimental set-up to find acceptance angle in an
optical fiber – 6 sets
5. Lee's disc method- experimental set up to find thermal
conductivity of a bad conductor – 6 sets
6. Experimental set-up to find specific resistance of a coil
of wire-Carey Foster's Bridge – 6 sets
7. Experimental set-up to find the wavelength of mercury
spectrum-spectrometer grating – 6 sets
8. Experimental set-up to find the band gap of a semiconductor – 12 sets
9. Experimental set-up to find the Hall coefficient by
Hall Effect Experiment – 6 sets

18
 Syllabus IT
10. Experimental set-up to study characteristics of solar cells – 6 sets

TEXTBOOKS:
1. J.D. Wilson& C.A. Hernandez Hall “Physics Laboratory Experiments”
Houghton Mifflin Company, New York, 2010.
2. M.N. Srinivasan, S. Balasubramanian &R. Ranganathan, “Practical
Physics”, S. Chand & Sons educational publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. R. Sasikumar, “Practical Physics”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
(Any five experiments to be conducted)

OBJECTIVES:
l To acquaint the students with practical knowledge of the basic concepts of
chemistry, the student faces during the course of their study in the
industry and engineering field
l To make the student to acquire practical skills in the determination of
water quality parameters through volumetric and instrumental analysis
l To understand and develop experimental skills for building technical
competence

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS (Any five experiments to be conducted)

1. Estimation of HCl using Na2CO3 as primary standard and Determination
of alkalinity in water samples.
2. Determination of total, temporary & permanent hardness of water by
EDTA method.
3. Determination of DO content of water sample by Winkler's method.
4. Determination of chloride content of water sample by argentometric
method.
5. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid using pH meter.
6. Conductometric titration of strong acid vs strong base.
7. Estimation of iron content of the given solution using potentiometer.
8. Estimation of iron content of the water sample using spectrophotometer
(1, 10- Phenanthroline / thiocyanate method).
9. Estimation of sodium and potassium present in water using flame
photometers.
10. Determination of molecular weights of polymers using Ostwald's
Viscometer.

19
 Syllabus IT

LAB REQUIREMENTS FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS /

6 (MAX.) STUDENTS PER EXPERIMENT.
1. Estimation of HCl using Na2CO3 as primary standard and
Determination of alkalinity in water sample - 6 sets
2. Determination of total, temporary & permanent
hardness of water by EDTA method - 6 sets
3. Determination of DO content of water sample by
Winkler's method - 6sets
4. Determination of chloride content of water sample by
argentometric method – 6 sets
5. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid using
pH meter - 6 sets
6. Conductometric titration of strong acid vs strong base - 6 sets
7. Estimation of iron content of the given solution using
potentiometer - 6 sets
8. Estimation of iron content of the water sample using
spectrophotometer (1,10- Phenanthroline /
thiocyanate method) - 2 sets
9. Estimation of sodium and potassium present in water
using flame photometer - 2 sets
10. Determination of molecular weights of polymer using
Ostwald's Viscometer. - 6 sets
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis (8th edition, 2014).

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Apply the principles of thermal physics and properties of matter to
evaluate the properties of materials and to determine the physical
properties of liquid using ultrasonic interferometer. (K1)
2. Understand measurement technique and usage of new instruments in
optics for real time application in engineering. (K2)
3. Apply the knowledge of semiconductor materials to evaluate the band
gap and Hall coefficient of materials and to study the characteristics of
solar cell for engineering solutions. (K3)

20
 Syllabus IT
4. Interpret quantitative chemical analysis to generate experimental skills
in building technical competence. (K3)
5. Analyze the quality of water for domestic and industrial purpose. (K3)
6. Standardize the solutions using volumetric titrations, conductivity, pH,
redox potential and optical density measurements. (K3)

CO- PO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 1 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2

SEMESTER - I
20ESPL101 L T P C
PROGRAMMING IN C LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4&9 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To develop programs in C using basic Programming Constructs
l To develop applications in C using Arrays and Strings
l To design and implement applications in C using Functions, Structures
l To develop applications in C using Files

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Write a program using I/O statements and expressions.
2. Write programs using decision-making constructs.
3. Write a program to find whether the given year is leap year or not? (Hint:
not every centurion year is a leap. For example 1700, 1800 and 1900 is
not a leap year)

21
 Syllabus IT
4. Write a program to perform the Calculator operations, namely, addition,
subtraction, multiplication, division and square of a number.
5. Write a program to check whether a given number is Armstrong number
or not?
6. Write a program tocheck whether a given number is odd or even?
7. Write a program to find the factorial of a given number.
8. Write a program to find out the average of 4 integers.
9. Write a program to display array elements using two dimensional arrays.
10. Write a program to perform swapping using function.
11. Write a program to display all prime numbers between two intervals
using functions.
12. Write a program to reverse a sentence using recursion.
13. Write a program to get the largest element of an array using the function.
14. Write a program to concatenate two string.
15. Write a program to find the length of String.
16. Write a program to find the frequency of a character in a string.
17. Write a program to store Student Information in Structure and Display it.
18. The annual examination is conducted for 10 students for five subjects.
Write a program to read the data and determine the following:
(a) Total marks obtained by each student.
(b) The highest marks in each subject and the marks of the student who
secured it.
(c) The student who obtained the highest total marks.
19. Insert, update, delete and append telephone details of an individual or a
company into a telephone directory using random access file.
20. Count the number of account holders whose balance is less than the
minimum balance using sequential access file.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS:

Standalone desktops with C compiler 30 Nos.
(or)
Server with C compiler supporting 30 terminals or more.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Solve some simple problems leading to specific applications. (K3)
2. Demonstrate C programming development environment, compiling,
debugging, linking and executing a program. (K3)

22
 Syllabus IT
3. Illustrate C programs for simple applications making use of basic
constructs, arrays and strings. (K3)
4. Construct C programs involving functions and recursion. (K3)
5. Demonstrate C programs involving pointers, and structures. (K3)
6. Interpret applications using sequential and random access file. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 2 - 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 - 3 - 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 2 2 3 3 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2

SEMESTER - I
20TPHS101 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4&5 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To enrich social network ethics
l To develop and enhance browsing culture
l To understand the concepts of networking
l To promote self professionalism
l To acquire knowledge about various digital identification procedures

UNIT I SOCIAL NETWORK ETIQUETTES 6

Introduction to social network – Social Networking Etiquettes - Pros and Cons
- Usage of Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp , Telegram, Youtube, Evolution of
Android and IOS, Introduction to Linkedin & Benefits. (Practicals – Official
Mail id- Linkedin Id Creation, Linkedin Profile Bulilding , Facebook Id and
Creation and Modifying the existing FB ID)

UNIT II BROWSING CULTURE 6

Introduction to browsing – Search Engines-Google - Bing -Yahoo!-AOL -MSN
–DuckDuckGo ,browsers, phishing – Cookies - URL – https:// extensions ,
23
 Syllabus IT
browsing history, Incognito mode- VPN – Pros and Cons – Book mark.

UNIT III NETWORKING 6

Basics of networking - LAN, MAN, WAN, Introduction to network topologies,
Protocols , IP Commands (Command line prompt), Define online complier
and editor (Practicals – Find Your System IP,Ping Command, Firewall Fortinet,
Basic DOS Commands)

UNIT IV PROFESSIONALISM 6
Dress Code, Body Language, Appropriate Attire ,Communication Skills,
Interview preparation – Introducing yourself - How to greet Superiors,
Importance of Eye Contact During conversation.

UNIT V DIGITAL IDENTIFICATION 6

Introduction to NAD - Importance of Aadhar, PAN Card, Passport, Bank
Account, Bar Code, QR scan, Payment Gateway (Gpay, Phone Pe, UPI, BHIM,
Paytm), Mobile Banking (Practicals - NAD registration Step by Step, Linking
bank account with netbanking , Register for payment gateway).
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS

WEB REFERENCES :
Unit I: Social Network Etiquettes:
1. https://sproutsocial.com/glossary/social-media-etiquette/
2. https://www.shrm.org/resourcesandtools/tools-and-samples/hr-
qa/pages/socialnetworkingsitespolicy.aspx
3. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02711/full
4. https://medium.com/@sirajea/11-reasons-why-you-should-use-
telegram-instead-of-whatsapp-ab0f80fbfa79
5. https://buffer.com/library/how-to-use-instagram/
6. https://www.webwise.ie/parents/what-is-youtube/
7. https://www.androidauthority.com/history-android-os-name-789433/
8. https://www.mindtools.com/pages/article/linkedin.htm

Unit II: Browsing Culture:

1. https://sites.google.com/site/bethanycollegeofteacheredn/unit--ict-
connecting-with-world/national-policy-on-information-and-
communication-technology-ict/accessing-the-web-introduction-to-the-
browser-browsing-web
2. https://www.wordstream.com/articles/internet-search-engines-
history
24
 Syllabus IT
3. https://www.malwarebytes.com/phishing/
4. https://www.adpushup.com/blog/types-of-cookies/
5. https://www.eff.org/https-everywhere
6. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/browsing-
history\
7. https://www.vpnmentor.com/blog/pros-cons-vpn/
8. https://www.tech-wonders.com/2016/10/use-hush-private-
bookmarking-extension-chrome.html

Unit III:Networking
1. https://www.guru99.com/types-of-computer-network.html
2. https://www.studytonight.com/computer-networks/network-
topology-types
3. https://www.cloudflare.com/learning/network-layer/what-is-a-
protocol/
4. https://www.howtogeek.com/168896/10-useful-windows-commands-
you-should-know/
5. https://paiza.io/en

Unit IV : Professionalism
1. https://career.vt.edu/develop/professionalism.html
2. https://englishlabs.in/importance-dress-code/
3. https://www.proschoolonline.com/blog/importance-of-body-language-
in-day-to-day-life
4. https://www.thespruce.com/etiquette-of-proper-attire-1216800
5. https://shirleytaylor.com/why-are-communication-skills-important/
6. https://www.triad-eng.com/interview-tips-for-engineers/
7. https://www.indeed.co.in/career-advice/interviewing/interview-
question-tell-me-about-yourself
8. https://toggl.com/track/business-etiquette-rules/

Unit V: Digital Identification

1. https://nad.ndml.in/nad-presentation.html
2. https://www.turtlemint.com/aadhaar-card-benefits/
3. https://www.bankbazaar.com/pan-card/uses-of-pan-card.html
4. https://www.passportindex.org/passport.php
5. https://consumer.westchestergov.com/financial-education/money-

25
 Syllabus IT
management/benefits-of-a-bank-account
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/QR_code
7. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/p/payment-gateway.asp
8. https://www.paisabazaar.com/banking/mobile-banking/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1 . Learn and apply social network ethics. (K3)
2. Understand the browsing culture. (K2)
3. Analyze the networking concepts . (K4)
4. Develop self professionalism. (K3)
5. Gain hands-on experience in various digital identification procedures.
(K2)
6. Analyse and apply the different digital payment gateway methods. (K4)

CO- PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

SEMESTER - I
20HSMG101 L T P C
PERSONAL VALUES
SDG NO. 4&5 2 0 0 0

OBJECTIVES:
l Values through Practical activities

UNIT I SELF CONCEPT 6

Understanding self Concept – Identify Yourself – Who am I – an individual,
engineer, citizen – Attitude – Measuring Behaviour – Change of Behaviour –
Personality – Characteristics in personal, professional life.

26
 Syllabus IT
UNIT II INDIVIDUAL VALUES 6
Personal Values – Attributes –Courage – Creativity, Honesty, Perfection,
Simplicity, Responsibility – Measuring personal values

UNIT III MORAL VALUES 6

Moral – Understanding right and wrong – Positive thoughts – Respect to
others – Doing good to society.

UNIT IV PHYSICAL AND MENTAL WELL-BEING 6

Health – Physical fitness –Mental vigour – Diet management – Yoga –
Meditation – Peaceful life – Happiness in life

UNIT V DECISION MAKING 6

Goal Setting – Decision making skill – Overcome of Barriers – Success – Mental
strength and weakness
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
Note:
Each topic in all the above units will be supplemented by practice exercises
and classroom activities and projects.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Barun K. Mitra, “Personality Development and Soft Skills”, Oxford
University Press, 2016.
2. B.N.Ghosh, “Managing Soft Skills for Personality Development” McGraw
Hill India, 2012.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Become an individual in knowing the self. (K4)
2. Acquire and express Personal Values, Spiritual values and fitness. (K4)
3. Practice simple physical exercise and breathing techniques. (K2)
4. Practice Yoga asana which will enhance the quality of life. (K1)
5. Practice Meditation and get benefitted. (K1)
6. Understanding moral values and need of physical fitness. (K2)

27
CO – PO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO4 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO5 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO6 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - II
20BSMA204 L T P C
DISCRETE STRUCTURES
SDG NO. 4 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the basic concepts of Relations and Functions
l To learn the concepts of Mathematical induction, Permutation and
Combination
l To understand the concepts of Logic, Rules of inference and Quanti iers
l To impart the knowledge on Groups, Normal subgroups, Rings and Fields
l To develop Graph Algorithms by using the concepts of Graphs and Trees

UNIT I RELATION AND FUNCTION 12

Binary Relation, Partial Ordering Relation, Equivalence Relation – Sum and
Product of functions – Bijective functions – Inverse and composite functions.

UNIT II COMBINATORICS 12
The Principles of Mathematical Induction-The Well-Ordering Principle –
Recursive de inition – Basic counting techniques – Inclusion and exclusion ,
Pigeonhole principle – Permutation – Combination.

UNIT III LOGICS AND PROOFS 12

Basic Connectives – Truth Tables – Logical Equivalence: The Laws of Logic,
Logical Implication – Rules of Inference – The use of Quanti iers – Proof
Techniques: Some Terminology – Proof Methods and Strategies – Forward
Proof – Proof by Contradiction – Proof by Contraposition.

UNIT IV ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 12

Algebraic Structures with One Binary Operation – Semi Groups, Monoids,
Groups, Permutation Groups – Subgroups – Normal subgroups – Algebraic
Structures with two Binary Operations - De inition and Examples of Rings and
Fields – Boolean Algebra – Identities of Boolean Algebra.

UNIT V GRAPHS AND TREES 12

Graphs and their properties – Degree, Connectivity, Path, Cycle – Sub Graph –
Isomorphism – Eulerian and Hamiltonian Walks –Rooted Trees, Trees and
Sorting.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
29
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kenneth H. Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and its Applications: with
Combinatorics and Graph Theory”, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw –Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., 2015.
2. J.P. Tremblay and R. Manohar, “Discrete Mathematical Structure with
Applications to Computer Science”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education (India)
Edition 1997.
3. Narsingh Deo, “Graph theory with applications to Engineering and
Computer Science”, Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs,N.J., 1974.

REFERENCES:
1. Susanna S. Epp, “Discrete Mathematics with Applications”, 4th edition,
Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2010.
2. Norman L. Biggs, “Discrete Mathematics”, 2nd Edition, Oxford University
Press, 2002.
3. Seymour Lipschutz, MarcLipson, “Discrete Mathematics, Schaum's
Outlines Series”, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
4. C. L. Liu and D. P. Mohapatra, “Elements of Discrete Mathematics: A
Computer Oriented Approach”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw–Hill Education
Pvt. Ltd, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://web.stanford.edu/class/cs103x/cs103x-notes.pdf
2. https://www.cs.cornell.edu/~rafael/discmath.pdf
3. http://home.iitk.ac.in/~arlal/book/mth202.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h_9WjWENWV8&list=PL3o9D
4Dl2FJ9q0_gtFXPh_H4POI5dK0yG
2 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xlUFkMKSB3Y&list=PL0862
D1A947252D203.
3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4LlTmsfDS4Y&list=PLEAYk
Sg4uSQ2Wfc_l4QEZUSRdx2ZcFziO&index=13
4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jBsEKyx6Rj0&list=PLwdnzl
V3ogoVxVxCTlI45pDVM1aoYoMHf
5. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rdXw7Ps9vxc&list=PLHXZ9O
QGMqxersk8fUxiUMSIx0DBqsKZS

30
 IT
Syllabus
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Classify the relations and functions de ined on a set. (K2)
2. Apply counting principle and mathematical induction to solve
combinatorial problems. (K3)
3. Construct mathematical arguments using logical connectives,
quanti iers and verify the correctness of an argument using symbolic
logic, truth tables and proof strategies. (K3)
4. Explain the fundamental concepts of algebraic structures such as
groups, rings, ields and Boolean algebra. (K3)
5. Illustrate the concepts of graphs and sorting in trees. (K3)

CO- PO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - - 1

SEMESTER - II
20HSEN201 L T P C
TECHNICAL ENGLISH - II
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To strengthen the listening skills for comprehending and critically
analyzing passages
● To enhance students’ ability with multiple strategies and skills for making
technical presentations
● To participate in group discussions for developing group attitude
● To develop skills for preparing effective job application
● To write effective technical reports

UNIT I LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 9

Listening – Listening conversations involving two participants – multiple
participants – Speaking – conversation methods in real life occurrences using
31
 Syllabus IT
expressions of different emotions and imperative usages – Reading passages
and short stories - Writing – preparation of checklist – extended definition –
Language Development – tenses - subject - verb agreement

UNIT II VOCABULARY BUILDING 9

Listening – listening formal and informal conversation and participative
exercises – Speaking - creating greetings/wishes/excuses and thanks –
Reading – articles/novels-Writing summary of articles and concise writing
identifying new words – homonyms, homophones, homographs – one-word
substitutions – easily confused words - creating SMS and using emoticons -
sharing information in social media. Language Development - reported
speeches – regular and irregular verbs - idioms & phrases

UNIT III WRITING TECHNICAL REPORTS 9

Listening – listening conversation – effective use of words and their sound
aspects, stress, intonation & pronunciation – Speaking - practicing telephonic
conversations – observing and responding. Reading – regular columns of
newspapers/magazines - Writing – reports – feasibility, accident, survey and
progress - preparation of agenda and minutes – Language Development -
using connectives – discourse markers

UNIT IV TECHNICAL WRITING 9

Listening – Model debates & documentaries - Speaking – expressing
agreement/disagreement, assertiveness in expressing opinions – Reading
biographies/autobiographies – Writing – note-making – formal letters –
inviting guests – acceptance/declining letters - Language Development –
degrees of comparison - numerical adjectives – embedded sentences

UNIT V GROUP DISCUSSION AND JOB APPLICATION 9

Listening – Listening - classroom lectures – recommending suggestions &
solutions – Speaking – participating in group discussion – learning GD
strategies – Reading – journal articles - Writing – Job application – cover letter
- résumé preparation – Language Development – purpose statement –
editing – verbal analogies.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Board of editors. Fluency in English: A Course book for Engineering and
Technology. Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad 2016.
2. Ashraf Rizvi. M, Effective Technical Communication. 2nd ed. McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 2018.

32
 Syllabus IT
REFERENCES
1. Bailey, Stephen. Academic Writing: A Practical Guide for Students.
Routledge, New York,2011.
2. Raman, Meenakshi and Sharma, Sangeetha. Technical Communication
Principles and Practice. Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.
3. Muralikrishnan& Mishra Sunitha, Communication skills for Engineers
2nd ed. Pearson, Tamilnadu, India 2011. P. Kiranmai and Rajeevan,
Geetha. Basic Communication Skills, Foundation Books, New Delhi,
2013.
4. Suresh Kumar, E. Engineering English. Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad,
2015
5. Richards, Jack C. Interchange Students’ Book – 2. Cambridge University
Press, New Delhi, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_hs21/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/
text/109106122/lec1.pdf
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3250/introduction-to-film-
studies/10

ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://www.ef.com/wwen/english-resources/
2. https://www.smilesforlearning.org/gclid=EAIaIQobChMI49DF9
bnd6AIVSY6PCh1d_gV9EAAYASAAEgIBPvD_BwE.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Define technical terms with the correct use of grammar (K1)
2 Identify new words, phrases, idioms and summarize articles/ write ups
effectively (K2)
3 Pronounce words correctly, speak fluently and share opinions and
suggestions effectively in conversations, debates and discussions (K3)
4 Construct reports convincingly and write official letters emphatically
(K3)
5 Communicate confidently while speaking and writing by employing
language strategies (K2)
6 Adapt group behavior, execute their role as a contributing team member
and prepare winning job applications (K3)

33
 Syllabus IT
CO - PO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - - - - 2 3 1 2

CO2 - 2 - - - - - - 2 3 1 1

CO3 - - - 1 - - - 2 2 3 1 1

CO4 - - - - - 2 - 3 2 3 2 2

CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2

CO6 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 1 2

SEMESTER - II
20BSPH203 L T P C
PHYSICS FOR INFORMATION SCIENCE
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the essential principles of physics of conducting materials,
superconducting and optical properties of materials
l To educate the basic principles of semiconductor device and electron
transport properties
l To become pro icient in magnetic materials
l To acquire the basic working of nanoelectronic devices

UNIT I CONDUCTING MATERIALS 9

Classical free electron theory - Expression for electrical conductivity - Thermal
conductivity expression - Wiedemann-Franz law - Success and failures -
Electrons in metals - Motion of a particle in a three dimensional box (Quantum
Mechanical Approach) - degenerate states - Fermi- Dirac statistics - Density of
energy states - Electron in periodic potential - Energy bands in solids - Tight
binding approximation - Electron effective mass - Concept of hole.

UNIT II SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS 9

Intrinsic Semiconductors - Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors -
Carrier concentration in intrinsic semiconductors - extrinsic semiconductors -
Carrier concentration in N-type & P-type semiconductors - Variation of carrier
concentration with temperature - Variation of Fermi level with temperature
and impurity concentration - Carrier transport in Semiconductor: random
motion, drift, mobility and diffusion - Hall effect and devices - Ohmic contacts -
Schottky diode.
34
 SyllabusIT
UNIT III MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 9
Magnetic dipole moment - atomic magnetic moments - magnetic permeability
and susceptibility - Magnetic material classi ication: diamagnetism -
paramagnetism - ferromagnetism - antiferromagnetism - ferrimagnetism -
Ferromagnetism: origin and exchange interaction - Domain Theory - M versus
H behaviour - Hard and soft magnetic materials - applications - Magnetic
principle in computer data storage - Magnetic hard disc - GMR sensor.

UNIT IV SUPERCONDUCTING & OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS 9

Super conductivity - Type-I and Type-II superconductors - Properties and
applications - Classi ication of optical materials - Carrier generation and
recombination processes - Photo current in a P-N diode - Solar cell - LED -
Organic LED - Optical data storage techniques and devices.

UNIT V NANO DEVICES 9

Introduction - Size dependence of Fermi energy - Quantum con inement -
Quantum structures - Density of states in quantum well, quantum wire and
quantum dot structure - Band gap of nanomaterials - Tunneling: single
electron phenomena and single electron transistor - Quantum dot laser -
Carbon nanotubes: Properties and applications.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jasprit Singh, “Semiconductor Devices: Basic Principles”, Wiley 2012.
2. Kasap, S.O., “Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices”, McGraw-
HillEducation, 2017.
3. Kittel, C., “Introduction to Solid State Physics”, Wiley, 2018.
4. S.O.Pillai, “Solid State Physics, New Academic Science”, 2017.
5. D.K.Bhattacharya & PoonamTandon., “Physics for Information Science and
Electronics Engineering”, Oxford Higher Education”,2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Garcia, N. & Damask, A., “Physics for Computer Science Students”, Springer-
Verlag, 2012.
2. Hanson, G.W., “Fundamentals of Nanoelectronics”, Pearson Education,
2009.
3. Rogers, B., Adams, J. &Pennathur, S., “Nanotechnology: Understanding
Small Systems”, CRC Press, 2014.

OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students should able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of free electron theory of solids and apply it
35
 IT
Syllabus
to determine the conducting properties, carrier concentration and
effective mass of an electron in conductors (K2)
2. Illustrate the various types of semiconductors based on band gap energy
and doping, expression for carrier concentration, Fermi energy and their
variations (K2)
3. Apply the suitable semiconducting materials for Hall device, Schottky and
tunnel diode fabrication and acquire the basic knowledge of magnetic
materials and its classi ication (K3)
4. Gain the knowledge on the types of superconducting and optical materials,
properties of superconductors, mechanism of carrier generation and
recombination in optical data storage devices (K2)
5. Apply the semiconducting, ferrimagnetic and superconducting materials
in optical devices, data storage devices and magnetic levitation (K3)
6. Understand the basics of 1D, 2D, 3D quantum structures, single electron
transport, carbon nanotubes and its applications (K3)

CO - PO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 - - 3 - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 - - 3 - 2 - - - - 3

CO3 3 3 - 2 3 - 3 - - - - 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3

CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 1

SEMESTER - II
20BSCY201 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE L T P C
SDG NO. 4,17 AND ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To study the nature and facts about environment
l To find and implement scientific, technological, economic and political
solutions to environmental problems
l To study the interrelationship between living organism and
environment

36
 Syllabus IT
l To provide the importance of environment by assessing its impact on the
human world; envision the surrounding environment, its functions and
its value
l To study the integrated themes and biodiversity, natural resources,
pollution control and waste management.

UNIT I ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY 9

Definition, scope and importance of environment – need for public awareness
– Ecosystem: concept of an ecosystem – structure and functions of an
ecosystem – Biotic and abiotic components – Biogeochemical cycle (C, N & P) –
energy flow in the ecosystem – food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids
– ecological succession - keystone species. Introduction to biodiversity
definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity – values of biodiversity –
IUCN Red list species classification - endemic, endangered, rare, vulnerable,
extinct and exotic species – Biodiversity at global, national and local levels –
India as a mega-diversity nation – hot-spots of biodiversity – threats to
biodiversity – man-wildlife conflicts. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and
ex-situ conservation of biodiversity. Field study of Terrestrial (Forest,
Grassland, Desert) and Aquatic ecosystem (Pond, Lake, River, Estuary and
Marine)

UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 9

Definition – causes, effects and control measures of: Air pollution, Water
pollution, Soil pollution Marine pollution, Noise pollution, Thermal pollution
and Nuclear pollution – solid waste management: causes, effects and control
measures of municipal solid wastes (MSW) – role of an individual in
prevention of pollution – Case studies related to environmental pollution.
Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides – nuclear
holocaust – Case studies.

UNIT III NATURAL RESOURCES 9

Forest resources: Use and over – exploitation, deforestation – Land resources:
land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification –
Water resources: Use and over- utilization of surface and groundwater – dams-
benefits and problems, conflicts over water – Mineral resources:
Environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources – Food
resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture – fertilizer – pesticide problems,
water logging and salinity. Energy resources: Renewable energy (Solar energy,
Wind energy, Tidal energy, Geothermal energy, OTE, Biomass energy) and non
renewable energy (Coal, Petroleum, Nuclear energy) sources. – role of an
individual in conservation of natural resources. Case studies – timber
extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal people.
37
 Syllabus IT
UNIT IV SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 10
Atmospheric Chemistry - Composition and structure of atmosphere. Climate
change - greenhouse effect- role of greenhouse gases on global warming.
Chemical and photochemical reactions in the atmosphere - Formation of
smog, PAN, acid rain (causes, effect and control measures). Oxygen and ozone
chemistry - Ozone layer depletion (causes, effect and control measures).
environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions – Green chemistry - 12
principles of green chemistry.
Urbanisation - Urban problems related to energy - Water conservation: rain
water harvesting, watershed management – resettlement and rehabilitation
of people; its problems and concerns - case studies. Environment Legislations
and Laws : Environment (protection) act – 1986. Air (Prevention and Control
of Pollution) act – Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act – Wildlife
protection act – Forest conservation act. Biomedical Waste(Management and
Handling rules):1998 and amendments- scheme of labelling of
environmentally friendly products (Ecomark) - Issues involved in
enforcement of environmental legislation - central and state pollution control
boards, role of non-governmental organization – Public awareness -
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

UNIT V HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT 8

Population growth, variation among nations – population explosion – family
welfare programme – women and child welfare environment and human
health – HIV / AIDS – Role of Information Technology in environment and
Human health – Case studies – human rights – value education – Sustainable
Development – Need for sustainable development – concept – 17 SDG goals – 8
Millennium Development Goals(MDG).
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Benny Joseph, 'Environmental Science and Engineering', Tata McGraw-
Hill, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Gilbert M.Masters, 'Introduction to Environmental Engineering and
Science', 2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
3. Ravikrishnan A, 'Environmental Science and Engineering', Sri Krishna
Hitech Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd, Revised Edition 2020.

REFERENCES :
1. Dharmendra S. Sengar, “Environmental law”, Prentice hall of India Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, 2007.
2. Erach Bharucha, “Textbook of Environmental Studies”, Universities
Press(I) Pvt Ltd., Hydrabad, 2015.

38
 Syllabus IT
3. G. Tyler Miller and Scott E. Spoolman, “Environmental Science”, Cengage
Learning India Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2014.
4. Rajagopalan. R, “Environmental Studies-From Crisis to Cure”, Oxford
University Press, 2005.

OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, student should be able to
1. Explain the different components of environment, structure and function
of an ecosystem, importance of biodiversity and its conservation. (K1)
2. Aware about problems of environmental pollution, its impact on human
and ecosystem, control measures and basic concepts in Disaster
Management. (K2)
3. Disseminate the need for the natural resources and its application to meet
the modern requirements and the necessity of its conservation. (K2)
4. Illustrate the various aspects of atmospheric chemistry with a focus on
climate change and recognize the principles of green chemistry. Describe
suitable scientific, technological solutions and Protection Acts to eradicate
social and environmental issues. (K2)
5. Recognize the need for population control measures and the
environmental based value education concepts to achieve the Sustainable
Development Goals. (K2)

CO - PO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 1 1 - - - 1 2 - 1 1 - 2

CO2 2 2 2 - 2 2 3 1 2 2 - 2

CO3 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 1

CO5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

39
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - II
20ESIT202 L T P C
PYTHON PROGRAMMING
SDG NO. 4&9 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To develop simple Python programs with conditionals and loops
l To de ine Python functions and to implement lists, tuples, dictionaries and
sets
l To perform ile operations and understand OO concepts in Python
l To understand NumPy, Pandas and Matplotlib

UNIT I BASICS OF PYTHON PROGRAMMING 9

Introduction to Python – Literals – Variables and Identi iers – Data Types –
Input Operation – Comments – Reserved words – Indentation – Operators and
Expressions - Conditionals: Boolean values and operators - conditional if -
alternative if - chained conditional - Iteration - Illustrative programs:
Evaluation of expressions - String Operations - Circulate the values of n
variables - Square root (Newton's method) - GCD - Sum an Array of Numbers.

UNIT II STRING, LISTS, TUPLES, DICTIONARIES, SETS 9

Strings: String slices - Immutability - String functions and methods - String
module - Lists: List operations - List slices - List methods - List loop - Mutability
- Aliasing - Cloning lists - List parameters - Tuples: Tuple assignment - Tuple as
return value.
Dictionaries: Operations and Methods - Advanced list processing - List
comprehension - Sets: Creating Sets – Operations and methods – Set
comprehension - Illustrative programs: Linear search - Binary search -
Selection sort - Insertion sort - Merge sort.

UNIT III FUNCTIONS, MODULES, PACKAGES 9

Functions - de inition and use - Flow of execution - Parameters and arguments
- Fruitful functions: Return values - Parameters - Local and global scope -
Function composition - Recursion - Modules – from import statement – Name
of Module – Making your own modules - Packages - Packages in Python –
Standard Library Modules – Globals(), Locals() and Reload(); Illustrative
programs: Fibonacci series using functions - Arithmetic operations using
module - Area of different shapes using packages.

UNIT IV FILES, EXCEPTIONS, CLASSES AND OBJECTS 9

Files and exception: Text iles - Reading and writing iles - Format operator -
40
 Syllabus IT
Command line arguments - Errors and exceptions - Handling exceptions -
Classes and Objects: De ining classes - Creating Objects – Data abstraction –
Class constructor – Class variables and Object variables – Public and Private
data members – Private Methods; Illustrative programs: Word count - Copy
ile - Creating user de ined exception - Creating student class and object.

UNIT V NUMPY, PANDAS, MATPLOTLIB 9

Introduction - Basics of NumPy - N-dimensional Array in NumPy - Methods
and Properties - Basics of SciPy - Broadcasting in NumPy Array Operations -
Array Indexing in NumPy, Pandas - Introduction - Series - DataFrame -
Matplotlib - Basics - Figures and Axes - Method subplot() - Axis container
Illustrative Programs: Multiplying a Matrix by a Vector, Solving Linear System
of Equations - Using Pandas to Open CSV iles - Creating a Single plot.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reema Thareja, “Python Programming Using Problem Solving Approach”,
Oxford University Press 2018.
2. Anurag Gupta, G.P. Biswas, “Python Programming: Problem Solving,
Packages and Libraries”, McGrawHill, 2020.

REFERENCES:
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist”,
2nd edition, Updated for Python 3, Shroff/O'Reilly Publishers, 2016
2. Guido van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, “An Introduction to Python –
Revised and updated for Python 3.2", Network Theory Ltd., 2011.
3. John V Guttag, “Introduction to Computation and Programming Using
Python'', Revised and expanded Edition, MIT Press , 2013
4. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, “Introduction to
Programming in Python: An Inter-disciplinary Approach”, Pearson India
Education Services Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
5. Timothy A. Budd, “Exploring Python”, Mc-Graw Hill Education (India)
Private Ltd., 2015.
6. Kenneth A. Lambert, “Fundamentals of Python: First Programs”, CENGAGE
Learning, 2012.
7. Charles Dierbach, “Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A
Computational Problem-Solving Focus”, Wiley India Edition, 2013.
8. Paul Gries, Jennifer Campbell and Jason Montojo, “Practical Programming:
An Introduction to Computer Science using Python 3”, Second edition,
Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, 2013.

41
 Syllabus IT
WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/
2. www.docs.python.org
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106182/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the syntax and semantics, string operations of python
programming language (K2)
2. Develop python programs using control low statements.(K3)
3. Construct various Data structures to develop python programs. (K3)
4. Illustrate the concepts of Functions, Modules and Packages in Python.(K3)
5. Understand the concepts of Object Oriented Programming, iles and
Exception handling.(K2)
6. Examine various problem solving concepts in python to develop real time
applications.(K4)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 0 2 0 2 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3

SEMESTER - II
20ESIT203 DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4, 9 SYSTEM DESIGN 2 1 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To analyze and design combinational circuits
l To analyze and design synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuits
l To understand Programmable Logic Devices
l To write HDL code for combinational and sequential circuits
42
 Syllabus IT
UNIT I BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND LOGIC GATES 9
Number Systems – Arithmetic Operations – Binary Codes- Boolean Algebra
and Logic Gates – Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra – Boolean
Functions – Canonical and Standard Forms – Simpli ication of Boolean
Functions using Karnaugh Map – Logic Gates – NAND and NOR
Implementations.

UNIT II COMBINATIONAL LOGIC 9

Combinational Circuits – Analysis and Design Procedures – Binary Adder-
Subtractor – Decimal Adder – Binary Multiplier – Magnitude Comparator –
Decoders – Encoders – Multiplexers – Introduction to HDL – HDL Models of
Combinational circuits.

UNIT III SYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL LOGIC 9

Sequential Circuits – Storage Elements: Latches , Flip-Flops – Analysis of
Clocked Sequential Circuits – State Reduction and Assignment – Design
Procedure – Registers and Counters – HDL Models of Sequential Circuits.
UNIT IV ASYNCHRONOUS SEQUENTIAL LOGIC 9
Analysis and Design of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits – Reduction of State
and Flow Tables – Race-free State Assignment – Hazards.

UNIT V MEMORY AND PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 9

RAM – Memory Decoding – Error Detection and Correction – ROM –
Programmable Logic Array – Programmable Array Logic – Sequential
Programmable Devices.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. Morris R. Mano, Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design: With an Introduction
to the Verilog HDL, VHDL, and SystemVerilog”, 6th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. G. K. Kharate, “Digital Electronics”, Oxford University Press, 2010
2. John F. Wakerly, “Digital Design Principles and Practices”, Fifth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2017.
3. Charles H. Roth Jr, Larry L. Kinney, “Fundamentals of Logic Design”, Sixth
Edition, CENGAGE Learning, 2013
4. Donald D. Givone, “Digital Principles and Design”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2003.

43
 Syllabus IT
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/online-textbooks/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105080/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understanding Boolean algebra, number systems and simplify Boolean
functions using Kmap. (K2)
2. Understand the Combinational and sequential Circuits. (K2)
3. Demonstrate the use of Combinational Circuits and Sequential circuits
(K3)
4. Interpret the designs using Programmable Logic Devices. (K3)
5. Apply HDL code for combinational and Sequential Circuits. (K3)
6. Interpret and troubleshoot logic circuits. (K3)

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 - 2 - - - - - - - - 3 1 - -

CO3 - 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 1 - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - - -

CO5 - - - - 1 - - - - - - 2 - -

CO6 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - - -

SEMESTER - II
20ESGE201 ENGINEERING PRACTICES L T P C
SDG NO. 4,9,12 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on various
basic engineering practices in Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Civil
and Mechanical Engineering

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE:

1. Residential house wiring using switches, fuse, indicator, lamp and energy
meter.
44
 IT
Syllabus
2. Fluorescent lamp wiring.
3. Stair case wiring.
4. Measurement of electrical quantities – voltage, current, power & power
factor in RLC circuit.
5. Measurement of energy using single phase energy meter.
6. Measurement of resistance to earth of electrical equipment.

ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING PRACTICE:

1. Study of Electronic components and equipments – Resistor, colour coding
measurement of AC signal parameter (peak-peak, rms period, frequency)
using CRO.
2. Study of logic gates AND, OR, EX-OR and NOT.
3. Generation of Clock Signal.
4. Soldering practice – Components, Devices and Circuits – Using general
purpose PCB.
5. Measurement of ripple factor of HWR and FWR.

CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE:

Buildings:
Study of plumbing and carpentry components of residential and industrial
buildings, safety aspects.

Plumbing Works:
1. Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves, taps, couplings,
unions, reducers, elbows in household fittings.
2. Study of pipe connections requirements for pumps and turbines.
3. Preparation of plumbing line sketches for water supply and sewage works.
4. Hands-on-exercise: Basic pipe connections – Mixed pipe material
connection – Pipe connections with different joining components.
5. Demonstration of plumbing requirements of high-rise buildings.

Carpentry using Power Tools only:

1. Study of the joints in roofs, doors, windows and furniture.
2. Hands-on-exercise: Wood work, joints by sawing, planing and cutting.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE:

Welding:
1. Preparation of butt joints, lap joints and T- joints by Shielded metal arc
welding.

45
 Syllabus IT
2. Gas welding practice.

Basic Machining:
1. Simple Turning and Taper turning.
2. Drilling Practice.

Sheet Metal Work:

1. Forming & Bending.
2. Model making – Trays and funnels.
3. Different type of joints.

Machine assembly practice:

1. Study of centrifugal pump.
2. Study of air conditioner.

Demonstration on:
1. Smithy operations, upsetting, swaging, setting down and bending.
Example – Exercise – Production of hexagonal headed bolt.
2. Foundry operations like mould preparation for gear and step cone pulley.
3. Fitting – Exercises – Preparation of square fitting and V – fitting models.
Total : 45 PERIODS

LIST OF EQUIPMENT FOR A BATCH OF 30 STUDENTS

1. Electrical
1 Assorted electrical components for house wiring 15 Sets
2 Electrical measuring instruments 10 Sets
3 Study purpose items:
Iron box, fan and regulator, emergency lamp 1 Each
4 Megger (250V/500V) 1 No
5 Power Tools:
Range Finder 2 Nos
Digital Live-wire detector 2 Nos

2. Electronics
1 Soldering guns 10 Nos
2 Assorted electronic components for making circuits 50 Nos
3 Small PCBs 10 Nos
4 Multimeters 10 Nos

46
 Syllabus IT
3. Civil
1 Assorted components for plumbing consisting of metallic
pipes, plastic pipes, flexible pipes, couplings, unions, elbows,
plugs and other fittings. 15 Sets
2 Carpentry vice (fitted to work bench) 15 Nos
3 Standard woodworking tools 15 Sets
4 Models of industrial trusses, door joints, furniture joints 5 each
5 Power Tools:
Rotary Hammer 2 Nos
Demolition Hammer 2 Nos
Circular Saw 2 Nos
Planer 2 Nos
Hand Drilling Machine 2 Nos
Jigsaw 2 Nos

4. Mechanical
1 Arc welding transformer with cables and holders 5 Nos
2 Welding booth with exhaust facility 5 Nos
3 Welding accessories like welding shield, chipping hammer,
wire brush, etc 5 Sets
4 Oxygen and acetylene gas cylinders, blow pipe and other
welding outfit. 2 Nos
5 Centre lathe 2 Nos
6 Hearth furnace, anvil and smithy tools 2 Sets
7 Moulding table, foundry tools 2 Sets
8 Power Tool: Angle Grinder 2 Nos
9 Study-purpose items: centrifugal pump, air-conditioner 1 each

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Elaborate on the components, gates, soldering practices. Calculate
electrical parameters such as voltage, current, resistance and power.
(K1)
2. Design and implement Rectifier and Timer circuits (K2)
3. Measure the electrical energy by single phase and three phase energy
meters. (K2)
4. Prepare the carpentry and plumbing joints. (K2)
5. Perform different types of welding joints and sheet metal works (K2)
6. Perform different machining operations in lathe and drilling. (K2)

47
 Syllabus IT
CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 2 1 1 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1

CO3 2 2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1

CO4 1 1 1 - - 2 - - 1 1 1 2

CO5 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO6 2 1 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 1 2

SEMESTER - II
20ESPL201 PYTHON PROGRAMMING L T P C
SDG NO. 4 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
l Develop Python programs with conditionals, loops and functions
l Represent compound data using Python lists, tuples, dictionaries
l Read and write data from/to iles in Python
l Implement NumPy, Pandas, Matplotlib libraries

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1 Compute the GCD of two numbers
2 Find the maximum and minimum of a list of numbers
3 Linear search and Binary search
4 Selection sort, Insertion sort
5 Merge sort, Quick Sort
6 First n prime numbers
7 Multiply matrices
8 Programs that take command line arguments (word count)
9 Find the most frequent words in a text read from a ile
10 Exception Handling – License Process
11 Classes and Objects – Student class
12 Solving Linear System of Equations
13 Using Pandas to Open csv iles
14 Creating a Single plot
15 Creating Scatter plot, Histogram
48
 Syllabus IT
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS
Python 3

OUTCOMES
On completion of the laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Illustrate simple programs for describing the syntax, semantics and
control low statements. [K3]
2. Describe the core data structures like String, lists, dictionaries, tuples and
sets in Python to store, process and sort the data. [K2]
3. Interpret the concepts of functions, modules and packages in Python. [K3]
4. Illustrate the applications of python libraries. [K3]
5. Describe the ile manipulation and its operations. [K2]
6. Demonstrate exceptions and classes and objects for any real time
applications. [K3]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - 1 2 1 2 - - - 1 - 3 3 - 1

CO2 1 2 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2

CO3 - 1 3 3 2 1 - - - - 1 3 - 1

CO4 1 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 1 3 1 2

CO5 - - 3 3 2 - - 1 - - 2 3 - -

CO6 - - 3 3 2 - - 1 - - 2 3 - -

SEMESTER - II
20ESPL202 L T P C
DIGITAL LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To design and implement the various combinational circuits
l To design and implement combinational circuits using MSI devices
l To design and implement sequential circuits
l To understand and code with HDL programming

49
 Syllabus IT
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Veri ication of Boolean Theorems using basic gates
2. Design and implementation of combinational circuits using basic gates
for arbitrary functions, code converters
3. Design and implement Half/Full Adder and Subtractor
4. Design and implement combinational circuits using MSI devices:
a) 4 bit binary adder/subractor
b) Parity generator/checker
c) Magnitude comparator
5. Application using multiplexers
6. Design and implement shift-registers
7. Design and implement synchronous counters
8. Design and implement asynchronous counter
9. Coding combinational circuits using HDL
10. Coding sequential circuits using HDL
11. Design and implementation of a simple digital system (Mini Project)

LAB REQUIREMENTS:
HARDWARE:
DIGITAL TRAINER KITS
DIGITAL IC’s required for the experiments in suf icient numbers

SOFTWARE:
HDL, Verilog simulator
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
OUTCOMES
On completion of the laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Implement simpli ied combinational circuits using basic logic gates. (K6)
2. Implement combinational circuits using MSI devices. (K6)
3. Implement sequential circuits like registers and counters.(K6)
4. Simulate combinational and sequential circuits using HDL.(K4)
5. Implement designs using Programmable Logic Devices. (K6)
6. Design and implementation of a simple digital system.(K6)

50
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 2 2 - 2 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 1

CO3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 1 1

CO5 2 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 2 1 1

CO6 2 3 3 2 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 1 1

SEMESTER - II
20TPHS201 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4&5 0 0 2 1
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the nuances in resume building
l To explore various virtual meeting tools
l To gain knowledge about online certification courses
l To develop knowledge in Google Suite products
l To enhance presentation skills

UNIT I RESUME BUILDING 6

Your Strength, Projects, Internship, Paper Presentation, uploading your
coding in github, Introduction to HackerRank, HackerEarth virtual online
assessment (Auto Proctored) (Practicals - Construct a resume, Register for a
online Mock Assessment / Contest)

UNIT II VIRTUAL MEETINGS 6

Basic Etiquette of virtual meeting – Introduction to Skype - Zoom - Webex -
Google Meet - Gotowebinar - Jio meet – Screen Share - Jamboard - Feedback
polling - Chatbox
(Practicals - Accept and Register for a mock class to attend - How to host a
meeting).

UNIT III ONLINE LEARNING 6

Online Certification - Coursera – Udemy – Edx – Cisco – Online Practice
Platforms - SkillRack – Myslate - FACEprep - BYTS - aptimithra - Contest
51
 IT Syllabus
Registrations - TCS Campus Commune - HackwithInfy, InfyTQ - Virtusa
NurualHack - Mindtree Osmosis – Online assessment - AMCAT-PGPA.
(Practicals - Campus Commune Registration , Coursera registration - Mock
Registration (KAAR Technologies as sample).

UNIT IV GOOGLE SUITE 8

Define google suite - Benefits of google suite - Google Search - Sheet - Docs -
Forms - Calender - Drive - Slide - Translate - Duo - Earch - Maps - Hangouts-
Sites - Books - Blogger
(Practicals – Create google sheets and share - Create google Forms and share,
Create Google Slide and share , Google drive creation and share (Knowledge of
Rights), Create poll and share.

UNIT V PRESENTATION SKILLS 4

Email Writing – Group Discussion - Power Point Presentation (Practicals-
Create a self SWOT Analysis report. A PowerPoint Slide Preparation)
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
WEB REFERENCES :
Unit I: Resume Building:
1. https://zety.com/blog/resume-tips
2. https://resumegenius.com/blog/resume-help/how-to-write-a-resume
3. https://www.hackerearth.com/recruit/
4. https://www.hackerrank.com/about-us

Unit – II:Virtual Meetings

1. https://www.claphamschool.org/our-community/blog/online-
learning-etiquette-guide-14-principles-to-guide-students
2. h t t p s : / / o n l i n e . h b s . e d u / b l o g / p o s t / v i r t u a l - i n t e r v i e w -
tips?c1=GAW_SE_NW&source=IN_GEN_DSA&cr2=search__-__nw__-
__in__-__dsa__-__general&kw=dsa__-__general& cr5=459341920955&cr7
=c&gclid=Cj0KCQjw8fr7BRDSARIsAK0Qqr4dRRbboL3kltrwDsr7hm8oI
HtN5dfjD3NIFZULuzNwEXxhjpNFQ2caApn5EALw_wcB
3. https://hygger.io/blog/top-10-best-group-meeting-apps-business/
4. https://www.zdnet.com/article/best-video-conferencing-software-
and-services-for-business/

Unit – III:Online Learning

1. https://www.coursera.org/browse
2. https://support.udemy.com/hc/en-us/articles/229603868-Certificate-
of-Completion

52
 Syllabus IT
3. https://www.edx.org/course/how-to-learn-online
4. h t t p s : / / w w w. c i s c o . c o m / c / e n / u s / t ra i n i n g - eve n t s / t ra i n i n g -
certifications/certifications.html
5. https://campuscommune.tcs.com/en-in/intro
6. https://www.freshersnow.com/tcs-campus-commune-registration/
7. https://www.infosys.com/careers/hackwithinfy.html
8. https://www.mindtree.com/blog/osmosis-2013-my-experiences
9. https://www.myamcat.com/knowing-amcat
10. https://www.admitkard.com/blog/2020/02/06/amcat/

Unit IV: Google Suite

1. https://www.inmotionhosting.com/blog/what-is-g-suite-and-why-
should-i-consider-using-it/
2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/G_Suite
3. https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/google-suite
4. https://kinsta.com/blog/g-suite/

Unit V: Presentation Skills

1. https://www.mindtools.com/CommSkll/EmailCommunication.htm
2. https://www.grammarly.com/blog/email-writing-tips/
3. https://business.tutsplus.com/articles/how-to-write-a-formal-email--
cms-29793
4. https://www.softwaretestinghelp.com/how-to-crack-the-gd/
5. https://www.mbauniverse.com/group-discussion/tips
6. https://slidemodel.com/23-powerpoint-presentation-tips-creating-
engaging-interactive-presentations/
7. https://business.tutsplus.com/articles/37-effective-powerpoint-
presentation-tips--cms-25421
8 https://blog.prezi.com/9-tips-on-how-to-make-a-presentation-a-
success/
9. http://www.garrreynolds.com/preso-tips/design/

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, the student should be able to
1. Construct a suitable resume and registration procedure for online mock
assessments. (K1)
2. Handle various virtual meeting tools. (K3)
3. Acquire exposure about online certification courses. (K4)
4. Get involved and work in a collaborative manner. (K2)

53
 Syllabus IT
5. Gain knowledge in various presentation methodologies. (K1)
6. Apply knowledge to practice Google suite features and SWOT analysis. (K3)
CO – PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2

SEMESTER - II
20HSMG201 L T P C
INTERPERSONAL VALUES
SDG NO. 4 & 5 2 0 0 0

OBJECTIVES:
l Values through Practical activities

UNIT I INTERPERSONAL VALUES 6

Interpersonal Relationships and Values – Importance and Barriers – Building
and maintain relationships – Mutual understanding – Respect to others.

UNIT II EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION 6

Communication skills –Importance and Barriers - Impressive formation and
management – Public speaking

UNIT III GROUP DYNAMICS 6

Group formation –Teamwork – Identify others attitude and behaviour –
Formation of relationship – Personal and professional.

UNIT IV MUTUAL RELATIONSHIP 6

Building mutual understanding and cooperation – Enhancing decision making
skills – Problem solving skills – Comparative Appraisal – Interpersonal needs.
54
 Syllabus IT

UNIT V POSITIVE ATTITUDE 6

Fostering trust and cooperation – Developing and maintain positive attitude –
Improving socialization – Development of security and comfort.
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
Note: Each topic in all the above units will be supplemented by practice
exercises and classroom activities and projects.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Barun K. Mitra, “Personality Development and Soft Skills”, Oxford
University Press, 2016.
2. B.N.Ghosh, “Managing Soft Skills for Personality Development”, McGraw
Hill India, 2012.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Develop a healthy relationship & harmony with others. (K1)
2. Practice respecting every human being. (K3)
3. Practice to eradicate negative temperaments. (K3)
4. Acquire Respect, Honesty, Empathy, Forgiveness and Equality. (K4)
5. Manage the cognitive abilities of an Individual. (K5)
6. Understanding the importance of public speaking and teamwork. (K2)

CO – PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO4 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO5 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

CO6 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 1 1 1

55
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - III
20BSMA304 L T P C
STATISTICS AND LINEAR ALGEBRA
SDG NO. 4 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVES:
l The main objective of this course is to provide students with the foundations
of statistics and linear algebra mostly used in varied applications in
engineering.

UNIT I BASIC STATISTICS 12

Measures of Central tendency: Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis - Probability
distributions - Binomial, Poisson and Normal - evaluation of statistical
parameters for these three distributions, Correlation and regression – Rank
correlation

UNIT II TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS 12

Sampling distributions - Estimation of parameters - Statistical hypothesis -
Test of signi icance: Large sample test for single proportion, difference of
proportions, single mean, difference of means - Tests based on t, Chi-square
and F distributions for mean, variance and proportion - Contingency table
(test for independence) - Goodness of it.

UNIT III VECTOR SPACES 12

Vector spaces – Subspaces – Linear combinations– Linear independence and
linear dependence – Bases and dimensions.

UNIT IV LINEAR TRANSFORMATION AND DIAGONALIZATION 12

Linear transformation - Null spaces and ranges - Dimension theorem - Matrix
of a linear transformation - Eigenvalues and eigenvectors - Diagonalizability.

UNIT V INNER PRODUCT SPACES 12

Inner product, norms - Gram Schmidt orthogonalization process - Adjoint of
linear operations - Least square approximation.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael Baron,”Probability and Statistics for Computer Scientists” second
edition, CRC press, USA (Unit-I&II)
2. Howard Anton, Chris Rorres, “Elementary Linear Algebra”,Wiley
Publications,11th edition,2014(Unit-III,IV&V)
56
 Syllabus IT
REFERENCES:
1. Spiegel. M.R., Schiller. J. and Srinivasan. R.A., "Schaum's Outlines on
Probability and Statistics ", Tata McGraw Hill Edition,2004.
2. Walpole. R.E., Myers. R.H., Myers. S.L. and Ye. K., “Probability and Statistics
for Engineers and Scientists", 8thEdition, Pearson Education, Asia,2007.
3. Kapur J. N., Saxena H.C., “Mathematical Statistics”, 18th Edition, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., 1997.
4. Friedberg A.H.,Insel A.J. and Spence L., “Linear Algebra”, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi,2014.
5. Strang G., “Linear Algebra and its applications”, Thomson (Brooks/Cole),
New Delhi, 2005.
6. Kumaresan S., ―”Linear Algebra – A Geometric Approach”, Prentice – Hall
of India, New Delhi, Reprint, 2010.
7. E. Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 8th Edition, John
Wiley,1999.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://people.richland.edu/james/lecture/m113/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105041/
3 https://www.imsc.res.in/~svis/Algebra/Sunder-LinearAlg-notes.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-06-linear-algebra-
spring-2010/video-lectures/
2. https://www.khanacademy.org/math/statistics-probability/
signi icance-tests-one-sample/more-signi icance-testing-videos/v/
hypothesis-testing-and-p-values

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Evaluate the statistical parameters of some standard discrete and
continuous distributions in solving real life problems and the relationship
between variables. (K3)
2. Apply the concepts of testing of hypotheses for large and small samples in
testing the real life problems. (K3)
3. Compute the basis and dimension of a vector space. (K3)
4. Compute the matrix of a Linear transformation and examine the
diagonalizability of a Linear transformation. (K3)
5. Determine an orthonormal basis of a linear transformation using Gram
Schimdt orthogonalization process and itting of curve by Least square
approximations. (K3)

57
 Syllabus IT
CO – PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1

SEMESTER - III
20ITPC301 L T P C
DATA STRUCTURES
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concepts of ADT’s
l To learn Linear Data Structures – Lists, Stacks, and Queues
l To understand Sorting, Searching and Hashing Algorithms
l To learn Dynamic Data Structures - Tree and Graph

UNIT I LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – I 9

Stacks and Queues : Abstract Data Types (ADTs) – Stack ADT – Operations -
Applications - Evaluating arithmetic expressions- Conversion of In ix to
Post ix expression - Queue ADT – Operations - Circular Queue – Priority Queue
–Dequeue – Applications of Queues.

UNIT II LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – II 9

Linked List: List ADT – Array-Based Implementation – Linked List
Implementation –– Singly Linked Lists- Circularly Linked Lists- Doubly-Linked
Lists – Applications of Lists –Polynomial Manipulation – All Operations
(Insertion, Deletion, Merge, Traversal).

UNIT III NON LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – I 9

Trees : Tree ADT – Tree Traversals - Binary Tree ADT – Expression Trees –
Applications of Trees – Binary Search Tree ADT –Threaded Binary Trees- AVL
Trees – B-Tree - B+ Tree -Heap – Applications of Heap.

58
 Syllabus IT
UNIT IV NON LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES – II 9
Graphs : De inition – Representation of Graph – Types of Graph – Breadth First
Traversal –Depth First Traversal – Topological Sort – Bi-Connectivity – Cut
Vertex – Euler Circuits – Dijkstra‟s algorithm – Bellman-Ford algorithm –
Floyd's Algorithm - minimum spanning tree – Prim's and Kruskal's algorithms
– Applications of Graphs.

UNIT V SEARCHING, SORTING AND HASHING TECHNIQUES 9

Searching- Linear Search - Binary Search - Sorting - Bubble Sort - Selection Sort
- Insertion Sort - Shell Sort – Radix Sort – Hashing- Hash Functions – Separate
Chaining – Open Addressing – Rehashing – Extendible Hashing.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. A. Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Pearson
Education Asia, 2002.
2. Reema Thareja, “Data Structures Using C”, Second Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L.Rivest, Clifford Stein,
“Introduction to Algorithms", Second Edition, Mcgraw Hill, 2002.
2. Stephen G. Kochan, “Programming in C”, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.
3. Aho, Hopcroft and Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson
Education, 1983.
4. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, Susan Anderson-Freed, “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C”, Second Edition, University Press, 2008.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://www.programiz.com/dsa
2. http://masterraghu.com/subjects/Datastructures/ebooks/
remathareja.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Implement abstract data types for linear data structures.(K3)
2. Implement abstract data types for non-linear data structure.(K3)
3. Apply the different linear and non-linear data structures to problem
solutions.(K3)
4. Implement the various sorting and searching algorithms. (K3)
5. Solve Problem involving Graph, Trees and Heap. (K3)
6. Choose appropriate data structures to solve real world problems
ef iciently.(K3)

59
 Syllabus IT
CO – PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 1 1

CO2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 1 1

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 1

CO4 2 2 1 2 3 2 1 0 1 1 2 1 1 2

CO5 2 2 1 2 3 0 0 1 2 1 2 2 1 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 1 0 0 0 1 1 2 1 2 2

SEMESTER - III
20CSPC301
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 2 1 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand object oriented programming concepts and principles of
packages, inheritance and interfaces
l To de ine exceptions and use I/O streams
l To develop a java application with threads and generic classes
l To design and build simple Graphical User Interfaces

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OOP AND JAVA FUNDAMENTALS 10

Object Oriented Programming – Abstraction – Objects and Classes –
Encapsulation– Inheritance – Polymorphism– OOP In Java – Characteristics of
Java – The Java Environment – Java Source File – Compilation - Fundamental
Programming Structures in Java – De ining Classes in Java – Constructors -
Methods -Access Speci iers– Static Members – Comments - Data Types –
Variables – Operators - Control Flow - Arrays - Packages – Javadoc Comments.

UNIT II INHERITANCE AND INTERFACES 9

Inheritance – Super Classes– Sub Classes –Protected Members – Constructors
in Sub Classes– The Object Class – Abstract Classes and Methods– Final
Methods and Classes – Interfaces – De ining an Interface - Implementing
Interface - Differences Between Classes and Interfaces - Extending Interfaces –
Object Cloning - Inner Classes - Array Lists – Strings.

UNIT III EXCEPTION HANDLING AND I/O 9

Exceptions – Exception Hierarchy – Throwing and Catching Exceptions – Built-
In Exceptions - Creating Own Exceptions - Stack Trace Elements - Input /
60
 Syllabus IT
Output Basics – Streams – Byte Streams and Character Streams – Reading and
Writing Console – Reading and Writing Files.

UNIT IV MULTITHREADING AND GENERIC PROGRAMMING 8

Differences between Multi-Threading and Multitasking - Thread Life Cycle -
Creating Threads - Synchronizing Threads - Inter-Thread Communication -
Daemon Threads - Thread Groups - Java Concurrency Packages - Generic
Programming – Generic Classes – Generic Methods – Bounded Types –
Restrictions and Limitations.

UNIT V LAMBDAS STREAMS AND REACTIVE PROGRAMMING 9

Lambda Expressions – Library Enhancements to Support Lambdas– No
Parameter-Single Parameter-Multiple Parameters– With or Without Return

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Schildt, “JavaThe Complete Reference”, 10th Edition, McGrawHill
Education,2017.
2. E.Balagursamy, “Programming with Java 6th Edition, McGrawHill
Education, 2019.

REFERENCES:
1. Paul Deitel, HarveyDeitel, “Java SE 8 for Programmers”, 3rd Edition,
Pearson, 2015.
2. Steven Holzner, ”Java 2Blackbook”, Dream Tech, Press, 2011.
3. Timothy Budd, “Understanding Object-oriented programming with Java”,
Updated Edition, Pearson Education,2000.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.w3schools.com/java/java_oop.asp
2. https://www.edureka.co/blog/object-oriented-programming/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.ntu.edu.sg/home/ehchua/programming/java/
J3a_OOPBasics.html
2. https://introcs.cs.princeton.edu/java/lectures/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, student should be able to
1. Comprehend Object Oriented Programming Concepts in Java. (K2)

61
 Syllabus IT
2. Illustrate the purpose of packages, Java documents and Analyze the various
types of Inheritance. (K4)
3. Apply the Object Oriented Programming Concepts to develop the reusable
Applications. (K3)
4. Illustrate the java applications using Java Exceptions and I/O Streams.(K4)
5. Understand the concept of Multithreading and Generic Classes in Java. (K2)
6. Design and implement Lambda expressions, streams and reactive
programming. ( K6)

CO- PO,PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 2 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

CO2 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - 2 - - 2 3 2

CO3 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 3 1 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2

CO6 3 1 3 2 3 2 - - 1 - - 2 3 2

SEMESTER - III
20ITPC302 L T P C
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To address the real time complex engineering problems using innovative
approaches with strong core computing skills
l To apply core-analytical knowledge and appropriate techniques and
provide solutions to real time challenges of national and global society
l Apply ethical knowledge for professional excellence and leadership for the
betterment of the society
l Develop life-long learning skills needed for better employment and
entrepreneurship

UNIT I SOFTWARE PROCESS AND AGILE DEVELOPMENT 9

Introduction to Software Engineering - Software Process - Perspective and
Specialized Process Models – Introduction to Agility - Agile process - Extreme
programming - XP Process.
62
 Syllabus IT

UNIT II REQUIREMENTS ANALYSIS AND SPECIFICATION 9

Software Requirements: Functional and Non-Functional -User requirements -
System requirements - Software Requirements Document – Requirement
Engineering Process: Feasibility Studies, Requirements elicitation and
analysis, requirements validation, requirements management-Classical
analysis: Structured system Analysis, Petri Nets- Data Dictionary.
UNIT III SOFTWARE DESIGN 9
Design process – Design Concepts - Design Model – Design Heuristic –
Architectural Design - Architectural styles - Architectural Design -
Architectural Mapping using Data Flow - User Interface Design: Interface
analysis, Interface Design – Component level Design: Designing Class based
components, traditional Components.

UNIT IV TESTING AND MAINTENANCE 9

Software testing fundamentals-Internal and external views of Testing-white
box testing – basis path testing-control structure testing-black box testing-
Regression Testing – Unit Testing – Integration Testing – Validation Testing –
System Testing And Debugging –Software Implementation Techniques:
Coding practices-Refactoring-Maintenance and Reengineering-BPR model-
Reengineering process model-Reverse and Forward Engineering.

UNIT V PROJECT MANAGEMENT 9

Software Project Management: Estimation – LOC, FP Based Estimation,
Make/Buy Decision COCOMO I & II Model – Project Scheduling – Scheduling,
Earned Value Analysis Planning – Project Plan, Planning Process, RFP Risk
Management – Identi ication, Projection – Risk Management-Risk
Identi ication-RMMM Plan-CASE TOOLS.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering – A practitioner's Approach”,
Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 2005
2. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Seventh Edition, Pearson
Education Asia, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, Third Edition, PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2009.
2. Pankaj Jalote, “Software Engineering - A Precise Approach”, Wiley India,
2010.
3. Kelkar S.A., “Software Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2007.

63
 Syllabus IT
4. Stephen R.Schach, “Software Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited,2007.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs69/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/noc/courses/noc19/SEM2/noc19-cs69
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105182/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. http://www.vssut.ac.in/lecture_notes/lecture1428551142.pdf
2. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2318/software-engineering
3. https://courses.cs.washington.edu/courses/cse403/01au/lectures/
4. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/introduction-to-software-
engineering/video-lectures/
5. https://www.ece.rutgers.edu/~marsic/books/SE/instructor/slides/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Identify the key activities in Managing a Software Project and Compare
Different Process Models. (K1)
2. Understand of Requirements Engineering and Analysis Modeling. (K2)
3. Apply Systematic Procedure for Software Design and Deployment. (K3)
4. Compare and Contrast the Various Testing and Maintenance. (K3)
5. Manage Project Schedule, Estimate Project Cost and Effort required. (K5)
6. Estimation of Risk Identi ication and Risk Management. (K4)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 - - 3

CO2 3 2 - 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 - - 3

CO3 3 2 - 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 3

CO4 3 1 - 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 - 1 3

CO5 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 2 3

CO6 3 2 - 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 1 2 3

64
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - III
20ITPC303 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 ARCHITECTURE 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the basic structure and operations of a Computer
l To study the implementation of Fixed-Point and Floating Point Arithmetic
unit
l To understand Parallelism and Multi-core processors using Pipelined
execution
l To understand the Cache memories, Virtual memories and
Communication of I/O devices

UNIT I BASIC STRUCTURE OF A COMPUTER SYSTEM 7

Functional Units – Basic Operational Concepts – Performance – Instructions:
Language of the Computer – Operations, Operands – Instruction
representation – Logical operations –Decision Making – MIPS Addressing.

UNIT II ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS IN PROCESSORS 11

Addition and Subtraction – Multiplication – Division – Floating Point
Representation – Floating Point Operations – Subword Parallelism.

UNIT III PROCESSOR AND CONTROL UNIT 11

A Basic MIPS implementation – Building a Datapath – Control Implementation
Scheme – Pipelining – Pipelined Datapath and Control – Handling Data
Hazards & Control Hazards – Exceptions.

UNIT IV PARALLELISM 7
Parallel Processing Challenges – Flynn's classi ication – SISD, MIMD, SIMD,
SPM and Vector Architectures – Hardware multithreading – Multi-core
processors and other Shared Memory Multiprocessors – Introduction to
Graphics Processing Units, Clusters, Warehouse Scale Computers and other
Message-Passing Multiprocessors.

UNIT V MEMORY AND I/O SYSTEMS 9

Memory Hierarchy – memory technologies – Cache Memory – Measuring and
Improving Cache Performance – Virtual Memory, TLB's – Accessing I/O
Devices – Interrupts – Direct Memory Access – Bus structure – Bus Operation –
Arbitration – Interface circuits – USB.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
65
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David A. Patterson and John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and
Design: The Hardware/Software Interface”, Fifth Edition, Morgan
Kaufmann / Elsevier, 2014.
2. Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic, SafwatZaky and NaraigManjikian,
“Computer Organization and Embedded Systems”, Sixth Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing
for Performance”, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. John P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, Third Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson, “Computer Architecture – A
Quantitative Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann / Elsevier Publishers, Fifth
Edition, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106147/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the physical and logical aspects of Computer System (K2)
2. Analyze the various parameters of the processor to improve system
performance. (K4)
3. Evaluate the ixed and loating point arithmetic operations. (K5)
4. Design data path and control unit of computer system (K6)
5. Understand parallel processing architectures with pipelining and
avoidance of hazards (K2)
6. De ine the various components of computer system hardware (K1)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 3

CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3

CO5 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3

CO6 3 1 1 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3
66
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - III
20ESEC301 L T P C
COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To introduce the relevance of this course to the existing technology
through demonstrations, case studies, simulations, contributions of
scientist, national/international policies with a futuristic vision along
with socio-economic impact and issues
l To study the various analog and digital modulation techniques
l To study the principles behind information theory and coding
l To study the various digital communication techniques

UNIT I ANALOG MODULATION 9

Amplitude Modulation – AM, DSBSC, SSBSC, VSB-Modulators and
Demodulators – Angle modulation – PM and FM -Modulators and
Demodulators – Super heterodyne receivers.

UNIT II PULSE MODULATION 9

Low pass sampling theorem – Quantization – PAM, PTM – Line coding – PCM,
DPCM, DM & ADM - Time Division Multiplexing, Frequency Division
Multiplexing.

UNIT III DIGITAL MODULATION AND TRANSMISSION 9

Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK), Frequency Shift Keying (FSK), Phase shift
keying – BPSK, QPSK, 8 PSK.QAM-8 QAM, 16 QAM – Comparison of various
digital communication system, Inter Symbol Interference– Eye pattern.

UNIT IV INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 9

Measure of information – Entropy – Source coding theorem – Shannon–Fano
coding, Huffman Coding , Mutual Information, Channel capacity – Error
control codes-Linear block codes, Cyclic codes, Syndrome calculation –
Convolution Coding.

UNIT V WIRELESS COMMUNICATION 9

Spread Spectrum and Multiple Access Techniques –Global system for Mobile
Communication (GSM)-Cellular Concept and Frequency Reuse-Satellite
Communication-Bluetooth.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

67
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wayne Tomasi, “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, Sixth
Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, Fourth Edition, John Wiley &
Sons. 2001.
3. H Taub, D L Schilling, G Saha, “Principles of Communication Systems” Third
Edition, TMH2007

REFERENCES:
1. S. Haykin “Digital Communications” John Wiley, 2005.
2. B.Sklar, Digital Communications Fundamentals and Applications”, Second
Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
3. B.P.Lathi, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Third
Edition, Oxford University Press,2007
4. H P Hsu, Schaum Outline Series – “Analog and Digital Communications”
TMH, 2006.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/search/communication-engineering/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/principles_of_communication/
index.htm

WEB RESOURCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_ee16/preview
2. https://www.scientechworld.com/education-software-training-and-
skill- development/sku-online-learning/analog-and-digital-
communication

OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1 Interpret various modulation techniques to model a communication
system (K3)
2 Discuss angle modulation techniques and compare various analog
modulation techniques. (K2)
3 Interpret the performance of digital modulation schemes such as BPSK,
BFSK, QPSK, DPSK & QAM. (K3)
4 Illustrate and compare the Encoding schemes such as PCM, DPCM, DM &
ADM and different waveform coding schemes. (K3)
5 Infer the channel coding theorem and error control coding and decoding
schemes like block codes, hamming codes, cyclic codes, convolutional
codes and viterbi decoder. (K2)
68
 Syllabus IT
6 Analyze the different multiple access Techniques, cellular concept and free
reuse for wireless communication. (K4)

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 3 - 3 - - 3 - - 1 1 - 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 1

CO4 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 1 2 1

CO5 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 - - 1 2 - 3 2 1 2 1

SEMESTER - III
20ITPL301 L T P C
DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
l To implement Linear and Non-linear Data Structures
l To understand the different operations of Search Trees
l To implement Graph Traversal algorithms
l To get familiarized to Sorting and Searching algorithm

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Array implementation of Stack and Queue ADTs
2. Array implementation of List ADT
3. Linked list implementation of List, Stack and Queue ADTs
4. Applications of List, Stack and Queue ADTs
5. Implementation of Binary Trees and operations of Binary Trees
6. Implementation of Binary Search Trees
7. Implementation of AVL Trees
8. Implementation of Heaps using Priority Queues
9. Graph representation and Traversal algorithms
10. Applications of Graphs- Implementation of searching and sorting
algorithms
11. Implementation of any two Collision Techniques in Hashing
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

69
 Syllabus IT
LAB REQUIREMENTS :
Turbo C/Dev C++, Borland C

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Write functions to implement linear and non-linear data structure
operations. [K1]
2. Suggest appropriate linear / non-linear data structure operations for
solving a given problem. [K2]
3. Design and analyze the time and space ef iciency of data structure.[K2]
4. Apply sorting and searching techniques. [K3]
5. Apply appropriate hash functions that result in a collision free scenario for
data storage and retrieval. [K3]
6. Choose and implement ef icient data structures and apply them to solve
problems. [K3]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 1 2 1 1 - - - - 2 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2 2 2 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2 3 2 2

CO5 1 2 2 1 2 1 - - - - 1 1 2 2

CO6 1 2 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 2 2

SEMESTER - III
20CSPL301 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Object Oriented Programming concepts and basic
characteristics of Java
l To know the principles of Packages, Inheritance and Interfaces
l To develop a Java application with Threads and Generic classes
l To make the students understand life cycle of the Applets and its
functionality
70
 Syllabus IT
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Basic JAVA Programs
a. Write a program to ind the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.
b. Write a program to generate the irst n terms of the sequence.
c. Write a program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n,
where n is a value supplied by the user.
d. Write a program to ind both the largest and smallest number in a list of
integers.
e. Write a program to ind factorial of list of number reading input as
command.
2. Write a program to calculate bonus for different departments using
method overriding.
3. Write a program to sort list of elements in ascending and descending order
and show the exception handling.
4. Write a program to implement the concept of importing classes from user
de ined package and creating packages.
5. Write programs that illustrate how the following forms of inheritance are
supported:
a) Single inheritance
b) Multiple inheritance
c) Multi level inheritance
d) Hierarchical inheritance
6. Write a program to demonstrate use of implementing interfaces.
7. Write a program to implement interfaces all string operations.
8. Write a program to create student report using applet, read the input using
text boxes and display the output using buttons.
9. Write a program to implement thread priorities.
10. Write a program to implement thread, applets and graphics to animate ball
movement.
11. JAVA Applet program
a) Write a Applet program using paint brush
b) Write a program to display analog clock using Applet
c) Write a program to create different shapes and ill colors using Applet
12. JAVA Event Handling program
a) Write a program that display the x and y position of the cursor
movement using Mouse
b) Write a program that identi ies key-up key-down event user entering
text in a Applet

71
 Syllabus IT
13. JAVA programs on Swings
a) Write a program to build a Calculator in Swings
b) Write a program to display the digital watch in swing
c) Write a program that to create a single ball bouncing inside a JPanel.
d) Write a program JTree as displaying a real tree upside down
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS :
Hardware :
Desktop Systems - Pentium IV with 2 GB RAM
160 GB HARD Disk
Monitor 1024 x 768 colour

Software :
Windows operating system
JDK 1.8

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Write Java programs in accordance with the object oriented
programming concepts. (K6)
2. Design user de ined java packages. (K6)
3. Create Java programs using Inheritance and Polymorphism. (K6)
4. Implement Error-handling techniques using Exception handling and
Multithreading. (K6)
5. Develop Applet program and GUI using Swing components. (K6)
6. Enumerate the event handling techniques in Java Programming. (K5)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO2 2 2 3 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 - 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2

CO6 2 3 3 2 - 2 - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

72
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - III
20ITTE301 L T P C
SDG NO. 4,11 &15 LIVE-IN-LAB - I
0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the engineering aspects of design with reference to simple
products
l To foster innovation in design of products
l To develop design that add value to products and solve technical problems.
l To create awareness among the students of the characteristics of several
domain areas where IT can be effectively used

COURSE PLAN :
Study: Take minimum three simple products, processes or techniques in the
area of specialization, study, analyze and present them. The analysis shall be
focused on functionality, construction, quality, reliability, safety, maintenance,
handling, sustainability, cost etc. whichever are applicable. Each student in the
group has to present individually; choosing different products, processes or
techniques.
Design: The project team shall identify an innovative product, process or
technology and proceed with detailed design. At the end, the team has to
document it properly and present and defend it. The design is expected to
concentrate on functionality; design for strength is not expected.

Note: The one hour/week allotted for tutorial shall be used for discussions and
presentations. The project team (not exceeding four) can be students from
different branches, if the design problem is multidisciplinary.

EVALUATION:
1. First evaluation (Immediately after irst internal examination) : 20 marks
2. Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
20 marks
3. Final evaluation ( Last week of the semester) : 60 marks

Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for
awarding the inal grade.

73
 Syllabus IT

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. List the problems and conduct literature survey to identify the gap and
come up with an application oriented research problem in the speci ic
domain.(K1)
2. Understand the project characteristics and explore necessary tools and
components needed at various stages of the project(K2)
3. Design and validate the proposed system using simulation.(K3)
4. Develop the Prototype of the proposed system by adapting Industrial
safety standards and best financial management practices(K5)
5. Analyze the obtained results and prepare a technical report.(K4)
6. Evaluate the project and go for journals and patents publication.(K5)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

74
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - III
20ITTP301 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4 0 0 2 1

APTITUDE & COGNITIVE SKILLS – PHASE 1

OBJECTIVE:
l To educate and enrich the students on quantitative ability, reasoning
ability, and verbal ability.
l Improve their quantitative ability.
l Improve the ability of arithmetic reasoning
l Enhance their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar
l Equip with creative thinking and problem solving skills

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – I 10

Problems on Trains - Time and Distance - Height and Distance - Time and
Work

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – II 10

Problems on Ages - Alligation or Mixture - Chain Rule - Simple Interest - Simple
Equation - Theory Of Equation.

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – I 8

Analytical Reasoning - Pipes and Cistern - Logical Problems - Logical Games -
Logical Deduction - Data Suf iciency - Arithmetic Reasoning
UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – I 10
Idioms & Phrases - Synonyms - Antonyms - Classi ication

UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – I 7

Venn Diagrams -Cube and Cuboids - Dice - Cubes and Dice - Figure Matrix.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
2. Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
3. A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
4. Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun sharma

75
 Syllabus IT
PROBLEM SOLVING USING C PROGRAMMING AND PYTHON FOR DATA
SCIENCE – PHASE 2

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide exposure to problem-solving through programming
l To train the student to the basic concepts of the C-programming language
l To understand the basic process of data sciences
l To use Python and Open Source Tools to read datasets and load datasets
using pandas
l To provide hands on experience in C and Python programming

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING 6

Introduction to Programming - Programming Domain – Arti icial Intelligence -
Systems Programming - Assembly Level Languages - Problem solving using
Algorithms and Flowcharts.

UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING 6

Features of C and its Basic Structure - Simple C programs – Constants - Integer
Constants - Real Constants - Character Constants - String Constants -Floating-
point Numbers - The type cast Operator - Interactive Programming.
Operators Expressions and Control statement - The goto statement - The if
statement - The if-else statement - Nesting of if statements - The conditional
expression - The break statement and continue statement.

UNIT III ARRAYS, STRINGS AND POINTERS 6

Arrays - Multidimensional Arrays – Strings - Basics of Pointers - Pointer
Arithmetic - Similarities between Pointers - One-dimensional Arrays.
Structures, Unions and Functions: Basics of Structures - Arrays of Structures -
Pointers to Structures - Function Basics - Function Prototypes - Passing
Parameters - Structures and Functions Recursion.

UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON AND DATA SCIENCE 6

Python Basics and Data Structures - Introduction to Data Science - Working
with Data in Python.

UNIT V DATA HANDLING WITH PYTHON 6

Dataset Reading - Loading with Pandas - Data Filtering , Cleaning and
Manipulation using Pandas - Data Visualizations - Report Generations.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS

76
 Syllabus IT
REFERENCES:
1. Balagurusamy, “Programming in ANSI C”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
2008.
2. Stephen G. Kochan & Sams, “Programming in C”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2004.
3. Wes McKinney, “Python for Data Analysis:Data Wrangling with Pandas,
Numpy and IPython”, O'reilly Publication, 2nd Edition,2017.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/python_data_science/index.htm
2. https://tanthiamhuat. iles.wordpress.com/2018/04/pythondata
sciencehandbook.pdf

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Analyze their quantitative ability. (K4)
2. Understand the ability of arithmetic reasoning along with creative thinking
and problem solving skills. (K2)
3. Create their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar.
(K6)
4. Evaluate the situations to analyse the computational methods in order to
identify and abstract the programming task involved. (K5)
5. Analyse tasks in which the numerical techniques are applicable in order to
apply them to write, edit, compile, debug, correct, recompile and run
programs. (K4)
6. Understand the data manipulation and visualization. (K2)

CO- PO & PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

77
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - III
20MGMC301 L T P C
CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
SDG NO. 4 2 0 0 0

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, the student is expected to
l To know about Indian constitution
l To know about central government functionalities in India
l To know about state government functionalities in India
l To know about Constitution function
l To Know about Constitutional remedies

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 6
Historical Background – Constituent Assembly of India – Philosophical
foundations of the Indian Constitution – Preamble – Fundamental Rights –
Directive Principles of State Policy – Fundamental Duties

UNIT II STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF CENTRAL GOVERNMENT 6

Union Government – Structures of the Union Government and Functions –
President – Vice President – Prime Minister – Cabinet – Parliament – Supreme
Court of India.

UNIT III STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF STATE GOVERNMENT 6

State Government – Structure and Functions – Governor – Chief Minister –
Cabinet – State Legislature – Judicial System in States – High Courts and other
Subordinate Courts.
UNIT IV CONSTITUTION FUNCTIONS 6
Indian Federal System – Centre – State Relations – President's Rule –
Constitutional Amendments – Constitutional Functionaries.

UNIT V CONSTITUTIONAL REMEDIES 6

Enforcement of fundamental rights - Power of parliament to modify the rights
the conferred by this part in their application to forces.
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Durga Das Basu, “Introduction to the Constitution of India “, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi.

78
 Syllabus IT
2. R.C. Agarwal, (1997) “Indian Political System”, S. Chand and Company, New
Delhi.
3. M.V. Pyle (2019) , “An Introduction to The Constitution of India, 5/e”, Vikas
Publishing, New Delhi.
4 P.M. Bakshi, (2018) , “Constitution of India”, Universal Law Publishing,
New Delhi.

REFERENCES:
1. Sharma, Brij Kishore, “Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi.
2. U.R.Gahai, “Indian Political System”, New Academic Publishing House,
Jalandhar.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Explain the Constitution and Fundamental rights of citizens (K2)
2. Discuss the structure, hierarchy and functions of Central Government
(K2)
3. Explain the functions of Supreme Court and Judiciary Systems in the state
(K2)
4. Discuss the structure, hierarchy and functions of State Government (K2)
5. Recall the Centre-State relationship, constitutional amendments and
functionaries (K1)
6. Discuss the remedies and rights available to India Citizens (K2)

CO – PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - 1 1 - - - - -

CO2 - - - - - 1 1 - - - - -

CO3 - - - - - 1 1 - - - - -

CO4 - - - - - 1 1 - - - - -

CO5 - - - - - 2 1 3 - - - -

CO6 - - - - - 2 1 2 3 - - -

79
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - IV
20BSMA402 L T P C
PROBABILITY AND QUEUEING THEORY
SDG NO. 4 3 1 0 4
OBJECTIVES:
l To impart necessary basic knowledge in Probability theory, Random
Processes and Queueing models which are invariably used in Computer
science courses

UNIT I PROBABILITY AND RANDOM VARIABLES 12

Probability – Axioms of probability – Conditional probability – Baye's theorem
- Discrete and Continuous random variables – Moments – Moment generating
functions – Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Erlang and
Normal distributions.

UNIT II TWO-DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLES 12

Joint distributions – Marginal and Conditional distributions – Covariance –
Correlation and Linear Regression – Transformation of Random Variables –
Central Limit Theorem (for independent and identically distributed random
variables).

UNIT III RANDOM PROCESSES 12

Classi ication – Stationary process – Markov process - Poisson process –
Discrete parameter Markov chain – Chapman Kolmogorov equations –
Limiting distributions.

UNIT IV QUEUEING MODELS 12

Markovian queues – Birth and Death processes – Single and multiple server
Queueing models – Little's formula - Queues with inite waiting rooms –Self-
service model.

UNIT V ADVANCED QUEUEING MODELS 12

Finite source models - M/G/1 queue – Pollaczek-Khinchin formula - M/D/1
and M/EK/1 as special cases – Series queues – Open Jackson networks.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1 Ibe, O.C., “Fundamentals of Applied Probability and Random Processes",
Elsevier, 1st Indian Reprint, 2007. (1.1-1.3, 1.6, 1.7 - 1.7.1, 1.8, 1.13 -
Exercise problems in the above sections ; 2.1 – 2.8, 3.1 – 3.5, 3.9 , 4.1 - 4.3,
4.4 - 4.4.2, 4.7 – 4.11, 5.1 - 5.7, 6.1 – 6.3, 6.8, 6.10, 8.1 - 8.5, 10.5 (10.5.1 -
80
 Syllabus IT
10.5.6), 10.6, 10.7 – 10.7.1-10.7. 5) (Units I, II & III).
2. Gross, D., Shortle, J.F, Thompson, J.M and Harris. C.M., “Fundamentals of
Queueing Theory", Wiley Student 4th Edition, 2014. (1.1 – 1.5, 1.7, 2.1 -
2.7, 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 – 5.1.1) (Units IV and V)

REFERENCES:
1. Hwei Hsu, “Schaum's Outline Theory and Problems of Probability,
Random variables and Random Processes”, Tata Mcgraw Hill Edition,
New Delhi, 2004.
2. Taha, H.A., “ Operations Research”, 9th Edition , Pearson India Education
Services, Delhi,2016.
3. Trivedi, K.S., “Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queueing and
Computer Science Applications”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2002.
4. Yates, R.D. and Goodman. D.J., “Probability and Stochastic Processes”, 2nd
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., Bangalore, 2012.
5. Veerarajan T., “Probability and Statistics, Random Processes and
Queueing Theory”, TataMc-Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117103017/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105041/
3. http://home.iitk.ac.in/~skb/ee679/ee679.html

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3066/performance-evaluation-
of-computer-systems/5
2. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3066/performance-evaluation-
of-computer-systems/6

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Apply the knowledge of basic concepts of probability, one dimensional
random variables and standard distributions in real life situations. (K3)
2. Study the relationship between two random variables and
transformation by applying its basic concepts. (K3)
3. Apply the concepts of random processes in engineering disciplines. (K3)
4. Acquire the skills in analyzing Markovian queuing models. (K3)
5. Analyze the behavior of Non-Markovian queuing models, series queues
and open networks. (K3)

81
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1

CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1

CO4 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1

CO5 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 1

SEMESTER - IV
20CSPC402 L T P C
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To design a database using ER diagrams, convert them to Relational
Databases and to write SQL Queries
l To understand the fundamental concepts of Transaction Processing,
Concurrency Control techniques and Recovery procedures
l To understand the Internal Storage structures and about the Query
Processing Techniques
l To have an introductory knowledge about the Object Databases, XML
Databases and NoSQL Databases

UNIT I DATABASE DESIGN 7

Purpose of Database System – Views of Data –Database System Architecture-
Data Models– Entity Relationship Model – ER Diagrams – Enhanced ER Model.

UNIT II RELATIONAL DATABASES 11

Introduction to Relational Databases – Relational Model-ER-to-Relational
Mapping– Keys –Relational Algebra – SQL Fundamentals – Advanced SQL
features – Embedded SQL– Dynamic SQL-Functional Dependencies – Non-loss
Decomposition – First – Second - Third Normal Forms - Dependency
Preservation – Boyce/CoddNormal Form – Multi Valued Dependencies and
Fourth Normal Form – Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form.

82
 Syllabus IT
UNIT III TRANSACTIONS 9
Transaction Concepts – ACID Properties – Schedules – Serializability –
Concurrency Control – Need for Concurrency – Locking Protocols – Two Phase
Locking – Deadlock – Transaction Recovery – Save Points – Isolation Levels –
SQL Facilities for Concurrency and Recovery.

UNIT IV IMPLEMENTATION TECHNIQUES 9

RAID – File Organization – Organization of Records in Files – Indexing and
Hashing –Ordered Indices – B+ Tree Index Files – B Tree Index Files – Static
Hashing – Dynamic Hashing – Query Processing Overview – Algorithms for
SELECT and JOIN operations – Query optimization using Heuristics - Cost
Estimation.

UNIT V ADVANCED TOPICS 9

Distributed Databases – Architecture - Data Storage - Transaction Processing –
Object Based Databases - Object Database Concepts – Object Relational
Features - ODMG Object Model – ODL - OQL – XML Databases - XML
Hierarchical Model – DTD - XML Schema –Xquery.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, “Database System
Concepts”, Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2020.
2. RamezElmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database
Systems”, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. C.J.Date, A.Kannan, S.Swamynathan, “An Introduction to Database
Systems”, Eighth Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan, “Database Management Systems”, Fourth Edition,
McGraw-Hill Education, 2015.
3. G.K.Gupta,”Database Management Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs46/
2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/database-management-
system.html
3. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-database-management-
system-9914
4. http://learnsql.com

83
 Syllabus IT
5. https://www.w3schools.com/sql/default.asp
6. https://www.khanacademy.org/computing/computer-programming/
sql

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Discuss the concepts of database to apply the Relational, ER model for
design and SQL for implementation of the database. (K2)
2. Recognize and identify the use of normalization and functional
dependencies to reine the database system. (K1)
3. Demonstrate various SQL queries for the Transaction Processing &
Locking using concept of Concurrency control. (K2)
4. Build the query processing techniques for the optimization of SQL queries.
(K3)
5. Implement the indexing and hashing techniques for the organisation of
database records. (K3)
6. Illustrate how the advanced databases differ from the traditional
databases. (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO3 2 1 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

84
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - IV
20ITPC401 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF L T P C
SDG NO. 4 ALGORITHMS 2 1 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand and apply the algorithm analysis techniques
l To critically analyze the ef iciency of alternative algorithmic solutions for
the same problem
l To understand different algorithm design techniques
l To understand the limitations of Algorithmic power

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 10
Notion of an Algorithm – Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem Solving –
Important Problem Types – Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithmic
Ef iciency –Asymptotic Notations and their properties - Analysis Framework –
Empirical analysis - Mathematical analysis for Recursive and Non-recursive
algorithms – Visualization.

UNIT II BRUTE FORCE AND DIVIDE-AND-CONQUER 9

Brute Force – Computing an – String Matching - Closest-Pair and Convex-Hull
Problems - Exhaustive Search - Travelling Salesman Problem - Knapsack
Problem - Assignment Problem.
Divide and Conquer Methodology – Binary Search – Merge sort – Quick sort –
Heap Sort - Multiplication of Large Integers – Closest-Pair and Convex - Hull
Problems.
UNIT III DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING AND GREEDY TECHNIQUES 9
Dynamic programming – Principle of optimality - Coin Changing Problem -
Computing a Binomial Coef icient – Floyd's Algorithm – Multi Stage Graph -
Optimal Binary Search Trees – Knapsack Problem and Memory functions -
Greedy Technique – Container Loading Problem - Prim's Algorithm and
Kruskal's Algorithm – 0/1 Knapsack Problem - Optimal Merge pattern -
Huffman Trees.

UNIT IV ITERATIVE IMPROVEMENT 8

The Simplex Method - The Maximum-Flow Problem – Maximum Matching in
Bipartite Graphs - Stable Marriage problem.

85
 Syllabus IT
UNIT V COPING WITH THE LIMITATIONS OF ALGORITHM POWER 9
Lower - Bound Arguments - P, NP, NP - Complete and NP-Hard Problems-
Backtracking – n-Queen Problem - Hamiltonian Circuit Problem – Subset Sum
Problem. Branch and Bound – LIFO Search and FIFO Search - Assignment
Problem – Knapsack Problem – Travelling Salesman Problem - Approximation
Algorithms for NP-Hard Problems – Travelling Salesman Problem – Knapsack
Problem.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. AnanyLevitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of
Algorithms”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, “Computer
Algorithms/ C++”, Second Edition, Universities Press, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas H.Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford
Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private
Limited, 2012.
2. Alfred V.Aho, John E. Hopcroft and Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Data Structures
and Algorithms”, Pearson Education, Reprint 2006.
3. Harsh Bhasin, “Algorithms Design and Analysis”, Oxford university press,
2016.
4. S. Sridhar, “Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Oxford university press,
2014.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106101060
2. https://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/course_details.php?arg=OTI
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs47/previ

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-
science/6-046j-design-and-analysis-of-algorithms-spring-2015/
2. http://www.learnalgorithms.in/
3. https://courses.cs.vt.edu/ csonline/Algorithms/Lessons/
4. http://openclassroom.stanford.edu/MainFolder/Course
Page.php?course=IntroToAlgorithms.

86
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Review the fundamentals of algorithmic problem solving and analyzing
ef iciency of algorithms [K2]
2. Apply mathematical formulation,complexity analysis and methodologies
to solve recurrence relations for algorithms [K3]
3. Compare the time complexities of various algorithms [K3]
4. Critically analyze the different algorithm design techniques for a given
problem [K3]
5. Illustrate NP class problems and formulate solutions using standard
approach [K2]
6. Articulate solutions for real life problems using algorithm design
principles [K3]

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

CO2 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

CO3 2 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

CO4 2 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

CO5 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

CO6 1 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

SEMESTER - IV
20CSPC401 L T P C
OPERATING SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basic concepts, functions of Operating Systems,
Processes and Threads
l To analyze Scheduling algorithm and understand the concept of Deadlock
l To analyse various Memory Management schemes and understand I/O
management and File Systems
l To be familiar with the basics of Linux system and Mobile OS like iOS and
Android

87
 SyllabusIT
UNIT I OPERATING SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7
Computer System Overview-Basic Elements - Instruction Execution -
Interrupts - Memory Hierarchy - Cache Memory - Direct Memory Access -
Multiprocessor and Multicore Organization - Operating System Overview-
Objectives and Functions - Evolution of Operating System - Computer System
Organization Operating System Structure and Operations - System Calls -
System Programs - OS Generation and System Boot.

UNIT II PROCESS MANAGEMENT 11

Processes - Process Concept - Process Scheduling - Operations on Processes -
Inter-process Communication - CPU Scheduling - Scheduling Criteria -
Scheduling Algorithms- Multiple - Processor Scheduling - Real Time
Scheduling - Threads - Overview - Multithreading Models - Threading Issues -
Process Synchronization - The Critical - Section Problem - Synchronization
Hardware - Mutex Locks - Semaphores - Classic Problems of Synchronization -
Critical Regions - Monitors - Deadlock – System Model - Deadlock
Characterization - Methods for Handling Deadlocks - Deadlock Prevention -
Deadlock Avoidance - Deadlock Detection - Recovery from Deadlock.

UNIT III STORAGE MANAGEMENT 9

Main Memory – Background, Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation -
Paging - Segmentation - Segmentation with Paging - 32 and 64 Bit Architecture
Examples - Virtual Memory – Background - Demand Paging - Page
Replacement - Allocation - Thrashing - Allocating Kernel Memory - OS
Examples.

UNIT IV FILE SYSTEMS AND I/O SYSTEMS 9

Mass Storage System – Overview of Mass Storage Structure - Disk Structure -
Disk Scheduling and Management - Swap Space Management - File-System
Interface - File Concept - Access Methods - Directory Structure - Directory
Organization - File System Mounting - File Sharing and Protection - File System
Implementation- File System Structure - Directory Implementation -
Allocation Methods - Free Space Management - Ef iciency and Performance -
Recovery - I/O Systems – I/O Hardware - Application I/O Interface - Kernel I/O
Subsystem - Streams - Performance.

UNIT V CASE STUDY 9

Linux System - Design Principles - Kernel Modules - Process Management -
Scheduling - Memory Management - Input-Output Management - File System -
Inter-Process Communication - Mobile OS - iOS and Android - Architecture and
SDK Framework - Media Layer - Services Layer - Core OS Layer - File System.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
88
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOK :
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating
System Concepts”, 9th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2012.
2 William Stallings, “Operating Systems – Internals and Design
Principles”,7th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011

REFERENCES :
1. Ramez Elmasri, A. Gil Carrick, David Levine, “Operating Systems – A
Spiral Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2010.
2. AchyutS.Godbole, Atul Kahate, “Operating Systems”, McGraw Hill
Education, 2016.
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, Second Edition,
Pearson Education, 2004.
4. Gary Nutt, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
5. Harvey M. Deitel, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson
Education, 2004.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106144/
2. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=operating%20system
3. https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/o/os.html
4. https://www.os-book.com/OS9/slide-dir/
5. http://web.iitd.ac.in/~minati/MTL458.html

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.udacity.com/course/introduction-to-operating-systems-
-ud923
2. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3670/introduction-to-
operating-systems

OUTCOMES:
Upon the completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts and functions of the operating system.
(K2)
2. Analyze various scheduling algorithms. (K4)
3. Understand deadlock, prevention and avoidance algorithms. (K2)
4. Compare and contrast various memory management schemes. (K4)
5. Understand the functionality of ile systems (K2)
6. Understand the performance of administrative tasks on Linux servers.
(K2)

89
 Syllabus IT
CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 - 1 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO6 3 3 2 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

SEMESTER - IV
20CSPW401 COMPUTER NETWORKS L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 WITH LABORATORY 3 0 2 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the protocol layering and physical level communication
l To understand the various components required to build different
networks and analyze the performance of a network
l To learn the functions of network layer and the various routing protocols
l To familiarize the functions and protocols of the Transport layer

UNIT I INTRODUCTION AND PHYSICAL LAYER 9

Networks – Types – Protocol Layering – TCP/IP Protocol suite – OSI Model –
Physical Layer: Performance – Transmission media – Switching – Circuit-
switched Networks – Packet Switching.

UNIT II DATA LINK LAYER & MEDIA ACCESS 9

Introduction – Data Link Layer - Addressing – DLC Services – Data-Link Layer
Protocols – HDLC – PPP - Media Access Control - Wired LANs: Ethernet -
Wireless LANs – Introduction – IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth – Connecting Devices.

UNIT III NETWORK LAYER 9

Network Layer Services – Packet switching – Performance – IPV4 Addresses –
Forwarding of IP Packets - Network Layer Protocols: IP, ICMP v4 – Unicast
Routing Algorithms – Protocols – Multicasting Basics – IPV6 Addressing – IPV6
Protocol.

90
 Syllabus IT

UNIT IV TRANSPORT LAYER 9

Introduction – Transport Layer Protocols – Services – Port Numbers – User
Datagram protocol – Transmission Control Protocol – SCTP.

UNIT V APPLICATION LAYER 9

WWW and HTTP – FTP – Email –Telnet –SSH – DNS – SNMP.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 15
1. Simple client server program.
2. Socket program for echo/ping commands.
3. Implementing Link state routing algorithm.
4. Implementing distance vector routing algorithm.
5. Study of Network Simulator (NS2 or NS3 ) and Simulation of Congestion
Control Algorithms using NS.
6. Study of TCP/UDP performance using Simulation tool.
7. Simulation of error correction code (like CRC).
8. Traf ic Analysis using Wireshark.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS:
1. C/C++/JAVA/Equivalent compiler
2. Network Simulator like NS2/OPNET/Wireshark

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data communications and networking with TCP/IP
protocol suite", Sixth Edition, McGraw Hill, cop. 2022.
2. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems
Approach”, Fifth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communications”, Tenth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2014.
2. Nader F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Second Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2014.
3. Ying-Dar Lin, Ren-Hung Hwang and Fred Baker, “Computer Networks: An
Open Source Approach”, McGraw Hill Publisher, 2011.
4. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking, A Top-Down
Approach Featuring the Internet, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.

91
 Syllabus IT
5. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall,"Computer Networks ", 5th
edition, Pearson Education,2011

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec19_cs07/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105081/
3. https://www.isi.edu/nsnam/ns/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9780789749048/
samplepages/0789749041.pdf
2. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~sri/cs348/cs378-lab00-overview.pdf
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2276/computer-networks
4. h t t p s : / / w w w. y o u t u b e . c o m / w a t c h ? v = g 8 i Y 3 6 o n L e M & l i s t =
PLWPirh4EWFpHJrW1D9UB24wsbM3zx7QMx

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the basic layers and its functions in computer networks. (K2)
2. Demonstrate the performance of a network. (K2)
3. Explain the basics of how data lows from one node to another. (K2)
4. Understand IEEE standards, analyze and design routing algorithms. (K2)
5. Describe the working of various transport and application layer
protocols.(K2)
6. Apply the protocols for various functions in the network.(K3)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 1 3 2 2 - 2 1 - 1 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 - - - 1 - - - - - 2 1

CO3 3 3 3 - 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 - - - 1 - - 1 - - 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 - - 1 - 1 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 - 1 - 1 - - 1 - - 3 2

92
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - IV
20CSPL402 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS L T P C
SDG NO. 4&9 LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the use of Data De inition, Data Manipulation Commands, Nested
and Join queries
l To understand Functions, Procedures and Procedural extensions of
databases
l To be familiar with the use of a Front End tool
l To understand design and implementation of typical Database
applications

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Data De inition Commands, Data Manipulation Commands for inserting,
deleting, updating and retrieving Tables and Transaction Control
statements.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Data De inition Commands, Data Manipulation Commands for inserting,
deleting, updating and retrieving Tables and Transaction Control
statements.
2. Database Querying – Simple queries, Nested queries, Sub queries and
Joins.
3. Implementation of Views, Sequences and Synonyms.
4. Database Programming: Implicit and Explicit Cursors.
5. Procedures and Functions.
6. Triggers.
7. Exception Handling.
8. Database Design using ER Modeling, Normalization and Implementation
for any application.
9. Database Connectivity with Front End Tools.
10. Case Study using Real Life Database applications.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LAB REQUIREMENTS
SOFTWARE
Front end: VB/VC ++/JAVA or Equivalent
Back end: Oracle / SQL / MySQL/ Postgres / DB2 or Equivalent

93
 Syllabus IT

OUTCOMES :
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Use typical data de initions and manipulation commands. (K1)
2. Design applications to test Nested and Join Queries. (K3)
3. Implement simple applications that use Views. (K3)
4. Critically analyze the use of Tables, Views, Functions and Procedures. (K4)
5. Make use of ER modeling and normalization to design and implement
database. (K3)
6. Implement real life applications that require a Front-end Tool as a Team.
(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO2 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

SEMESTER - IV
20CSPL401 L T P C
OPERATING SYSTEMS LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn Unix commands and Shell programming
l To implement various CPU scheduling algorithm, Process Creation and
Interprocess Communication
l To implement Deadlock avoidance and Deadlock Detection algorithms
l To implement Page Replacement algorithms and File strategies

94
 Syllabus IT
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Basics of UNIX commands & Administrator commands (man, uptime,
users, service, pkill, pmap, wget, free, Shutdown commands, ping, su, who,
env).
2. Write programs using the following system calls of UNIX operating
system fork, exec, getpid, exit, wait, close, stat, opendir, readdir.
3. Write programs to simulate UNIX commands like cp, ls, grep, etc.
4. Shell Programming.
5. Write programs to implement the various CPU Scheduling Algorithms.
6. Implementation of Semaphores.
7. Implementation of Shared memory and IPC.
8. Implementation of Bankers Algorithm for Deadlock Avoidance.
9. Implementation of Deadlock Detection Algorithm.
10. Write program to implement Threading & Synchronization Applications.
11. Implementation of the following Memory Allocation Methods for ixed
partition
a) First Fit b) Worst Fit c) Best Fit
12. Implementation of Paging Technique of Memory Management.
13. Implementation of the following Page Replacement Algorithms
a) FIFO b) LRU c) LFU
14. Implementation of the various File Organization Techniques.
15. Implementation of the following File Allocation Strategies
a) Sequential b) Indexed c) Linked
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS
1. Standalone desktops with C / C++ / Java / Equivalent compiler 30 Nos.
with Linux OS

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Compare the performance of various CPU Scheduling Algorithms (K4)
2. Implement Deadlock avoidance and Detection Algorithms (K2)
3. Implement Semaphores. Create processes and implement IPC (K2)
4. Analyze the performance of the various Page Replacement Algorithms
(K4)
5. Implement File Organization and File Allocation Strategies (K2)
6. Implement File Allocation Strategies (K2)

95
 Syllabus IT
CO-PO,PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO6 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

SEMESTER - IV
20ITTE401 L T P C
LIVE-IN-LAB - II
SDG NO. 4,11&15 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide opportunities for the students, expose to Industrial
environment and real time work
l To offer students a glimpse into real world problems and challenges that
need IT based solutions
l To improve the team building, communication and management skills of
the students
l To introduce students to the vast array of literature available of the various
research challenges in the ield of IT

COURSE METHODOLOGY:
1. This initiative is designed to inculcate ethical principles of research and to
get involve in life-long learning process for the students.
2. The course must involve engineering design with realistic constraints. It
must also include appropriate elements of the following: Engineering
standards, design analysis, modeling, simulation, experimentation,
prototyping, fabrication, correlation of data, and software development.
3. Project can be individual work or a group project, with maximum of 3
students. In case of group project, the individual project report of each
student should specify the individual's contribution to the group project.

96
 Syllabus IT
4. On completion of the project, the student shall submit a detailed project
report. The project should be reviewed and the report shall be evaluated
and the students shall appear for a viva-voce oral examination on the
project approved by the Coordinator and the project guide.

EVALUATION:
1. First evaluation (Immediately after irst internal examination ) : 20 marks
2. Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
30marks
3. Final evaluation (Last week of the semester) : 50marks

Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for
awarding the inal grade
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Conduct literature survey to identify the gap and an application oriented
research problem in the speci ic domain(K4)
2. Design and validate the proposed system using simulation(K6)
3. Prototype the proposed system(K5)
4. Analyze the obtained results and prepare a technical report(K4)
5. Publish the work in journals and apply for the patents.(K3)
6. Prepare for industrial environment and real time work(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

97
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - IV
20ITTP401 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4 0 0 2 1

PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS – PHASE 1

OBJECTIVES:
l Improve their quantitative ability.
l Improve their reasoning ability.
l Enhance their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar
l Equip with creative thinking and problem solving skills

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – III 6

Compound Interest - Profit and Loss- Partnership - Percentage, Set Theory

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – IV 6

True Discount-Ratio and Proportion - Simplification - Problems On H.C.F
and L.C.M

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – II 6

Course of Action - Cause and Effect - Statement and Conclusion - Statement
and Argument - Data Sufficiency (DS) - Statement and Assumption - Making
Assumptions.

UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – II 6

Change of Voice - Change of Speech - Letter and Symbol Series - Essential Part-
Verbal Reasoning - Analyzing Arguments.

UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – II 6

Seating Arrangement - Direction Sense Test - Character Puzzles - Missing
Letters Puzzles - Mirror &Water Images.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. R. S. Agarwal, “Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams”.
2. Sarvesh Verma, “Quantum CAT”.
3. R. S. Agarwal, “A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning”
4. Arun sharma, “Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension”.
98
 Syllabus IT

ADVANCED C PROGRAMMING - PHASE 2

OBJECTIVES
l To improve C programming skills with understanding of code
organization and functional hierarchical decomposition with using
complex data types
l To able to facility with Unix command syntax and semantics

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO RECURSION AND GROWTH FUNCTIONS 6

Introduction to Recursion - Recurrence Relation - Deriving time complexity
and space complexity using recurrence relation - Polynomial Equations -
Compare growth functions - Nth Fibonacci Number - Exponent Function -
Taylor Series - Tower of Hanoi.

UNIT II STORAGE CLASSES, THE PREPROCESSOR AND

DYNAMIC MEMORY ALLOCATION 6
Storage Classes and Visibility, Automatic or local vStorage Classes and
Visibility - Automatic or local variables - Global variables - Macro Definition
and Substitution - Conditional Compilation - Dynamic Memory Allocation -
Allocating Memory with malloc and calloc - Allocating Memory with calloc -
Freeing Memory - The Concept of linked list - Inserting a node by using
Recursive Programs - Deleting the Specified Node in a Singly Linked List.

UNIT III FILE MANAGEMENT AND BIT MANIPULATION 6

Defining and Opening a file - Closing Files - Input/output Operations on Files -
Predefined Streams - Error Handling during I/O Operations - Random Access
to Files - Command Line Arguments - The hexadecimal number system - C
bitwise operators - How to generate all the possible subsets of a set - Tricks
with Bits - Applications of bit operations.

UNIT IV OVERVIEW OF LINUX AWK AND CONTROL

STRUCTURES IN AWK 6
Basics of AWK – Variables and Operators – Built-in variables – Conditional
Statements – Loops

UNIT V ARRAYS AND BUILT-IN FUNCTIONS 6

Basics of array – Single Dimensional Array – Multidimensional Array – Bulit-in
functions and User- Defined Functions.
TOTAL : 30 PERIODS

99
 IT Syllabus
REFERENCES:
1. R. G. Dromey, "How to Solve It By Computer", Pearson, 1982
2. A.R. Bradley, "Programming for Engineers", Springer, 2011
3. Kernighan and Ritchie, "The C Programming Language", (2nd ed.) Prentice
Hall, 1988
4. Arnold D. Robbins , “GAWK: Effective AWK Programming” 5th
edition,2020.

ONLINE RESOURCES :
1. http://ce.sharif.edu/courses/95-96/1/ce153-12/resources/
root/Books/Advanced%20C%201992.pdf
2. www.spokentutorial.org/

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Analyze their quantitative ability. (K4)
2. Understand the ability of arithmetic reasoning along with creative
thinking and problem solving skills. (K2)
3. Create their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar. (K6)
4. Evaluate code organization and functional hierarchical decomposition
with complex data types. (K5)
5. Understand to improve C programming skills to apply advance structured
and procedural programming. (K2)
6. Understand the Linux AWK concept and its working environment.(K2)

CO- PO & PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

100
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - V
20ITPW501 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS USING R L T P C
SDG NO. 4, 9 PROGRAMMING WITH LABORATORY 3 0 2 4

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basics of probability distributions
l To develop R code for statistical analysis
l To use R packages for regression analysis
l To use R graphics for data visualization

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO R PROGRAMMING 9

Basics – First Steps – R Language Essentials - Expressions and Objects -
Vectors-Missing Values -Functions that Create Vectors -Matrices and Arrays –
Factors – Lists- Data Frames – Indexing – Conditional Selection – Indexing of
Data Frames – Subset and Transform – Grouped Data and Data Frames – The
Graphics Subsystem – R Programming – Flow Control – Classes and Generic
Functions – Session Management - Data Entry – Reading from a Text File – The
Data Editor – Interfacing to other Programs.

UNIT II PROBABILITY AND DISTRIBUTION 9

Probability and Distributions - Random Sampling - Probability Calculations
and Combinatorics - Discrete Distributions - The Built-in Distributions in R -
Densities -Cumulative Distribution Functions – Quantiles -Random Numbers -
Graphical Display of Distributions – Histograms – Empirical Cumulative
Distribution – Q-Q Plots – Boxplots.

UNIT III GROUP STATISTICS AND SAMPLE TESTS 9

Statistics by Groups - Graphics for Grouped Data-Histograms -Parallel
Boxplots - Strip Charts -Generating Tables- Marginal Tables and Relative
Frequency - Graphical Display of Tables -Bar Plots-Dot Charts-Pie Charts –
Sample Tests- One-Sample T Test -Wilcoxon Signed-Rank Test -Two-Sample T
Test -Comparison of Variances -Two-Sample Wilcoxon Test.

UNIT IV REGRESSION AND CORRELATION 9

Simple Linear Regression - Residuals and fitted Values -Prediction and
Confidence Bands-Correlation - Pearson Correlation- Spearman's Ρ -
Kendall's Τ -One-Way Analysis of Variance- PairWise Comparisons and
Multiple Testing- Relaxing the Variance Assumption- Graphical Presentation-

101
 Syllabus IT
Bartlett's Test- Kruskal–Wallis Test- Two-Way Analysis of Variance- Graphics
for Repeated Measurements- The Friedman Test- The ANOVA Table in
Regression Analysis-Multiple Regression- Plotting Multivariate Data – Model
Speci ication and Output – Model Search.

UNIT V LINEAR MODELS 9

Polynomial Regression - Regression through the Origin - Design Matrices and
Dummy Variables -Linearity over Groups – Interactions - Two-Way ANOVA
with Replication -Analysis of Covariance - Graphical Description- Comparison
of Regression Lines –Diagnostics -Generalized Linear Models - Logistic
Regression on Tabular Data.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 15
1. Creation and manipulation of matrix in R.
2. Creation and manipulation of Vectors, Factors in R.
3. Draw a histogram for any ungrouped frequency data.
4. Fit a simple regression equation for a sample data and visualize using a
scatter plot.
5. Demonstrate the one sample t test.
6. Demonstrate the two sample t test.
7. PLOT function to create graphs in R.
8. Usage of 3D plot in R.

LAB REQUIREMENTS : R Studio for Windows

TOTAL: 60 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Peter Dalgaard, “Introductory Statistics with R”, Springer,2008.
2. Joseph Schmuller, “Statistical Analysis with R for Dummies”, March 2017,
Wiley Publications, ISBN: 978-1-119-33706-5

REFERENCES:
1. Andy Field, Jeremy Miles and Zoe ield, “Discovering Statistics using R”,
Sage Publications Ltd. 2012.
2. Michael J Crowley , “The R Book”, Wiley Publications, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://rstudio.com/
2. https://www.statistics.com/courses/r-for-statistical-analysis/

102
 Syllabus IT
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://scholar.harvard.edu/dromney/online-resources-learning-r
2. https://www.r-bloggers.com

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Describe the syntax and semantics of the R programming language. (K2)
2. Understand the basics of probability distributions. (K2)
3. Experiment the data using some of the Data Visualization techniques.
(K3)
4. Apply regression and correlation techniques for data analytics. (K3)
5. Understand the basic data types and programming constructs available
in R. (K2)
6. Illustrate R code for solving real time problems using statistical analysis.
(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 1 1 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 1 1 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 3

CO4 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 1 2 3

SEMESTER - V
20ITPW502 OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 WITH LABORATORY 3 0 2 4
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand and differentiate Uni ied Process from other approaches
l To design with static UML diagrams
l To design with the UML dynamic and implementation diagrams
l To improve the software design with design patterns and test the software
against its requirements speci ication
103
 Syllabus IT

UNIT I UNIFIED PROCESS AND USE CASE DIAGRAMS 9

Introduction to OOAD with Object Oriented Basics - Uni ied Process – UML
Diagrams – Use Case –Case Study – The Next Gen POS System - Inception -Use
Case Modeling – Relating Use Cases – Include, Extend And Generalization –
When to use Use Cases.

UNIT II STATIC UML DIAGRAMS 9

Class Diagram – Elaboration – Domain Model – Finding Conceptual Classes
and Description Classes – Associations – Attributes – Domain Model
Re inement – Finding Conceptual Class Hierarchies – Aggregation and
Composition – Relationship Between Sequence Diagrams and Use Cases –
When to use Class Diagrams.

UNIT III DYNAMIC AND IMPLEMENTATION DIAGRAMS 9

Dynamic Diagrams – UML Interaction Diagrams - System Sequence Diagram
– Collaboration Diagram – When to use Communication Diagrams - State
Machine Diagram and Modeling –When to use State Diagrams - Activity
Diagram – When to use Activity Diagrams.
Implementation Diagrams - UML Package Diagram - When to use Package
Diagrams - Component and Deployment Diagrams – When to use Component
and Deployment Diagrams.

UNIT IV DESIGN PATTERNS 9

GRASP: Designing Objects with Responsibilities – Creator – Information
Expert – Low Coupling – High Cohesion – Controller.
Design Patterns – Creational– Factory Method – Structural – Bridge – Adapter
– Behavioral– Strategy – Observer –Applying GoF Design Patterns – Mapping
Design to Code.

UNIT V TESTING 9
Object Oriented Methodologies –Software Quality Assurance – Impact of
Object Orientation on Testing – Develop Test Cases and Test Plans.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 15
1. Identify the conceptual classes and develop a Domain Model and also
derive a Class Diagram from the Domain model.
2. Using the identi ied scenarios, ind the interaction between objects and
represent them using UML Sequence and Collaboration Diagrams.
3. Draw relevant State Chart and Activity Diagrams for the same system

104
 Syllabus IT
(For Retail Work low).
4. Implement the system for Object Oriented design pattern for detailed
design.
5. Test the software system for all the scenarios identi ied as per the
Usecase diagram.
6. Improve the reusability and maintainability of the software system by
applying appropriate design patterns.
7. Implement the modi ied system and test it for various scenarios.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Craig Larman, “Applying UML and Patterns: An Introduction to Object-
Oriented Analysis and Design and Iterative Development”, Third Edition,
Pearson Education, 2005.
2. Ali Bahrami “Object Oriented Systems Development”, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1999 (Digitized 2007).

REFERENCES:
1. Erich Gamma, and Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson, John Vlissides, “Design
patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software”, Addison-
Wesley, 1995.
2. Martin Fowler, “UML Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Standard Object
Modeling Language”, Third edition, Addison Wesley, 2003.

WEB REFERNCES:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Object-oriented_analysis_and_design
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/object_oriented_analysis_design/
ooad_object_oriented_analysis.htm

OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand the principles of Object Oriented Concepts (K2)
2. Implement the static UML diagrams (K3)
3. Use dynamic and implementation UML diagrams in the appropriate
scenarios (K3)
4. Identify an appropriate design pattern (K1)
5. Implement and develop test cases with various testing methodologies
for Object Oriented software development (K3)

105
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 1 3 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 1 3 2 3 2 - - 2 - 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2

SEMESTER - V
20ITPC501 L T P C
WEB TECHNOLOGY
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand about client-server communication and protocols used
during communication
l To design interactive web pages using scripting languages
l To learn server side programming using servlets and JSP
l To acquire knowledge on web services

UNIT I WEB BASIC AND UI DESIGN 9

Web Essentials: Clients – Servers - Communication - The Internet - Basic
Internet Protocols - The World Wide Web - HTTP Request Message - Response
Message - Web Clients - Web Servers - Markup Languages: Fundamentals of
HTML5.0 - Elements - Relative URLs - Lists - Tables - Frames – Forms.

Style Sheets: CSS3.0 - Introduction to Cascading Style Sheets - Style Rule -

Cascading and Inheritance - Text Properties - Box Model - Normal Flow - Box
Layout - Beyond the Normal Flow - Responsive Web Design - Viewport - Grid
View - Media Queries.

UNIT II CLIENT SIDE SCRIPTING 9

Client-Side Programming: The JavaScript Language-History and Versions -
Introduction - JavaScript in Perspective –Syntax-Variables and Data Types-
Statements-Operators-Literals-Functions-Objects-Arrays-Built-in objects-
JavaScript Debuggers.
106
 Syllabus IT
Front-end Web Framework: Angular 6 - Introduction - Features - Data
Binding - One-Way Binding - Two-Way Binding - Event Binding - Property
Binding.

UNIT III DOM AND SERVER SIDE PROGRAMMING 9

Host Objects: Browsers and the Document Object Model-Introduction to the
DOM- DOM History and Levels-Intrinsic Event Handling-Modifying Element
Style-The Document Tree-DOM Event Handling-Accommodating
Noncompliant Browsers Properties of window - Server-Side Programming:
Java Servlets- Architecture -Overview-A Servlet-Generating Dynamic Content-
Life Cycle- Parameter Data-Sessions-Cookies-URL Rewriting-Other
Capabilities-Data Storage Servlets and Concurrency-Databases and Java
Servlets.

UNIT IV JSP AND XML 9

Separating Programming and Presentation: JSP Technology Introduction-
JSP and Servlets-Running JSP Applications Basic JSP-JavaBeans Classes and
JSP-Tag Libraries and Files-Support for the Model-View-Controller Paradigm-
Databases and JSP - Representing Web Data: XML-Documents and
Vocabularies-Versions and Declaration-Namespaces- DOM based XML
processing Event-oriented Parsing: SAX-Transforming XML Documents-
Selecting XML Data: XPATH-Template BasedTransformations: XSLT-
Displaying XML Documents in Browsers.

UNIT V AJAX AND WEB SERVICES 9

AJAX: Ajax Client Server Architecture-XML HTTP Request Object - Call Back
Methods - Web Services: JAX-RPC-Concepts-Writing a Java Web Service-
Writing a Java Web Service Client-Describing Web Services: WSDL-
Representing Data Types: XML Schema-Communicating Object Data: SOAP
Related Technologies-Software Installation-Storing Java Objects as Files.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jeffrey C. Jackson, "Web Technologies - A Computer Science Perspective",
Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Ron Schmelzer et al., “XML & Web Services”, Pearson Education, 2002

REFERENCES:
1. Robert. W. Sebesta, "Programming the World Wide Web", Fourth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007 .
2. Deitel & Deitel, Goldberg, "Internet & World Wide Web How To Program",
Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.

107
 Syllabus IT

3. Marty Hall and Larry Brown,”Core Web Programming”, Second Edition,

Volume I and II, Pearson Education, 2001.
4. Bates, “Developing Web Applications”, Wiley, 2006.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. www.w3schools.com
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105084/
3. https://angular.io/tutorial

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Describe the fundamental concepts to develop web pages.(K2)
2. Understand the Web Frameworks and apply the various Client side
scripting to design dynamic web pages.(K3)
3. Apply the various Server side scripting technologies to design interactive
web pages.(K3)
4. Implement real time web applications using advanced web technologies.
(K3)
5. Apply the database concepts and web services to design real time web
applications.(K3)
6. Analyze and validate data in web pages and web services. (K4)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 1 0 0 0 0 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 3 1 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 3 2 0 1 0 0 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 0 0 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 0 0 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 0 0 3 3

108
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - V
20ITPC502 L T P C
BIG DATA ESSENTIALS
SDG NO. 4,8&9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide the knowledge in the basic and advanced methods of big data
technology and tools, including Hadoop and its ecosystem
l To understand the concepts of Hadoop and HDFS
l To perform MapReduce analytics using Hadoop and related tools
l To illustrate and implement the SPARK programming

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA 9

Evolution of Big Data - Best Practices for Big Data Analytics - Big Data
Characteristics - The Promotion of the Value of Big Data - Unstructured Data –
Big Data Use Cases- Industry Examples of Big Data – Web Analytics – Big Data
and Marketing – Fraud and Big Data – Risk and Big Data – Credit Risk
Management – Big Data and Algorithmic Trading – Big Data and Healthcare –
Big Data in Medicine – Advertising and Big Data – Big Data Technologies –-
Characteristics of Big Data Applications - Perception and Quanti ication of
Value -Understanding Big Data Storage -Big Data Analytics.

UNIT II BASICS OF HADOOP 9

Hadoop: History of Hadoop- The Hadoop Distributed File System –
Components of Hadoop-Analysing the Data with Hadoop- Scaling Out- Hadoop
Streaming- Hadoop Distributed File Syste(HDFS)-Design of HDFS-HDFS
Concepts-Command Line Interface-HadoopFile System Interfaces- Data Flow-
Data Ingest with Flume and Scoop and HadoopArchives- Hadoop I/O-
Compression- Serialization- Avro and File-Based Data structures.

UNIT III MAP REDUCE FRAMEWORK 9

Developing a Map Reduce Application-How Map Reduce Works-Anatomy of a
MapReduce Job Run-Failures-Job Scheduling-Shuf le and Sort – Task
execution - MapReduce Types and Formats- Map Reduce Features-Hadoop
Environment. YARN – Failures in Classic MapReduce and YARN – job
scheduling – Shuf le and sort – Task execution – MapReduce types – Input
formats – Output formats.

UNIT IV HADOOP ECO SYSTEM 9

Introduction to PIG-Execution Modes of Pig-Comparison of Pig with
Databases- Grunt- Pig Latin- User De ined Functions- Data Processing
109
 Syllabus IT
Operators- Hive-Hive Shell-Hive Services- Hive Metastore-Comparison with
Traditional Databases- HiveQL- Tables- Querying Data and User De ined
Functions-Hbase-HBasics- Concepts- Clients-Hbase Versus RDBMS.

UNIT V SPARK FRAMEWORK 9

Introduction to GPU Computing-CUDA Programming Model- CUDA API-
Simple Matrix- Multiplication in CUDA- CUDA Memory Model- Shared Memory
Matrix Multiplication- Additional CUDA API Features-Data Analysis with
Spark Shell-Writing Spark Application - Spark Programming in Scala, Python,
R, Java - Application Execution.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tom White, “Hadoop: The De initive Guide”, Third Edition, O'reily Media,
2012.
2. Mike Frampton, “Mastering Apache Spark”, Packt Publishing, 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Glen J. Myat, “Making Sense of Data”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007 .
2. Pete Warden, “Big Data Glossary”, O'Reilly, 2011.
3. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilly, 2012.
4. Bill Franks, “Taming the Big Data Tidal Wave: Finding Opportunities in
Huge Data Streams with Advanced Analytics”, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.
5. E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, "Programming Hive", O'Reilly,
2012.
6. Lars George, "HBase: The De initive Guide", O'Reilly, 2011.
7. Eben Hewitt, "Cassandra: The De initive Guide", O'Reilly, 2010.
8. Alan Gates, "Programming Pig", O'Reilly, 2011.
9. Nick Pentreath, Machine Learning with Spark, Packt Publishing, 2015.
10. Mohammed Guller, “Big Data Analytics with Spark”, Apress, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/resources-big-data/
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/big_data_analytics/index.htm

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/resources-big-data/
2. https://www.edureka.co/blog/big-data-tutorial

110
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Acquire knowledge about big data concepts and its use cases in various
application domains.(K1)
2. Understand the Hadoop distributed ile systems on different
applications.(K2)
3. Understand the working of Hadoop architecture and Mapreduce
Framework.(K2)
4. Apply the different Hadoop ecosystem components.(K3)
5. Analyze the big data solutions using Spark Programming(K4)
6. Examine the solutions for various distributed applications using the Big
data technologies.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 3 3

CO4 2 3 2 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3 3

CO5 3 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

CO6 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

SEMESTER - V
20ESEC502 MICROPROCESORS AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 MICROCONTROLLERS 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the basics of 8086 Microprocessor and 8051 Microcontroller
l To understand and implement the 8086 family Assembly Language
Programming and basic 8051 programming
l To explore the I/O interfacing with 8086 and 8051
l To learn about advanced Microprocessors like Pentium and Intel Core i7
Processors

111
 Syllabus IT
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSOR 8
Introduction - Microprocessors and Microcontrollers - Evolution of
Microprocessors - Basic Functional Blocks of a Microprocessor - 8086
Architecture - Instruction and data low in 8086 - Even and Odd Memory Banks
- Addressing Modes.

UNIT II 8086 FAMILY ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING 8

Pin Diagram-Instruction Set-Assembler Directives- System Bus Timing - Bus
Cycles of 8086 - Timing Diagram.

UNIT III PROGRAMMING CONCEPTS 9

Password Validation - Reverse a String - Rotate a byte 3 places to the left -
Convert to uppercase letter - Modular Programming - Using the Keyboard and
Video Display - Data Conversions - Example Programs: Binary to ASCII - ASCII
to Binary.

UNIT IV I/O INTERFACE AND ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS 10

Introduction to I/O Interfacing - Programmable Peripheral Interface - Intel
8253/8254 Programmable Timer/Counter - Programmable Keyboard/
Display Controller - Programmable Interrupt Controller - Intel 8237 DMA
Controller - Case Studies: Traf ic Light Control System - LED Display -
Architecture of Intel Pentium IV and Intel Core i7 Processors.

UNIT V ARCHITECTURE AND PROGRAMMING 8051 10

Introduction to the Intel 8051 Microcontroller - Architecture of 8051 - Special
Function Registers - Instruction set - Addressing modes - ALP - Programming -
8051 Timers - Serial Port Programming - Interrupt Programming - Stepper
Motor Control using 8051.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. A. NagoorKani, “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers”, McGrawHill
Education (India) Private Limited, 2013.
2. Yu-Cheng Liu, Glenn A.Gibson,,"Microcomputer Systems: The 8086 / 8088
Family - Architecture Programming and Design", Second Edition, Prentice
Hall of India, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. N. Senthilkumar, M. Saravanan, S. Jeevananthan, "Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers", Oxford University Press, 2011.
2. A.K.Ray and K.M. Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals”,
Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2013.
112
 IT Syllabus
3. Kenneth J Ayala, "The 8086 Microprocessor: Programming and Interfacing
the PC", Cengage Learning, Reprint 2014.
4. Kenneth J Ayala, "The 8051 Microcontroller", 3rd edition, Cengage
Learning, Reprint 2014.
5. Muhammed AliMazidi, Janice GillispleMaidi, Rolin.D. McKinlay, "The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Using Assembly and C", Second
edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2015.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. http://read.pudn.com/downloads165/ebook/754892/micro.pdf
2. http://www.openloop.com/education/classes/sjsu_engr/engr_comp
Org/spring2002/studentProjects/Truc_Tran/Eng120.htm
3. https://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/
documents/white-papers/ia-introduction-basics-paper.pdf
4. http://ecerelatedbooks.blogspot.com/2018/01/microprocessor-and-
microcontroller.html

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Describe the fundamental concepts of 8086 Microprocessors.(K2)
2. Understand the pin diagram, instruction set and assembler directives of
8086 Microprocessor. (K2)
3. Summarize the timing diagram of 8086.(K2)
4. Implement various Assembly Language Programming using 8086.(K3)
5. Interpret I/O interfaces using 8086 and advanced microprocessors.(K3)
6. Discuss the concepts of 8051 Microcontroller.(K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO3 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO4 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO5 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO6 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

113
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - V
20ITPL501 L T P C
WEB TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 4 2
OBJECTIVES:
l To design static and dynamic interactive and responsive web pages
l To learn server side programming using servlets and JSP
l To create web services using web technologies
l To familiarize with angular framework

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Create a web page with the following using HTML
a) To embed an image map in a web page
b) To ix the hot spots
c) Show all the related information when the hot spots are clicked
2. Create a web page with all types of Cascading style sheets using RWD.
3. Client Side Scripts for Validating Web Form Controls using DHTML.
4. Installation of Apache Tomcat web server.
5. Write programs in Java using Servlets:
a. To invoke servlets from HTML forms.
b. Session Tracking.
6. Write programs in Java to create three-tier applications using JSP and
Databases
a) For conducting on-line examination.
b) For displaying student mark list. Assume that student information is
available in a database which has been stored in a database server.
7. Programs using XML – Schema – XSLT/XSL.
8. Programs using DOM and SAX parsers.
9. Programs using AJAX.
10. Consider a case where we have two Web Services- an airline service and a
travel agent and the travel agent is searching for an airline. Implement this
scenario using Web Services and Data base.
11. Design a Login page using Angular Framework
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS : SOFTWARE
Dream weaver or Equivalent, MYSQl Or Equivalent, ApacheServer, NetBeans/
Eclipse, NodeJS, Visual Studio Code.

114
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the concept of web page development to design real world
applications.(K2)
2. Compare the development of the web application performance using
different set of web development tools like HTML, XHTML, CSS,
JAVASCRIPT and XML. (K3)
3. Apply the usage of web development tools to serve the purpose of
different end users of Internet.(K3)
4. Interpret an existing static web application to make it a robust one and
Integrate dynamic features of web development. (K4)
5. Utilize the various Server side technologies to design and develop the
interactive web applications. (K3)
6. Design Server side database application and web services applications.
(K6).

CO- PO,PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 0 0 2 1 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 0 1 2 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 2 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 2 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 2 0 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 3 2 3 3

SEMESTER - V
20ESPL501 MICROPROCESSORS AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 MICROCONTROLLERS LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
l To write Assembly Language Programs for arithmetic and logical
operations using the 8086 instruction set
l To perform Data transfer and Matrix operations in 8086
l To interface various I/O devices with 8086
l To implement Arithmetic and Logical operations using the 8051
instruction set
115
 Syllabus IT
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
8086 programs
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Code conversion
3. Searching
4. Sorting
5. Data transfer operations
6. Matrix operations
7. Print RAM size and system date
8. Traf ic Light Control
9. Stepper motor control
10. Digital Clock
11. Keyboard and Display
8051 programs
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Find 2's complement of a number
3. Find Square and Cube of a number
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS
HARDWARE
1. 8086 development kits - 30Nos
2. Interfacing Devices - 15 each
3. Microcontroller – 30 Nos

OUTCOMES :
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Write various ALP programs for arithmetic and logical operations using
8086.(K3)
2. Demonstrate various ALP programs for data manipulation and matrix
operations using 8086.(K3)
3. Implement the interfacing of 8086 to control the devices.(K3)
4. Interpret the Interfacing of 8086 to display the output.(K3)
5. Write various ALP programs for arithmetic and logical operations using
8051.(K3)
6. Demonstrate various ALP programs for data manipulation in 8051.(K3)

116
 Syllabus IT
CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO2 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO4 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO5 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO6 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2

SEMESTER - V
20ITTE501
LIVE-IN-LAB - III L T P C
SDG NO. 4,11&15 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To provide opportunities for the students, expose to Industrial
environment and real time work.
l To offer students a glimpse into real world problems and challenges that
need IT based solutions.
l To improve the team building, communication and management skills of
the students.
l To introduce students to the vast array of literature available of the various
research challenges in the ield of IT.

COURSE METHODOLOGY:
1. This initiative is designed to inculcate ethical principles of research and to
get involve in life-long learning process for the students.
2. The course must involve engineering design with realistic constraints. It
mustalso include appropriate elements of the following: Engineering
standards, designanalysis, modeling, simulation, experimentation,
prototyping, fabrication, correlationof data, and software development.
3. Project can be individual work or a group project, with maximum of 3
students. In case of group project, the individual project report of each
student shouldspecify the individual’s contribution to the group project.
117
 Syllabus IT
4. On completion of the project, the student shall submit adetailed project
report. The project should be reviewed and the report shall be evaluated
and the students shall appear for a viva-voce oral examination on the
project approved by the Coordinator and the project guide.

EVALUATION:
1. First evaluation (Immediately after irst internal examination ) : 20 marks
2. Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
30marks
3. Final evaluation Last week of the semester) : 50marks
Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for
awarding the inal grade
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Undertake problem identi ication, formulation and solution. (K2)
2. Design engineering solutions to complex problems utilizing a systems
approach. (K4)
3. Conduct an engineering project. (K4)
4. Communicate with engineers and the community at large in written and
oral forms. (K3)
5. Demonstrate the knowledge, skills and attitudes of a professional
engineer. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

118
 SEMESTER - V
20ITTP501 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 2 1

APTITUDE & COGNITIVE SKILLS – PHASE 1

OBJECTIVES:
l Enhance their quantitative ability.
l Enhance their reasoning ability
l Enhance their verbal ability.
l Equip with creative thinking and problem solving skills

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – V 10

Square Root And Cube Root, Logarithm, Volume and Surface Area,
Permutation and Combination

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – VI 10

Probability, Averages, Area, Odd Man Out, Crypt Arithmetic, Flowcharts

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – III 8

Data Interpretation Table Charts, Data Interpretation Bar Charts, Blood
Relationship, Puzzles

UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – III 10

Spellings, Selecting Words, Spotting Errors, Ordering of Words, Logical
Sequence of Words

UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – III 7

Logical Puzzles, Playing Cards Puzzles, Clock Puzzles, Number Puzzles,
Sudoku
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
REFERENCES :
1. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
2. Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
3. A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
4. Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma
 PYTHON PROGRAMMING AND SCILAB- PHASE 2

OBJECTIVES :
l To provide strong knowledge of python
l Python programming is intended for software engineers, system
analysts, program managers and user support personnel who wish to
learn the Python programming language.
l To get knowledge about SCILAB programming

UNIT I INTRODUCTION, DATA TYPES AND STRINGS, LIST & TUPLES 10

DataTypes - Integer , Float , Boolean , String , List , Tuple , Dictionary and Sets.
String - Concatenation and Replication, isalnum functions, Slicing Operation
sorted() , reversed() , min() , max() , index() and count() function, packing and
unpacking of data in a tuple

UNIT II DICTIONARY AND SETS and HANDLING 10

Dictionary - del Keyword, Sets - Frozen sets, Internal working of sets, add() ,
union() , intersection() and difference() method, symmetric_difference,
clear() method, Operators in sets, Higher Order Functions - map , filter , reduce
and lambda function, Random Library

UNIT III EXCEPTIONAL HANDLING, REGULAR EXPRESSIONS

AND OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 10
Exception Handling - All Error Categories, try , except , finally blocks, Raising
an exception, Regular Expression, Object Oriented Programming - Types of
Inheritance, Data encapsulation and Abstraction, Polymorphism, Method
OverRiding, Operator overloading, operator overRiding,

UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO SCILAB 7

Introduction – Installation of Scilab – Expressions-Variables-Basic Functions
–Vector Operations –Matrix Operations

UNIT V CONTROL STRUCTURES AND FILE FORMATS IN SCILAB 8

Conditional Branching – Iteration – Scripts and Functions – Plotting 2D
Graphics
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
REFERENCES :
1. Mark Lutz, “Programming Python”, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. HK Malik, A Singh, “Scilab Textbook Companion for Engineering
Physics”,2016.
ONLINE RESOURCES :
1. https://www.python.org
2. https://spoken-tutorial.org/keyword-search/?q=scilab

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1 Describe the basic concepts like Data types, list, tuple and strings. (K2)
2 Apply various string functions, dictionaries and its applications in
problem solving and programming. (K3)
3 Determine the usage of sets and its handling in various applications.
(K3)
4 Explain the concepts of exception handling, regular expressions and
object oriented programming concepts. (K2)
5 Understand basic vector operations and matrix operations in Scilab
(K2)
6 Illustrate mathematical modeling and plot graphs. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - VI
20CSPC601 L T P C
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the various characteristics of Intelligent agents
l To learn the different search strategies in AI
l To learn to represent knowledge in solving AI problems
l To understand the different ways of designing software agents and about
the various applications of AI

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction - De inition - Future of Arti icial Intelligence – Characteristics of
Intelligent Agents – Typical Intelligent Agents – Problem Solving Approach to
Typical AI Problems – Search Strategies - Uninformed - Heuristics - Informed.

UNIT II PROBLEM SOLVING METHODS 9

Local Search Algorithms and Optimization Problems - Searching with Partial
Observations – Constraint Satisfaction Problems – Constraint Propagation -
Backtracking Search - Game Playing – Optimal Decisions in Games – Alpha-
Beta Pruning - Stochastic Games.

UNIT III REPRESENTATION OF KNOWLEDGE 9

First Order Predicate Logic – Prolog Programming – Uni ication – Forward
Chaining - Backward Chaining – Resolution – Knowledge Representation -
Ontological Engineering - Categories and Objects - Events - Mental Events and
Mental Objects - Reasoning Systems for Categories - Reasoning with Default
Information.

UNIT IV PLANNING AND LEARNING 9

Planning – Planning with State Space Search- Partial Order Planning
Algorithm – Planning Graphs - Logical Formulation of Learning - Knowledge in
Learning - Explanation-based Learning - Learning using Relevance
Information.

UNIT V NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 9

Language models - Phrase Structure Grammars - Syntactic Analysis –
Augmented Grammars and Semantic Interpretation - Application with NLP:
Developing a Simple Chatbot - Types of Chatbot.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
122
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1 Stuart J Russell and Peter Norvig, "Arti icial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach”, Prentice Hall, Third Edition, 2009.
2 Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B. Nair, “Arti icial Intelligence”,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, Third Edition, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. M. Tim Jones, “Arti icial Intelligence: A Systems Approach(Computer
Science)”, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc.; First Edition, 2008.
2. Nils J. Nilsson, “The Quest for Arti icial Intelligence”, Cambridge University
Press, 2009.
3. William F. Clocksin and Christopher S. Mellish, “Programming in Prolog:
Using the ISO Standard”, Springer, Fifth Edition, 2003.
4. George F Luger, “Arti icial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for
Complex Problem Solving”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, Fifth Edition,
2017.
5. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein and Edward Loper, “Natural Language Processing
with Python”, O’Reilly, 2009, https://www.nltk.org/book/.
6. I. Bratko, “Prolog: Programming for Arti icial Intelligence”, Addison-
Wesley Educational Publishers Inc., Fourth Edition, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://books.google.co.in/books?id=uSvYmki2yg0C&printsec=
frontcover&dq=Supervised+Learning&hl=en&sa=X&ved=0ahUKE
wigkNa1xN3oAhWawjgGHe8hAzoQ6AEIKDAA#v=onepage&q=Sup
ervised% 20Learning&f=false

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Infer the agent characteristics and its problem solving approaches.(K2)
2. Select appropriate search algorithms for any AI problem.(K1)
3. Apply the principles of AI in game playing.(K3)
4. Construct and solve a problem using irst order and predicate logic.(K3)
5. Identify the methods of solving problems using planning and
learning.(K3)
6. Implement applications for Natural Language Processing that use
Arti icial Intelligence.(K3)

123
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 2 3

CO2 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 2

CO4 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO5 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 2 - - 1 2 2

CO6 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 2 - - 1 2 3

SEMESTER - VI
20ITPC601 CLOUD COMPUTING AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 VIRTUALIZATION 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concept of cloud computing
l To understand virtualization concepts
l To appreciate the emergence of cloud technologies and advancements
l To learn the concepts of Container Networking, Docker and Kubernetes

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Cloud Computing – De inition of Cloud – Evolution of Cloud
Computing – Underlying Principles of Parallel and Distributed Computing –
Cloud Characteristics – Elasticity in Cloud – On-demand Provisioning.

UNIT II VIRTUALIZATION 9
Basics of Virtualization – Types of Virtualization – Implementation levels of
Virtualization – Load Balancing and Virtualization - Understanding Hyper-
visors - Virtualization Structures – Tools and Mechanisms – Full Virtualization
vs Para Virtualization - Virtualization of CPU – Memory – I/O Devices –Virtual
Clusters and Resource Management - Physical Vs Virtual Clusters-Live
Migration-Migration of Memory, Files and Network Resources-Dynamic
Deployment of virtual Clusters-Virtualization for Data Center Automation.

UNIT III CLOUD ARCHITECTURE, SERVICES AND STORAGE 9

Layered Cloud Architecture Design – NIST Cloud Computing Reference
124
 Syllabus IT
Architecture – Public, Private and Hybrid Clouds - IaaS – PaaS – SaaS –
Architectural Design Challenges – Cloud Storage – Storage-as-a-Service –
Advantages of Cloud Storage – Cloud Storage Providers – S3 - Disaster
Recovery.

UNIT IV CLOUD TECHNOLOGIES AND ADVANCEMENTS 9

Hadoop– MapReduce – Virtual Box - Cloud Platforms in Industry-Google App
Engine – Programming Environment for Google App Engine –Microsoft Azure
– Amazon Web Services- Federation in the Cloud – Four Levels of Federation –
Federated Services and Applications – Future of Federation.

UNIT V CONTAINER NETWORKING, DOCKER AND KUBERNETES 9

Motivation-The Container Networking Stack-Introduction to Container
Networking-Single Host Container Networking-Modes for Docker
Networking-Multi Host Networking -Multi Host Container Networking-
Docker Networking- Kubernetes Networking – A Gentle Kubernetes
Introduction - Overview - Intra-Pod Networking - Inter-Pod Networking -
Service Discovery in Kubernetes - Ingress and Engress - Advanced Networking
Topics in Kubernetes.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, Jack G. Dongarra, "Distributed and Cloud
Computing, From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things", Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers, 2012.
2. Rittinghouse,John W and James F. Ransome, “Cloud Computing:
Implementation, Management and Security”, CRC Press, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Michael Hausenblas,“Container Networking From Docker to Kubernetes”,
O'Reilly Media, 2018.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. ThamaraiSelvi,”Mastering Cloud
Computing'', Tata McGraw Hill”, 2013.
3. Toby Velte, Anthony Velte, Robert Elsenpeter, "Cloud Computing - A
Practical Approach ”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.
4. George Reese, "Cloud Application Architectures: Building Applications
and Infrastructure in the Cloud: Transactional Systems for EC2 and
Beyond (Theory in Practice) ”, O'Reilly, 2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_cs64
2. https://www.edx.org/learn/cloud-computing
125
 Syllabus IT
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~abhirup09/Docs/cloud_computing_ inal_
report.pdf
2. https://www.netdevgroup.com/online/courses/virtualization/cloud-
and-virtualization-concepts

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand key technologies, strengths and limitations of cloud
computing.(K1)
2. Explore the importance of virtualization and usage of different types of
virtualization(K2)
3. Recognize the core issues in cloud resource management(K1)
4. Learn different types of cloud services and cloud storage (K1)
5. Apply the various current cloud technologies (K3)
6. Interpet concepts of Container Networking,Docker and Kubernetes (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 1 - 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO3 2 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - 3 1 3 1

CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 1 1

CO6 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 1 1

126
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - VI
20HSMG601 PRINCIPLES OF ENGINEERING L T P C
SDG NO. 4,8,9,10&12 MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the course, the student is expected to
l Enable the students to study the evolution of Management
l Study the functions and principles of management
l Learn the application of the principles in an organization

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONS 9

Management – Science or Art – Manager Vs Entrepreneur – types of managers
– Engineers as Managers. Evolution of Management – Scienti ic, human
relations, system and contingency approaches – Types of Business
organization – Sole proprietorship, partnership, company-public and private
sector enterprises – Organization culture and Environment – Current issues
and future trends in Management; Industry 4.0 – Engineering management in
modern business.

UNIT II PLANNING 9
Planning, Technology Planning - Nature and purpose of planning – planning
process – types of planning – objectives – setting objectives – policies –
Planning premises – MBO – process - Principles and functions of engineering
management – Planning Tools and Techniques – Decision making steps and
process.

UNIT III ORGANISING 9

Nature and purpose – Formal and informal organization – organization chart –
organization structure – types – Line and staff authority –departmentalization
– delegation of authority – centralization and decentralization – Job Design –
Human Resource Management – HR Planning, Recruitment, selection,
Training and Development, Performance Management, Career planning and
management.

UNIT IV DIRECTING AND CONTROLLING 9

Foundations of individual and group behaviour – Motivation – theories and
techniques–Leadership – Level 5 leadership - theories – Leadership as a
determinant of Engineering management - Communication – process and
barriers – effective communication – Communication and IT - System and
process of controlling – budgetary and non-budgetary control techniques.
127
 Syllabus IT
UNIT IV DIRECTING AND CONTROLLING 9
Innovation management of Product and Services, Role of R & D in
Entrepreneurship, Breakthrough Innovation, Disruptive Innovation – Modern
approaches in Engineering management – Green management, Lean
management, Managing diversity. IPR – Principles of Ethics for Engineering
Managers.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Tripathy.P.C and Reddy.P.N, “Principles of Management”, Tata McGraw Hill,
1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, “Management”, Prentice Hall
(India) Pvt. Ltd., 10th Edition, 2009.
2. JAF Stoner, Freeman R. E. and Daniel R Gilbert, “Management”, Pearson
Education, 6th Edition, 2004.
3. Stephen A. Robbins and David A. Decenzo and Mary Coulter,
“Fundamentals of Management”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2011.
4. Robert Kreitner and Mamata Mohapatra, “Management”, Biztantra,
2008.
5. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, “Essentials of Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill,1998.

WEB RESOURCES:
1. h t t p s : / / w w w. m a n a g e m e n t s t u dyg u i d e . c o m / o r g a n i z a t i o n -
management.htm
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105034/
3. https://courses.lumenlearning.com/boundless-management/
chapter/principles-of-management/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105033/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand the evolution and basic concepts of engineering
management. (K2)
2. Demonstrate the planning concepts for effective decision making
process. (K2)
3. Describe the basic concepts of organization and its function. (K2)

128
 Syllabus IT
4. Describe the ability to direct, leadership and communicate effectively.
(K2)
5. Apply the concepts of innovation and technology management.(K3)

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 1 - 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 1 - 1

CO2 3 2 - 2 1 3 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO3 3 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO4 3 2 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 1

CO5 3 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 1 - 1

SEMESTER - VI
20HSPL501 COMMUNICATION AND SOFT SKILLS L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 8 LABORATORY 0 0 2 1
OBJECTIVES:
l To develop effective communication and presentation skills
l To enhance the employability and career skills of the learners
l To enable the learners for preparing job application and e-portfolio
l To make the learners use soft skills efficiently
l To develop their confidence and help them in attending interviews
successfully

UNIT I LISTENING AND SPEAKING SKILLS 6

Conversational skills participate in formal and informal talks – general, –
group discussion – time management – group dynamics – GD strategies -
making effective presentations - listening/watching interviews
conversations, documentaries - listening to lectures, discussions from social
media – improving articulation.

UNIT II ADVANCED READING AND WRITING SKILLS 6

Reading different genres of texts - writing job applications – cover letter –
résumé – emails – memos - writing abstracts – summaries – interpreting visual
texts - e-portfolio.

129
 Syllabus IT
UNIT III SKILLS FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMS 6
Reading passages for competitive exams – language focus exercise – building
vocabulary tasks - FAQs related to competitive exams – current affairs -
improving global reading skills – elaborating ideas – summarizing –
understanding arguments – identifying opinion/attitude and making
inferences - critical reading.

UNIT IV SOFT SKILLS 6

Motivation – emotional intelligence – managing changes – stress management
– leadership straits – team work – career planning – intercultural
communication – creative and critical thinking

UNIT V INTERVIEW SKILLS 6

Different types of interview – personal interview – panel interview –
telephone/online interview - interview etiquette - answering questions –
offering information – mock interviews – FAQs related to job interviews
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. Business English Certificate Materials, Cambridge University Press.
2. Comfort, Jeremy, et al. Speaking Effectively: Developing Speaking Skills
for Business English. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011.
3. International English Language Testing System Practice Tests,
Cambridge University Press.
4. Personality Development (CD-ROM), Times Multimedia, Mumbai.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/107/109107121/
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_hs33/preview
3. https://ict.iitk.ac.in/courses/enhancing-soft-skills-and-personality/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.britishcoucil.my/english/courses-adults/learning-
tips/importance-of-soft-skills
2. https://www.skillsoft.com/content-solutions/business-skills-
training/soft-skills-training/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course learners should be able to
1. Demonstrate a better understanding of the communication process by
articulating effectively(K2)
2. Exhibit soft skills & technical skills and construct e-portfolio
effectively(K3)
130
 Syllabus IT
3. Apply critical thinking abilities and perform well in group discussions(K2)
4. Adapt the skills towards grooming as a professional continuously(K2)
5. Identify different types of personal interview skills through mock
interviews and practices(K2)
6. Execute the employability and career skills in their chosen profession(K3)

CO - PO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - - - 1 2 3 1 1

CO2 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 2 1

CO3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 - 1

CO4 - - - - - - - 1 1 3 2 2

CO5 - - - - - 2 - 1 2 3 - 1

CO6 - - - - - - - 1 1 3 2 2

SEMESTER - VI
20ITPL602 CLOUD COMPUTING AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 VIRTUALIZATION LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To develop Web Applications in Cloud
l To learn the design and development process involved in creating a Cloud
Based Application
l To understand the installation of Cloud Simulation tools and Cloud Setup
tools
l To learn to implement and use Parallel programming using Hadoop

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Install VirtualBox/VMware Workstation with different lavors of Linux or
Windows OS on top of Windows 7 or 8.
2. Install a C compiler in the virtual machine created using virtual box and
execute simple programs.

131
 Syllabus IT
3. Install Google App Engine. Create hello world app and other simple web
applications using Python/Java.
4. Use GAE launcher to launch the Web Applications.
5. Simulate a cloud scenario using CloudSim and run a scheduling algorithm
that is not present in CloudSim.
6. Find a procedure to transfer the iles from one Virtual Machine to another
Virtual Machine.
7. Find a procedure to launch Virtual Machine using try stack (Online
Openstack Demo Version)
8. Install Hadoop single node cluster and run simple applications like
wordcount.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LAB REQUIREMENTS:
S.No. Software
1. Virtual box
2. VMware Workstation
3. Openstack, Hadoop
4. Cloudism
5. GAE launcher
OUTCOMES :
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Understand various virtualization tools such as Virtual Box, VMware.(K1)
2. Apply the usage of web application development in a PaaS
environment.(K2)
3. Understand cloud environment simulation to implement new
schedulers.(K3)
4. Apply large data sets in a parallel environment.(K3)
5. Illustrate the Cloud based applications using simulation tools (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 - - - - - 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 - - - - - 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO4 2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - - - - 2 2

132
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - VI
20CSPL601 L T P C
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn Prolog Program
l To Implement in Prolog, C and its working environment
l To Implement N-Queen problem and puzzle problem using Prolog
l To Analyze the problem using BFS and DFS algorithm

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Study of Prolog.
2. Write simple fact for the statements using Prolog.
3. Write predicates - one converts centigrade temperature to Fahrenheit,
other checks if a temperature is below freezing.
4. Write a program to solve 4-Queen problem.
5. Write a program to solve 8-Puzzle problem.
6. Write a program to solve any problem using Breadth First Search.
7. Write a program to solve any problem using Depth First Search.
8. Write a program to solve Travelling Salesman Problem.
9. Write a program to solve Water Jug problem.
10. Write a program to solve Missionaries and Cannibal problem.
11. Write a program to implement Library Management System.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
LAB REQUIREMENTS :
SOFTWARE : Prolog, Turbo C

OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1 Interpret the concepts of Turbo and Prolog programming in AI.(K3)
2 Examine First order predicate logic to solve AI problems. (K4)
3 Apply Informed search strategies to solve AI problems.(K3)
4 Apply Uninformed search strategies to solve AI problems.(K3)
5 Select State Space Searching method to solve AI problems.(K3)
6 Demonstrate an application using Natural Language Processing. (K3)

133
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO2 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

CO3 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 2

CO4 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 - 2 - - 1 2 2

CO5 2 3 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 3 3

SEMESTER - VI
20ITPJ601 L T P C
INNOVATIVE DESIGN PROJECT
SDG NO. 4,11&15 0 0 2 1

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the engineering aspects of design with reference to simple
products
l To foster innovation in design of products
l To develop design that add value to products and solve technical problems.
l To create awareness among the students of the characteristics of several
domain areas where IT can be effectively used

COURSE PLAN :
Study: Take minimum three simple products, processes or techniques in the
area of specialization, study, analyze and present them. The analysis shall be
focused on functionality, construction, quality, reliability, safety, maintenance,
handling, sustainability, cost etc. whichever are applicable. Each student in the
group has to present individually; choosing different products, processes or
techniques.
Design: The project team shall identify an innovative product, process or
technology and proceed with detailed design. At the end, the team has to
document it properly and present and defend it. The design is expected to
concentrate on functionality; design for strength is not expected.

Note: The one hour/week allotted for tutorial shall be used for discussions and
presentations. The project team (not exceeding four) can be students from
different branches, if the design problem is multidisciplinary.

134
EVALUATION:
1. First evaluation (Immediately after irst internal examination) : 20 marks
2. Second evaluation (Immediately after second internal examination):
20 marks
3. Final evaluation ( Last week of the semester) : 60 marks
Note: All the three evaluations are mandatory for course completion and for
awarding the inal grade.

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand how to approach innovation challenges from a human-
centred perspective [K2]
2. develop many creative ideas through structured brainstorming sessions
[K3]
3. Apply the perspectives of different people that lead to best innovations
[K3]
4. Comprehend the importance of incorporating multidisciplinary approach
that address human needs and sustainable development [K3]
5. The signi icance of developing innovation projects with a prototyping
mind set, where iterations, trial and error, and even failure are all part of a
valuable, creative learning process [K4]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

135
 SEMESTER - VI
20ITTP601 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 2 1

APTITUDE AND COGNITIVE SKILLS – PHASE 1

OBJECTIVES:
l Enhance their quantitative ability.
l Enhance their reasoning ability
l Enhance their verbal ability.

UNIT I QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – VII 10

Races And Games, Boats and Streams, Surds and Indices, Pipes and Cistern,
Alligations And Mixtures

UNIT II QUANTITATIVE ABILITY – VIII 10

Numbers, Problems on Numbers, Pick Wrong Number, Missing Number,
Areas, Shapes, Perimeter

UNIT III REASONING ABILITY – IV 8

Data Interpretation Pie Charts, Data Interpretation Line Charts, Data
Sufficiency (DS), Data Arrangements, LR – Arrangements, LR – Ranking.

UNIT IV VERBAL ABILITY – IV 10

Sentence Correction, Sentence Improvement, Completing Statements,
Sentence Formation, Paragraph Formation

UNIT V CREATIVITY ABILITY – IV 7

Dot Situation, Rule Detection, Embedded Images, Grouping Of Images, Image
Analysis Letters Puzzles - Mirror &Water Images.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
2. Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
3. A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
4. Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma
 BASIC DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS AND GRAPHICS
MODELING USING BLENDER - PHASE 2

OBJECTIVES :
l Analyze simple algorithms and data structures.
l Design of computer algorithms, as well as analysis of sophisticated
algorithms.
l Familiar with the CST Studio Suite interface
l Perform basic tasks in terms of modeling, setup of simulation, and
analyzing pre and post processing results.

UNIT I LINKED LIST, STACK AND QUEUE 10

Linked List - Doubly Linked List Traversal, Circular Linked List, Structure,
Node creation, Traversal Stack, Stack –Time Complexities of the Operations,
Infix to Postfix/Prefix Conversation, Histogram Problem, Implementation -
Using Array, Using Linked List, Queue Implementation - Queue using Stack

UNIT II BINARY TREE AND HASHING 10

Binary Tree - Types of Binary Tree,Balanced Tree, Degenerate or
pathological Tree, Binary Search Tree, Inorder , Preorder , PostOrder and
LevelOrder Traversal, Hashing, Linear Probing for Collision Handling, Union
and Intersection of two Linked Lists

UNIT III TREES AND GRAPH 10

AVL Tree -Right-Left Imbalance, Left and Right Rotation, - Red Black Tree,
Rules of coloring Left and Right Rotation,Graph terminology –Representation
of graphs –Path matrix –Graph Traversal –BFS (breadth first search) –DFS
(depth first search) –Minimum spanning Tree –Kruskal's Algorithm & Prim's
Algorithm –Warshall's algorithm (shortest path algorithm).

UNIT IV INTRODUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF BLENDER 8

Installation process – 3D Cursor – Moving in 3D Space – Camera View
Settings

UNIT V BLENDER INTERFACE AND WINDOW TYPES 7

The Blender Interface – Window Types : Changing window types – File
Browser into Panel - User Preferences – Outliner - Properties
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
REFERENCES:
1. Weiss, Mark. A. (2012), Data structures and algorithm analysis in Java. 3
edition. Harlow, Essex : Pearson (632 p).
2. Zobel, Justin (2014), Writing for Computer Science. 3 edition. Springer
Verlag London Ltd (270 p).

ONLINE RESOURCES :
1. https://docs.blender.org/manual/en/2.79/render/blender_render/
materials/index.html

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1 Illustrate abstract data types for linear data structures. (K3)
2 Describe the binary tree, hash function and concepts of collision and its
resolution methods. (K2)
3 Implement different types of trees and apply them to problem solutions.
(K3)
4 Discuss graph structure and understand various operations on graphs
and their applicability. (K2)
5 Understand how to install blender software, camera features settings
and graphics modeling using blender interface.(K3)
6 Demonstrate basic 3D Scenes using Blender. (K2)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - VII
20ITPC701 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK L T P C
SDG NO. 4 &9 SECURITY 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Cryptography Theories, Algorithms and Systems
l To understand necessary approaches and techniques to build protection
mechanisms in order to secure Computer Networks
l To know the Symmetric Cryptography Techniques
l To understand the Public Key Cryptography techniques

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Security Trends - Legal- Ethical and Professional aspects of Security - Need for
Security at Multiple Levels - Security Policies - Model of Network Security –
Security Attacks - Services and Mechanisms – OSI Security Architecture –
Classical Encryption Techniques: Substitution Techniques - Transposition
Techniques - Steganography - Foundations of Modern Cryptography - Perfect
Security – Information Theory – Product Cryptosystem – Cryptanalysis.

UNIT II SYMMETRIC KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY 9

Mathematics of Symmetric Key Cryptography - Algebraic Structures - Modular
Arithmetic - Euclid’s Algorithm - Congruence and Matrices - Groups - Rings,
Fields - Finite Fields - Symmetric Key Ciphers - SDES – Block Cipher - Principles
of DES – Strength of DES – Differential and Linear Cryptanalysis - Block Cipher
Design Principles – Block Cipher Mode of Operation – Evaluation Criteria for
AES – Advanced Encryption Standard - RC4 – Key Distribution.

UNIT III PUBLIC KEY CRYPTOGRAPHY 9

Mathematics of Asymmetric Key Cryptography - Primes – Primality Testing –
Factorization – Euler's totient Function - Fermat's and Euler's Theorem -
Chinese Remainder Theorem – Exponentiation and Logarithm - Asymmetric
Key Ciphers - RSA Cryptosystem – Key Distribution – Key management – Dif ie
Hellman Key Exchange - ElGamal Cryptosystem – Elliptic Curve Arithmetic -
Elliptic Curve Cryptography.

UNIT IV MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION AND KEY DISTRIBUTION 9

Authentication Requirement – Authentication Function – MAC – Hash
Function – Security of Hash Function and MAC – SHA –Digital Signature and
Authentication Protocols – DSS - Entity Authentication - Biometrics -
Passwords - Challenge Response Protocols - Authentication Applications -
Kerberos - X.509.
139
 Syllabus IT
UNIT V NETWORK AND INTERNET SECURITY 9
Electronic Mail Security – PGP-S/MIME – IP Security – Web Security – System
Security - Intruders – Malicious Software – Viruses – Firewalls - Network
Access Control and Cloud Security – Transport Level Security – Wireless
Network Security – Email Security.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and
Practice”, PHI 7th Edition (Global Edition), Pearson 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. C K Shyamala, N Harini and Dr. T R Padmanabhan: “Cryptography and
Network Security”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2011.
2. BehrouzA.Foruzan, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2007.
3. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman, and Mike Speciner, “Network Security:
Private Communication in a Public World”, Prentice Hall.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105162/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105031/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/4727/nptel-cryptography-and-
network-security
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the concepts of Network Security and Remember the various
mathematical techniques applied in Cryptography.(K2)
2. Discuss the mathematical formulas used to implement symmetric key
cryptography techniques.(K2)
3. Interpret the mathematical background to implement asymmetric key
cryptography techniques.(K2)
4. Apply the Symmetric and Asymmetric Cryptographic methods and design
Secure Applications to operate Digital Signature in Real World Situation
(K3)
5. Illustrate the various Message authentication schemes to simulate
different applications. (K3)
6. Apply Data authentication mechanisms for a web based and system level
application. (K3)

140
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -

CO2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -

CO3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -

CO4 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -

CO5 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -

CO6 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -

SEMESTER - VII
20ITPC702 L T P C
DATA SCIENCE WITH MACHINE LEARNING
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 1 0 4
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand about data science and its context in business
l To identify the role of R and its implementation in business analytics
l To study about the concepts of machine learning and different types of
algorithms
l To understand the graphical models of machine learning algorithm

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE 12

Exploring data science - Key component technologies of data science -
Machine learning – Big data – Business intelligence - Programming languages
for data science: MS Excel – R – Python – Hadoop – SQL database – Data science
process - Loading data into R - Exploring data – Managing data.

UNIT II WORKING WITH R 12

About the R Environment – Simple Manipulations: Numbers and Vectors –
Objects - Their Modes and Attributes – Ordered and Unordered Factors –
Arrays and Matrices – Lists and Data Frames – Reading Data from Files –
Probability Distributions – Grouping - Loops and Conditional Execution –
Writing your own Functions – Graphical Procedures – Packages.

UNIT III MACHINE LEARNING BASICS 12

Introduction to Machine Learning – Examples of Machine Learning
Applications – Types of Machine Learning – Supervised Learning – Regression
– Classi ication - Introduction to Decision Trees – Univariate Trees.
141
 Syllabus IT
UNIT IV CLUSTERING 12
Unsupervised Learning - Clustering – K-means Clustering – Hierarchical
Clustering – Choosing the Number of Clusters – Pruning- Multivariate Trees -
Reinforcement Learning.

UNIT V DIMENSIONALITY REDUCTION AND GRAPHICAL MODELS 12

Subset Selection – Principal Component Analysis – Linear Discriminant
Analysis – Factor Analysis – Multidimensional Scaling – Isomap – Locally
Linear Embedding – Graphical Models – Example Graphical Models.
TOTAL: 60 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nina Zumel, John Mount, “Practical Data Science with R”, Manning
Publications, 2014.
2. W.N.Venables, D.M.Smith and the R Core Team, “An Introduction to R”,
2013.
3. EthemAlpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning 3e (Adaptive
Computation and Machine Learning Series)”, Third Edition, MIT Press,
2014.

REFERENCES:
1. Tony Ojeda, Sean Patrick Murphy, Benjamin Bengfort, Abhijit Dasgupta,
“Practical Data Science Cookbook”, Packt Publishing Ltd.,2014.
2. David Dietrich, Barry Heller, Beibei Yang, “Data Science and Big Data
Analytics” , EMC Education Services,2015.
3. Tom M Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, First Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
2013.
4. Jason Bell, “Machine learning – Hands on for Developers and Technical
Professionals”, First Edition, Wiley, 2014.
5. Peter Flach, ―Machine Learning: The Art and Science of Algorithms that
Make Sense of Data‖, First Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106139/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/machine-learning.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.proschoolonline.com/pgd-data-science-course/what-is-
data-science
2. https://www.w3resource.com/r-programming-exercises/

142
 IT Syllabus
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the concepts of Data Science and Machine Learning.(K2)
2. Apply Data Science concepts for Analytics using the R environment.(K3)
3. Discuss the Supervised, Unsupervised and Reinforcement Machine
Learning Algorithms.(K2)
4. Implementation of types of machine learning algorithms for
applications.(K3)
5. Explain dimensionality reduction and graphical models.(K2)
6. Demonstrate the dimensionality reduction and graphical models in
machine learning applications. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 1 2 - 1 - - - 1 2 2 -

CO2 2 3 3 2 2 - - 1 - 2 - 2 2 1

CO3 3 3 2 1 2 - 1 - - - 1 2 2 1

CO4 2 3 3 2 2 - 1 - - - 1 2 2 -

CO5 2 2 3 - 1 - - - - 1 - 2 2 1

CO6 2 3 3 2 2 - 1 - -- - 1 2 3 1

143
 Syllabus IT
SEMESTER - VII
20ITPL701 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK L T P C
SDG NO. 4 SECURITY LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn different Substitution Techniques
l To learn different Transposition Techniques
l To implement the algorithms DES, RSA, MD5, SHA-1
l To use Network Security Tools and Vulnerability Assessment Tools

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Perform encryption, decryption using the following substitution
techniques
i) Ceaser Cipher, (ii) Playfair Cipher iii) Hill Cipher iv) Vigenere Cipher
2. Perform encryption and decryption using following transposition
techniques.
i) Rail fence ii) Row & Column Transformation.
3. Implement DES algorithm for practical applications.
4. Implement AES algorithm for practical applications.
5. Implement RSA algorithm using HTML and JavaScript.
6. Implement the Dif ie-Hellman Key Exchange algorithm for a given
problem.
7. Calculate the Message Digest of a text using the SHA-1 algorithm.
8. Implement the Signature Scheme - Digital Signature Standard.
9. Demonstrate Intrusion Detection System (IDS) using any online tools.
10. Automated Attack and Penetration Tools
11. Defeating Malware
I) Building Trojans ii) Rootkit Hunter
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LAB REQUIREMENTS :
C / C++ / Java or equivalent compiler GnuPG, Snort, N-Stalker or Equivalent

144
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
On completion of this laboratory course, the students should be able to
1. Develop code for Classical Encryption Techniques.(K3)
2. Build Cryptosystems by applying Symmetric Encryption algorithms.(K3)
3. Build Cryptosystems by applying Public Key Encryption algorithms.(K3)
4. Construct code for Authentication algorithms.(K3)
5. Develop a Signature scheme using Digital signature standard.(K3)
6. Demonstrate the Network security system using Open source tools.(K2)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -

CO2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 - 3 2 -

CO3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 - 3 2 -

CO4 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 2 -

CO5 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 - 3 2 -

CO6 1 3 2 - 3 - - - - 2 - 3 2 -

SEMESTER - VII
20ITPL702 L T P C
DATA SCIENCE LABORATORY
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 3 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
l To implement programs using R and analyze evaluation models of R
l To implement simple programs using python
l To simulate real time applications for visual analysis
l To analyze big data using machine learning techniques
l Decision tree classi ication and clustering

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS :
1. Install, con igure and run R with necessary packages.
2. Implement simple R programs using numbers, vectors and objects.
3. Calculator application using python
a) Using with and without python objects on console.

145
 Syllabus IT
b) Using mathematical functions on console.
c) Write an Python script, to create python objects for calculator
application and save in a speci ied location in disk.
4. Descriptive statistics in python
a) Write an Python script to ind basic descriptive statistics using
summary, str, quartile function on mtcars & cars datasets.
b) Write an Python script to ind subset of dataset by using subset (),
aggregate () functions on iris dataset.
5. Reading and writing different types of datasets
a. Reading different types of data sets (.txt, .csv) from Web and disk and
writing to a ile in speci ic location.
b. Reading Excel data sheet in Python.
c. Reading XML dataset in Python.
6. Visualization
a. Find the data distributions using box and scatter plot.
b. Find the outliers using plot.
c. Plot the histogram, bar chart and pie chart on sample data.
7. Correlation and Covariance
a. Find the correlation matrix.
b. Plot the correlation plot on dataset and visualize giving an overview
of relationships among data on iris data.
c. Analysis of covariance: variance (ANOVA), if data have categorical
variables on iris data.
8. Regression model
a) Import a data from web storage. Name the dataset and now do
Logistic Regression to ind out relation between variables that are
affecting the admission of a student in a institute based on his or her
GRE score, GPA obtained and rank of the student. Also check the
model is it or not.
9. Multiple regression model
a) Apply multiple regressions, if data have a continuous Independent
variable. Apply on above dataset.
10. Regression model for prediction
a) Apply regression Model techniques to predict the data on above
dataset.

146
 Syllabus IT
11. Classi ication model
a) Install relevant package for classi ication.
b) Choose classi ier for classi ication problem.
c) Evaluate the performance of classi ier.
12. Clustering model
a) Clustering algorithms for unsupervised classi ication.
b) Plot the cluster data using python visualizations.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

LAB REQUIREMENTS :
1. R Studio
2. Python 3

OUTCOMES :
On completion of this laboratory course, the student should be able to
1. Process simple experiments using R package.[K3]
2. Build and apply linear and logistic regression models.[K3]
3. Perform data analysis with machine learning methods.[K3]
4. Perform graphical data analysis.[K3]
5. Function effectively on teams to establish goals, plan tasks, meet
deadlines, manage risk and produce deliverables.[K3]
6. Clear understanding on how to organize data and analyze data using real
time examples.[K3]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 3 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 3 3 2

CO3 2 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 3 3 2

CO4 2 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 3 3 2

CO5 2 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 1 2 3 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2

147
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - VII
20ITPJ701 L T P C
SDG NO. 4,6,7,8, PROJECT PHASE - I
9,11,12,13 & 17 0 0 4 2

OBJECTIVES:
l Identify and describe the problem and scope of project
l Collect, analyze and present data into meaningful information using
relevant tools
l Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work
independently and ethically
l Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic
entrepreneurship skills in project management

GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED:
The students may be grouped into 2 to 3 and work under a project supervisor
and prepare a comprehensive project report after completing the work to the
satisfaction of the supervisor (faculty member). The progress of the project is
evaluated based on a minimum of three reviews. The review committee may be
constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required at the
end of the semester. The project work is evaluated based on oral presentation
and the project report jointly by External and Internal examiners constituted
by the Head of the Department. The Project Work Phase-I will have the
following sequence:

I. Problem Identi ication

1. A statement of system / process speci ications proposed to be
developed (Block Diagram / System Architecture / Process Flow)
2. Feasibility Study
3. List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints
4. Time Line of activities

II. A report highlighting the design inalization [based on functional

requirements and standards (if any)]

148
 Syllabus IT
III. A presentation including the following:
1. Literature survey on existing system
2. Implementation Phase (Hardware &Software)
3. Testing and Validation of the developed system

IV. Consolidated report preparation

TOTAL: 120 PERIODS
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Conduct literature surveys to identify the gap and an application oriented
research problem in the speci ic domain. (K2)
2. De ine and formulate solutions to complex engineering problems. (K5)
3. Use the design standards with consideration of real world constraints in
particular the environmental responsibilities of professional engineers
and matters related to economic, legislation, lifespan, ethical, social etc.
(K3)
4. Demonstrate effective communication skills through presentation and
defence of the engineering project. (K3)
5. Demonstrate leadership skills, ability to work independently and in a
team through project design, presentation and defence of project indings.
(K5)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

149
 SEMESTER - VII
20ITTP701 L T P C
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SDG NO. 4 & 9 0 0 2 1
APTITUDE REFRESHER & APTITUDE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING -
PHASE I
OBJECTIVES:
l Enhance their quantitative ability.
l Enhance their reasoning ability
l Enhance their verbal ability.

UNIT I PRODUCT COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING – I 10

Product Speci ic Training for Amazon, Microsoft, IBM, ThoughtWorks,
Juspay, Paypal, Mu Sigma, Zoho Corporation, VM Ware, Directi, Oracle, Wells
Fargo, Goldman Sachs, Chargebee, Coda Global, Temenos, Freshworks,
Adobe Systems.

UNIT II PRODUCT COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING – II 10

Product Speci ic Training for Ernst and Young, BA Continuum, Standard
Chartered, AON Hewitt, Soliton Technologies, Payoda Technologies,
Infoview Technologies, Athena Health Technology.

UNIT III SERVICE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING - I 10

TCS, Wipro, TechMahindra, InfoView, RobertBosch, , NTT Data, Verizon,
Payoda Technologies.

UNIT IV SERVICE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING - II 10

CTS, Accenture, MindTree, MPhasis, Odessa Technologies, Vuram
Technologies, Hewlett Packard, HCL.

UNIT V SERVICE COMPANY SPECIFIC TRAINING - III 5

Capgemini, Infosys, IBM, UGAM Solutions, Skava Systems, L&T Infotech,
Bahwan Cybertech, Dhyan Infotech.
TOTAL PERIODS : 45
REFERENCES :
1. Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Exams by R. S. Agarwal
2. Quantum CAT by Sarvesh Verma
3. A Modern Approach to Logical Reasoning by R. S. Agarwal
4. Verbal Ability and Reading Comprehension by Arun Sharma
150
ONLINE RESOURCES
1. https://www.tensor low.org/guide/basics
2. https://www.javatpoint.com/tensor low-introduction

COURSE OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Identify their quantitative ability. (K2)
2. Describe the ability of arithmetic reasoning along with creative thinking
and problem solving skills. (K2)
3. Illustrate their verbal ability through vocabulary building and grammar.
(K2)
4. Demonstrate coding languages to write programs, important
algorithmic design paradigms and methods of analysis. to solve the
problems. (K2)
5. Discuss the fundamentals of computers and networks.(K2)
6. Explain the basics of tensor low to train and run the deep neural
networks. (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO2 - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 - 2 - -

CO3 - - - - 3 2 - - 1 3 - 2 - -

CO4 - - - - 3 2 - 3 3 3 - 2 2 2

CO5 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2

CO6 - - - - 3 2 - - 2 3 - 2 2 2
 Syllabus IT

SEMESTER - VIII
20ITPJ801
PROJECT PHASE-II L T P C
SDG NO. 4,6,7,
8, 9,11,12,13 &17 0 0 8 4

OBJECTIVES:
l Identify and describe the problem and scope of project
l Collect, analyze and present data into meaningful information using
relevant tools
l Select, plan and execute a proper methodology in problem solving, work
independently and ethically
l Present the results in written and oral format effectively and identify basic
entrepreneurship skills in project management

GUIDELINES TO BE FOLLOWED:
The students may be grouped into 2 to 3 and work under a project supervisor
and prepare a comprehensive project report after completing the work to the
satisfaction of the supervisor (faculty member). The progress of the project is
evaluated based on a minimum of three reviews. The review committee may
be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required at
the end of the semester. The project work is evaluated based on oral
presentation and the project report jointly by external and internal examiners
constituted by the Head of the Department. The Project Work Phase-II will
have the following Sequence:

I. Problem Identi ication

1. List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints
2. Cost bene it analysis
3. Time Line of activities

II. A report highlighting the design inalization [based on functional,

non-functional requirements and standards (if any)]

III. A presentation including the following:

1. Implementation Phase (Hardware & Software)
2. Testing and Validation of the developed system
3. Learning in the Project and Future Enhancement

IV. Consolidated report preparation

TOTAL: 120 PERIODS
152
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES :
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Conduct literature surveys to identify the gap and an application oriented
research problem in the speci ic domain. (K2)
2. De ine and formulate solutions to complex engineering problems. (K5)
3. Use the design standards with consideration of real world constraints in
particular the environmental responsibilities of professional engineers
and matters related to economic, legislation, lifespan, ethical, social etc.
(K3)
4. Demonstrate effective communication skills through presentation and
defence of the engineering project. (K3)
5. Demonstrate leadership skills, ability to work independently and in a
team through project design, presentation and defence of project indings.
(K5)
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 2

153
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL601 L T P C
SOFTWARE TESTING
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the criteria and design of Test Cases
l To learn the design of Test Cases
l To understand Test Management and Test Automation Techniques
l To apply Test Metrics and Measurements

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Testing as an Engineering Activity – Testing as a Process – Testing Maturity
Model - Basic De initions – Software Testing Principles – The Tester's Role in a
Software Development Organization – Origins of Defects – Cost of Defects –
Defect Classes – The Defect Repository and Test Design – Defect Examples-
Developer/Tester Support of Developing a Defect Repository.

UNIT II TEST CASE DESIGN STRATEGIES 9

Test Case Design Strategies – Using Black Box Approach to Test Case Design –
Boundary Value Analysis – Equivalence Class Partitioning – State Based
Testing – Cause-Effect Graphing – Compatibility Testing – User
Documentation Testing – Domain Testing - Random Testing – Requirements
Based Testing – Using White Box Approach to Test design – Test Adequacy
Criteria – Static Testing Vs. Structural Testing – Code Functional Testing –
Coverage and Control Flow Graphs – Covering Code Logic – Paths – Code
Complexity Testing – Additional White Box Testing Approaches.

UNIT III LEVELS OF TESTING 9

The Need for Levels of Testing – Unit Test – Unit Test Planning – Designing the
Unit Tests – The Test Harness – Running the Unit Tests and Recording Results –
Integration Tests – Designing Integration Tests – Integration Test Planning –
Scenario Testing – Defect Bash Elimination System Testing – Acceptance
Testing – Performance Testing – Regression Testing – Internationalization
Testing – Ad Hoc Testing – Alpha, Beta Tests – Testing Object Oriented Systems
– Usability and Accessibility Testing – Con iguration Testing – Compatibility
Testing – Testing the Documentation – Website Testing.

UNIT IV TEST MANAGEMENT 9

People and Organizational Issues in Testing – Organization Structures for
Testing Teams – Testing Services – Test Planning – Test Plan Components –
Test Plan Attachments – Locating Test Items – Test Management – Test
154
 Syllabus IT
Process – Reporting Test Results – Introducing the Test Specialist – Skills
Needed by a Test Specialist – Building a Testing Group- The Structure of
Testing Group - The Technical Training Program.

UNIT V TEST AUTOMATION 9

Software Test Automation – Skills needed for Automation – Scope of
Automation – Design and Architecture for Automation – Requirements for a
Test Tool – Challenges in Automation – Test Metrics and Measurements –
Project, Progress and Productivity Metrics.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Srinivasan Desikan and Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing –
Principles and Practices”, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Ron Patton, “Software Testing Second Edition”, Sams Publishing, Pearson
Education, 2007.

REFERENCES:
1. Ilene Burnstein, “Practical Software Testing”, Springer International
Edition, 2003.
2. Edward Kit, “Software Testing in the Real World – Improving the Process”,
Pearson Education, 1995.
3. Boris Beizer, “Software Testing Techniques” 2nd Edition, Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York, 1990.
4. Aditya P. Mathur “Foundations of Software Testing - Fundamental
Algorithms and Techniques”, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd., Pearson
Education, 2008.
5. Naresh chauhan-software testing principles and practices,2nd
edition,oxford University Press, 2017.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105150/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.javatpoint.com/software-testing-tutorial
2. https://www.toolsqa.com/software-testing-tutorial/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand about the Software Testing Principles and Defect Classes(K2)

155
 Syllabus IT
2. Apply test cases suitable for software development for different
domains(K3)
3. Discuss the various Levels of Testing (K2)
4. Identify suitable tests to be carried out.(K2)
5. Discuss the concepts of Test plan and its skill set(K2)
6. Apply automatic testing tools and discuss the various test metrics and
measurements.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 - 2 3

CO2 2 3 3 - - - - - 2 - 1 - 3 3

CO3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 - 1 2 3 3

CO4 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 - 3 3 3 3

CO5 - 2 1 - - - - - 2 - 2 - 3 3

CO6 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 2 2 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL602 L T P C
COMPILER DESIGN
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the various phases of the compiler
l To know about various parsing techniques
l To understand intermediate code generation and run-time environments
l To implement the front-end of the compiler and code generator

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COMPILERS 9

Structure of a Compiler - Lexical Analysis - Role of Lexical Analyzer - Input
Buffering - Speci ication of Tokens - Recognition of Tokens - Lex - Finite
Automata - Regular Expressions to Automata - Minimizing DFA.

UNIT II SYNTAX ANALYSIS 12

Role of Parser - Grammars - Error Handling - Context-Free Grammars - Writing
a Grammar - Top Down Parsing - General Strategies Recursive Descent Parser
156
 Syllabus IT
Predictive Parser - LL(1) Parser - Shift Reduce Parser - LR Parser - LR (0) Item
Construction of SLR Parsing Table - Introduction to LALR Parser - Error
Handling and Recovery in Syntax Analyzer - YACC.

UNIT III INTERMEDIATE CODE GENERATION 8

Syntax Directed De initions - Evaluation Orders for Syntax Directed
De initions - Intermediate Languages: Syntax Tree - Three Address Code -
Types and Declarations - Translation of Expressions - Type Checking.

UNIT IV RUN-TIME ENVIRONMENT AND CODE GENERATION 8

Storage Organization - Stack Allocation Space - Access to Non - Local Data on
the Stack - Heap Management - Issues in Code Generation - Design of a Simple
Code Generator.

UNIT V CODE OPTIMIZATION 8

Principal Sources of Optimization - Peep-Hole Optimization - DAG -
Optimization of Basic Blocks - Global Data Flow Analysis - Ef icient Data Flow
Algorithm.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Compilers:
Principles, Techniques and Tools”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Randy Allen, Ken Kennedy, “Optimizing Compilers for Modern
Architectures: A Dependence based Approach”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, 2002.
2. Steven S. Muchnick, “Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation”,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers - Elsevier Science, India, Indian Reprint
2003.
3. Keith D Cooper and Linda Torczon, “Engineering a Compiler”, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers Elsevier Science, 2004.
4. V. Raghavan, “Principles of Compiler Design”, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Publishers, 2010.
5. Allen I. Holub, “Compiler Design in C”, Prentice-Hall Software Series, 1993.

WEB REFERENCES :
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105190/
2. https://ecomputernotes.com/compiler-design/

157
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand fundamentals of compiler and identify the relationships
among different phases of the compiler.[K2]
2. Apply top down parsing algorithms to develop the parsers for a given
grammar.[K3]
3. Use bottom up parsing algorithms to develop the parsers for a given
grammar.[K3]
4. Summarize the techniques for intermediate code.[K2]
5. Describe the simple code generator and run-time environment.[K2]
6. Illustrate the Code Optimization techniques.[K3]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO4 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO5 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1

CO6 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL603 L T P C
CYBER SECURITY AND FORENSICS
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To examine secure software development practices in Web Security
l To incorporate approaches for incident analysis and response
l To learn computer forensics and cyber Law
l To become familiar with forensics tool

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO CYBER SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 9

Overview of Cyber Security - Internet Governance – Challenges and
Constraints - Cyber Threats - Cyber Space Concept - Fundamentals of Cyber
Security- Understanding Cyber Security- Business Security-Importance of
Cyber Security-Evolution of Hacking Equipped Tools and Techniques-
Regulations-Notable Security Breaches Securing Web Application - Services
158
 Syllabus IT
and Servers – Introduction - Basic Security for HTTP Applications and Services
- Basic Security for SOAP Services - Identity Management and Web Services-
Authorization Patterns - Security Considerations-Challenges -Introduction to
Cyber Law – Need of Cyber Law - Cyber Law in India.

UNlIT II CYBER SECURITY VULNERABILITIES AND

CYBER SECURITY SAFEGUARDS 9
Cryptography in Information Security-Data Encryption-Challenges-Initiating
Breach Protocol-Preventing Cyber Attacks-General Data Protection
Regulation (GDPR)-Embracing the Future of Cyber Security - Cyber Security
Vulnerabilities and Cyber Security Safeguards - Vulnerabilities Overview -
Vulnerabilities in Software -System Administration - Complex Network
Architectures - Open Access to Organizational Data -Weak Authentication -
Unprotected Broadband Communications - Poor Cyber Security Awareness -
Cyber Security Safeguards- Overview -Access Control –Audit –Authentication
–Biometrics-Cryptography –Deception -Denial of Service Filters -Ethical
Hacking –Firewalls - Intrusion Detection Systems – Response –Scanning -
Security Policy -Threat Management.

UNIT III COMPUTER FORENSICS AND DATA ACQUISITION 9

Introduction to Computer Forensics and Investigations - Preparing for
Computer Investigations - Understanding Computer Investigations - Taking a
Systematic Approach - Procedures for Corporate High Tech Investigations -
Understanding Data Recovery Workstations and Software - Conducting an
Investigation - Completing the Case - Data Acquisition - Storage Formats for
Digital Evidence - Determining the Best Acquisition Method - Contingency
Planning for Image Acquisitions - Using Acquisition Tools - Validating Data
Acquisitions - Performing RAID Data Acquisitions - Using Remote Network
Acquisition Tools - Using other Forensic Acquisition Tools.

UNIT IV PROCESSING CRIME AND INCIDENT SCENE AND

TOOLS IN COMPUTER FORENSICS 9
Processing Crime and Incident Scene-Identifying Digital Evidence - Collecting
Evidence in Private Sector Incident Scenes - Processing Law Enforcement
Crime Scenes - Preparing for a Search - Securing a Computer Incident or Crime
Scene - Seizing Digital Evidence at the Scene - Storing Digital Evidence -
Obtaining a Digital Hash - Computer Forensics Tool - Evaluating Computer
Forensics Tool Needs - Computer Forensics Software and Hardware Tools -
Validating and Testing Forensics Software.

UNIT V ANALYSIS, VALIDATION AND REPORT WRITING 9

Validating Forensics Data – Data Hiding Techniques – Performing Remote

159
 Syllabus IT
Acquisition – Network Forensics – Performing Live Acquisitions- Developing
Standard Procedures for Network Forensics- Using Network Tools-Email
Investigations – Cell Phone and Mobile Devices Forensics - Report Writing For
High Tech Investigations – Importance of Reports - Guidelines for Writing -
Generating Report Findings with Forensics Software Tools - Expert Testimony
in High Tech Investigations- Preparing for Testimony - Testifying in Court -
Preparing for a Deposition or Hearing - Preparing Forensic Evidence for
Testimony - Ethics for the Expert Witness-Applying Ethics and Codes to Expert
Witnesses - Organizations with Codes of Ethics - Ethical Dif iculties in Expert
Testimony.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Brain Walker, “Cyber security-comprehensive beginners guide to learn the
basics and effective methods of cyber security”, Independently Published,
2019.
2. Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, Frank En inger, Christopher Steuart,
“Computer Forensics and Investigations”, Cengage Learning, India
Edition, 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. Pavan Duggal, “Text book on Cyber Law”, Universal Law Publishing Co Ltd ,
2012.
2. RaefMeuwisse, “Cyber Security for beginners”, 2nd edition, 2016.
3. John R.Vacca, “Computer Forensics”, Cengage Learning, 2005.
4. MarjieT.Britz, “Computer Forensics and Cyber Crime: An Introduction”,
3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2013.
5. AnkitFadia, “Ethical Hacking”, Second Edition, Macmillan India Ltd, 2006
6. Kenneth C.Brancik “Insider Computer Fraud”, Auerbach Publications
Taylor & Francis Group–2008.
7. CEH of icial Certi ied Ethical Hacking Review Guide, Wiley India Edition,
2015.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.cisco.com
2. https://www.kaspersky.co.in
3. www.cyberforensics.in
4. www.nptel.com

160
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand about securing systems, protect personal data, and secure
computer networks. (K2)
2. Explore the key terms and concepts in cyber law, intellectual property and
cyber crimes, trademarks and domain theft. (K2)
3. Learn the basics of computer forensics and apply forensic tools to a given
scenario. (K2)
4. Acquire knowledge on processing cyber crime scenes, formulate
computer forensic investigation reports and data acquisitions. (K2)
5. Apply forensics data to identify the vulnerabilities in a given network
infrastructure and implement real-world hacking techniques to test
system security. (K3)
6. Apply tools to validate and test Forensic software and report writing. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 1 1 2 - - - - 2 1 3 1

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 1 3 1

CO3 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 1 3 1

CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 2 1 3 1

CO5 3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 3 1

CO6 3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - 1 1 3 1

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL604 NETWORK PROGRAMMING, PROTOCOLS L T P C
SDG NO. 4 AND STANDARDS 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To Learn the basics of socket programming using TCP Sockets
l To Study about Socket Options
l To develop Macros for including Objects In MIB Structure
l To Understand Network Protocols and Practical Issues

161
 Syllabus IT
UNIT I SOCKETS AND APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 9
Introduction to Computer Networks - The OSI Model and the TCP/IP Protocol
Suite - Underlying Technologies - Introduction to Socket Programming -
System Calls - Address Conversion Functions - POSIX Signal Handling - Server
with Multiple Clients - Boundary Conditions - Server process Crashes - Server
Host Crashes - Server Crashes and Reboots - Server Shutdown - I/O
Multiplexing - I/O Models -TCP Echo Client/Server with I/O Multiplexing.

UNIT II SOCKET OPTIONS 9

Socket Options - Getsockopt and Setsockopt Functions - Generic Socket
Options - IP Socket Options - ICMP Socket Options - TCP Socket Options -
Multiplexing TCP and UDP Sockets - SCTP Sockets - SCTP Client/Server -
Streaming Example - Domain Name System - Gethostbyname - Gethostbyaddr
- Getservbyname and Getservbyport Functions - Protocol Independent
Functions in TCP Client/Server Scenario.

UNIT III ADVANCED SOCKETS 9

IPv4 and IPv6 Interoperability - Threaded Servers - Thread Creation and
Termination - TCP Echo Server Using Threads - Mutex - Condition Variables -
Raw Sockets - Raw Socket Creation - Raw Socket Output - Raw Socket Input -
Ping Program - Traceroute Program.

UNIT IV SIMPLE NETWORK MANAGEMENT 9

SNMP Network Management Concepts - SNMPv1 - Management Information -
MIB Structure - Object Syntax - Standard MIB’s - MIB-II Groups - SNMPv1
Protocol and Practical Issues.

UNIT V NETWORK PROTOCOLS 9

SNMP V2, V3 AND RMON - Introduction to SNMPv2 - SMI for SNMPV2 -
Protocol - SNMPv3 - Architecture and Applications - Security and Access
Control Model - Overview of RMON.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. W. Richard Stevens, “UNIX Network Programming Vol-I”, Third Edition, PHI
Pearson Education, 2003.
2. William Stallings, “SNMP, SNMPv2, SNMPv3 and RMON 1 and 2”, Third
Edition, Pearson Edition, 2009.

162
 Syllabus IT
REFERENCES:
1. D.E. Comer, “Internetworking with TCP/IP Vol- III: Client-Server
Programming and Application BSD Sockets Version”, Second Edition,
Pearson Edition, 2003.
2. Mani Subramaniam, “Network Management: Principles and practice”
Addison wesely”, First edition 2001.
3. Elliotte Rusty Harold, Java Network Programming, O'Reilly Media, 2013

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.twirpx.com
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105183/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Visualize the different aspects of networks, protocols and network design
models. (K1)
2. Describe the various Application Development. (K2)
3. Discuss the different socket options. (K2)
4. Compare and select appropriate socket program. (K2)
5. Identify the important aspects of protocol. (K2)
6. Use the functions of socket, protocols and Network Management
standards. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 - 2 - 2 1 1 - - - - 1 2 1

CO2 2 - 2 - 2 1 1 - - - - 1 2 2

CO3 - 2 - - 1 - 1 - - - - - 2 3

CO4 - - 2 - 2 - 2 - - - - 1 3 2

CO5 - - 2 - - 2 - - - - 2 - 1 3

CO6 - - 2 - - 2 - - - - 2 - 2 2

163
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20CSEL501 DATA WAREHOUSING AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 DATA MINING 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Data Warehouse concepts, Architecture, Business Analysis
and Tools
l To understand Data Preprocessing and Data Visualization techniques
l To study algorithms for inding Hidden and Interesting patterns in Data
l To understand and apply various Classi ication and Clustering techniques

UNIT I DATA WAREHOUSING, BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND

ON-LINE ANALYTICAL PROCESSING 9
Basic Concepts – Data Warehousing Components – Building a Data Warehouse
– Database Architectures for Parallel Processing – Parallel DBMS Vendors –
Multidimensional Data Model – Data Warehouse Schemas for Decision
Support - Concept Hierarchies - Characteristics of OLAP Systems – Typical
OLAP Operations - OLAP and OLTP.

UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO DATA MINING 9

Introduction to Data Mining Systems – Knowledge Discovery Process – Data
Mining Techniques – Issues – Applications- Data Objects and Attribute Types -
Statistical Description of Data - Data Preprocessing – Cleaning - Integration -
Reduction - Transformation and Discretization - Data Visualization - Data
Similarity and Dissimilarity Measures.

UNIT III FREQUENT PATTERN ANALYSIS 9

Mining Frequent Patterns - Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods-
Pattern Evaluation Method – Pattern Mining in Multilevel - Multi Dimensional
Space – Constraint Based Frequent Pattern Mining - Classi ication Using
Frequent Patterns.

UNIT IV CLASSIFICATION AND CLUSTERING 9

Decision Tree Induction – Bayesian Classi ication – Rule Based Classi ication –
Classi ication by Back propagation – Support Vector Machines – Lazy Learners
– Model Evaluation and Selection - Techniques to improve Classi ication
Accuracy - Clustering Techniques – Cluster Analysis - Partitioning Methods –
Hierarchical Methods – Density Based Methods – Grid Based Methods –
Evaluation of Clustering – Clustering High Dimensional Data - Clustering with
Constraints - Outlier Analysis - Outlier Detection Methods.

164
 Syllabus IT
UNIT V DATA ANALYSIS TOOL 9
Datasets – Introduction, Iris plants database, Breast cancer database, Auto
Imports Database - Introduction to WEKA - Explorer – Getting started,
Exploring the Explorer - Learning algorithms - Clustering algorithms -
Association–Rule Learners.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber, “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”,
Third Edition, Elsevier, 2012.
2. Alex Berson and Stephen J.Smith, “Data Warehousing, Data Mining &
OLAP”, Tata McGraw – Hill Edition, 35th Reprint 2016.

REFERENCES:
1. K.P. Soman, ShyamDiwakar and V. Ajay, “Insight into Data Mining Theory
and Practice”, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
2. Ian H.Witten and Eibe Frank, “Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning
Tools and Techniques”, Elsevier, Second Edition, 2005.
3. Parteek Bhatia, “Data Mining and Data Warehousing: Principles and
Practical Techniques”, Cambridge University Press, 2019.
4. Pranjali Deshpande, Soudamini Patil, “Data Warehousing and Data
Mining”, First Edition, Technical Publications, 2020.
5. Dr. B. Shadaksharappa,Mr. P.Ramkumar,Dr. T.N. Prabakar, “ Data
Warehousing and Data Mining”, First Edition, Book Rivers, 2022.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105174/00
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs12/preview
3. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3609/data-warehousing

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/data_mining/index.htm
2. https://www.guru99.com/online-analytical-processing.html
3. https://www.cs.waikato.ac.nz/ml/weka/courses.html
4. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/weka/what_is_weka.htm

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Use a Data Warehouse system and perform Business Analysis with OLAP
Tools. (K3)

165
 Syllabus IT
2. Recognize and identify suitable Pre-processing and Visualization
techniques for Data Analysis. (K1)
3. Apply frequent Pattern and Association Rule Mining techniques for Data
Analysis. (K3)
4. Apply appropriate Classi ication techniques for Data Analysis. (K3)
5. Apply appropriate Clustering techniques for Data Analysis.(K3)
6. Use WEKA tools for feature selection, classi ication and clustering for real
time data.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 - 2 2 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 2 2 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - 2 3 3 3 2 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 - 2 2 2 3 2 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL605 L T P C
VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES
SDG NO. 4,11&12 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand visual perception and core skills for visual analysis
l To learn about visualization for Time-Series analysis and distribution
lanalysis
l To illustrate visualization for correlation and multivariate analysis
l To understand issues and best practices in information dashboard design

UNIT I CORE SKILLS FOR VISUAL ANALYSIS 9

Information Visualization – Effective Data Analysis – Traits of Meaningful Data
– Visual Perception – Making Abstract Data Visible – Building Blocks of
Information Visualization – Analytical Interaction – Analytical Navigation –
Optimal Quantitative Scales – Reference Lines and Regions – Trellises and
Crosstabs – Multiple Concurrent Views – Focus and Context – Details on
Demand – Over-Plotting Reduction – Analytical Patterns – Pattern Examples.

166
 Syllabus IT
UNIT II TIME-SERIES, RANKING, AND DEVIATION ANALYSIS 9
Time-series Analysis – Time-series Patterns – Time-series Displays – Time-
series Best Practices – Part-to-whole And Ranking Patterns – Part-to-whole
and Ranking Displays – Best Practices – Deviation Analysis – Deviation
Analysis Displays – Deviation Analysis Best Practices.

UNIT III DISTRIBUTION, CORRELATION, AND MULTIVARIATE

ANALYSIS 9
Distribution Analysis – Describing Distributions – Distribution Patterns –
Distribution Displays – Distribution Analysis Best Practices – Correlation
Analysis – Describing Correlations – Correlation Patterns – Correlation
Displays – Correlation Analysis Techniques And Best Practices – Multivariate
Analysis – Multivariate Patterns – Multivariate Displays – Multivariate
Analysis Techniques And Best Practices.

UNIT IV INFORMATION DASHBOARD DESIGN 9

Information Dashboard – Introduction– Dashboard Design Issues and
Assessment of Needs – Considerations for Designing Dashboard-Visual
Perception – Achieving Eloquence.

UNIT V INFORMATION GRAPHICS DESIGN 9

Advantages of Graphics - Library of Graphs – Designing Bullet Graphs –
Designing Sparklines – Dashboard Display Media – Critical Design Practices –
Putting it all Together- Unveiling the Dashboard.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Matthew O. Ward, Georges Grinstein, Daniel Keim, “Interactive Data
Visualization: Foundations, Techniques, and Applications”, CRC
press,2010.
2. Ben Fry, "Visualizing data: Exploring and explaining data with the
processing environment", O'Reilly, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Edward R. Tufte, "The visual display of quantitative information", Second
Edition, Graphics Press, 2001.
2. Evan Stubbs, "The value of business analytics: Identifying the path to
pro itability", Wiley, 2011.
3. Gert H. N. Laursen and Jesper Thorlund, "Business Analytics for Managers:
Taking business intelligence beyond reporting", Wiley, 2010.
4. Nathan Yau, "Data Points: Visualization that means something", Wiley,
2013.
167
 Syllabus IT
5. Stephen Few, "Information dashboard design: Displaying data for at-a-
glance monitoring", Second edition, Analytics Press, 2013.
6. Stephen Few, "Now you see it: Simple Visualization techniques for
quantitative analysis", Analytics Press, 2009.
7. Tamara Munzner, Visualization Analysis and Design, AK Peters
Visualization Series, CRC Press, Nov. 2014

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg24/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106064/
3. https://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/~ravi/courses/Introduction%20to%
20Data%20Analytics.html
4. https://freevideolectures.com/university/iit-madras/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://bib.dbvis.de/uploadedFiles/233.pdf
2. http://www.cs.put.poznan.pl/jstefanowski/sed/DM14-visualisation.pdf
3. https://mode.com/analytics-dispatch/data-visualization-examples/

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Interpret the core skills required for visual analysis.
2. Illustrate time series patterns and ranking patterns and experiment
deviation analysis.
3. Discriminate distribution, correlation and multivariate analysis.
4. Construct an information dashboard design using Graphics
5. Analyze real time data with various visualization techniques, design
patterns and its corresponding analysis.

CO – PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

CO2 3 2 1 - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 2

CO3 3 3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 2

CO4 3 2 1 - 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO5 3 3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

168
 Syllabus IT
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL606 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT L T P C
SDG NO 4 & 9 (With Laboratory Component) 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Describe those aspects of mobile programming that make it unique from
programming for other platforms
l Critique mobile applications on their design pros and cons
l Utilize rapid prototyping techniques to design and develop sophisticated
mobile interfaces
l Deploy applications to the Android marketplace for distribution

UNIT I GETTING STARTED WITH MOBILITY 7

Architecture of Android - Mobility Landscape -Mobile Platforms -Mobile Apps
Development - Overview of Android Platform - Setting up the Mobile App
Development Environment along with an Emulator - A Case Study on Mobile
App Development.

UNIT II APP USER INTERFACE DESIGNING 7

Mobile UI Resources (Layout, UI Elements, Drawable, Menu) - Activity- States
and Life Cycle - Interaction amongst Activities.

UNIT III APP FUNCTIONALITY BEYOND USER INTERFACE 7

Noti ications - Broadcast Receivers -Telephony and SMS APIs -Native Data
Handling on-DeviceFile I/O - Shared Preferences - Mobile Databases – SQLite -
Enterprise Data Access (Via Internet/Intranet).

UNIT IV INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE APPS 7

Graphics and Animation– Custom Views – Canvas - Animation APIs –
Multimedia–Audio Playback and Record - Location Awareness - Native
Hardware Access - Sensors - Accelerometer - Gyroscope.

UNIT V PUBLISHING ANDROID APPLICATIONS 7

Creating Your Own Services- Performing Long Running Tasks in a Service -
Performing Repeated Tasks in a Service - Executing Asynchronous Tasks on
Separate Threads Using IntentService.
Taking Apps to Market - Versioning -Signing -Packaging Mobile Apps -
Distributing Apps on Mobile Market Place.

169
 Syllabus IT
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 10
1. Develop an Application that uses GUI components, Font and Colours.
2. Develop an Application that uses Layout Managers and Event Listeners.
3. Develop a Native Calculator Application.
4. Develop an Application that makes use of Database.
5. Write an Application that Draws Basic Graphical Primitives on the Screen.
6. Develop a Native Application that uses GPS Location Information.
7. Implement an Application that Implements Multi-threading.
8. Develop a Mobile Application to Send an Email.

LAB REQUIREMENTS:
1. Mobile Application Development Tools.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wei-Meng Lee, “Beginning Android Application development”, Wiley
Publishing,2011.
2. James C Sheusi, “Android Application Development for Java Programmers”,
Cengage Learning, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Neil Smyth, “Android 4.2 App Development Essentials”, Techotopia , 2013.
2. Mark L. Murphy, “The Busy Coder's Guide to Android Development”,
CommonsWare , 2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://developer.android.com/training/basics

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Explain the features and challenges of mobile application development
and set up the android app development framework
2. Implement the UI components, multimedia usage, data storage
mechanisms for the given problem.
3. Use native hardware. with native data connectivity and enterprise data
access for mobile application development
4. Select the appropriate API to be used in mobile application for
multimedia, animation, location services, accelerometer services and
sensors

170
 IT Syllabus
5. Implement sophisticated mobile applications by utilizing intent services
in a multithreaded environment.
6. Use mobile applications version control techniques and there by
understand the process involved in publishing applications in a market
place

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 0 2 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL607 L T P C
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 4 & 7 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To introduce the building blocks of Embedded System
l To Educate in various Embedded development strategies
l To Introduce bus communication in Processors, Input/Output interfacing
l To impart knowledge in various Processor Scheduling algorithms

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 9

Introduction to Embedded Systems – The Build Process for Embedded
Systems- Structural Units in Embedded Processor - Selection of Processor &
Memory Devices- DMA – Memory Management Methods- Timer and Counting
Devices - Watchdog Timer - Real Time Clock - In Circuit Emulator - Target
Hardware Debugging.

UNIT II EMBEDDED NETWORKING 9

Embedded Networking: Introduction - I/O Device Ports & Buses– Serial Bus
Communication Protocols – RS232 Standard – RS422 – RS485 – CAN Bus -
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) – Inter Integrated Circuits (I2C) – Need for
Device Drivers.
171
 Syllabus IT
UNIT III EMBEDDED FIRMWARE DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT 9
Embedded Product Development Life Cycle - Objectives - Different Phases of
EDLC - Modelling of EDLC - Issues in Hardware - Software Co-design - Data
Flow Graph - State Machine Model - Sequential Program Model - Concurrent
Model - Object Oriented Model.

UNIT IV RTOS BASED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 9

Introduction to Basic Concepts of RTOS - Task - Process & Threads - Interrupt
Routines in RTOS - Multiprocessing and Multitasking - Preemptive and Non-
Preemptive Scheduling - Task Communication Shared Memory - Message
Passing - Inter Process Communication – Synchronization between Processes-
Semaphores - Mailbox - Pipes - Priority Inversion - Priority Inheritance.

UNIT V EMBEDDED SYSTEM APPLICATION AND DEVELOPMENT 9

Case Study of Washing Machine - Automotive Application - Smart Card System
Application-ATM Machine –Digital Camera.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Peckol, “Embedded System Design”, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
2. Shibu. K.V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, Second Edition,
Mc Graw Hill, 2017.

REFERENCES:
1. Raj Kamal, “Embedded System-Architecture, Programming, Design”,
Mc Graw Hill, 2013.
2. Lyla B Das,” Embedded Systems - An Integrated Approach”, Pearson, 2013.
3. C.R.Sarma, “Embedded Systems Engineering”, University Press (India)
Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
4. Tammy Noergaard, “Embedded Systems Architecture”, Elsevier, 2006.
5. Han-Way Huang, “Embedded System Design Using C8051”, Cengage
Learning, 2009.

WEB REFERENCES:
. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102045/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the Building Blocks of Embedded System and Networking
Concepts (K2)
2. Examine the various Embedded Development Environment (K4)
172
3. Explain the Basic Concepts of Realtime Operating System (K2)
4. Summarize the important aspects of multiprocessing and multitasking
(K2)
5. Examine the issues in Hardware and Software CoDesign (K4)
6. State the Embedded systems applications and Development in Real time
Applications (K1)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 1 - - - 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 - - 3 3 3 - - - 3 1 3 1

CO3 2 2 2 - 2 2 2 - - 3 1 1 2 2

CO4 3 1 - 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 1 3 1

CO5 2 2 1 2 2 - 1 - 1 - 1 1 2 2

CO6 3 1 - 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 1 1 3 1

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL608 FUNDAMENTALS OF EDGE AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 SOFT COMPUTING 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l Understand Soft Computing concepts, technologies, and applications
l Understand the underlying principle of soft computing with its usage in
various application
l Develop the skills to gain a basic understanding of neural network theory
and fuzzy logic theory
l Understand different soft computing tools to solve real life problems.
l Develop application on different soft computing techniques like Fuzzy, GA
and Neural network

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SOFT COMPUTING 9

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS Basic concepts - Single layer perceptron -
Multilayer Perceptron - Supervised and Unsupervised learning – Back
propagation networks - Kohnen's self-organizing networks - Hop ield
network.
UNIT II FUZZY SYSTEMS 9
Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy Relations and Fuzzy reasoning, Fuzzy functions -
Decomposition - Fuzzy automata and languages - Fuzzy control methods -
Fuzzy decision making.

UNIT III NEURO FUZZY MODELING 9

Adaptive networks based Fuzzy inference systems - Classi ication and
Regression Trees - Data clustering algorithms - Rule based structure
identi ication - Neuro-Fuzzy controls - Simulated annealing – Evolutionary
computation

UNIT IV GENETIC ALGORITHMS 9

Survival of the Fittest - Fitness Computations - Cross over - Mutation -
Reproduction - Rank method - Rank space method
UNIT V ADVANCED APPLICATIONS 9
Optimization of traveling salesman problem using Genetic Algorithm,
Genetic algorithm based Internet Search Techniques, Soft computing based
hybrid fuzzy controller, Introduction to MATLAB
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. J.S.R.Jang, C.T.Sun and E.Mizutani, “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing”,
Pearson Education 2004.
2. Melanie Mitchell, “An Introduction to GeneticAlgorithm”, MIT Press,1999.

REFERENCES:
1. Laurene Fausett, "Fundamentals of Neural Networks", Prentice Hall,2004.
2. D.E. Goldberg, "Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and Machine
Learning", Addison Wesley,2000.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105173/
2. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/machine-learning-sas/introduction-
to-neural-networks-tqN4q
3. http://www.myreaders.info/html/soft_computing.html
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Comprehend the fuzzy logic and the concept of fuzziness involved in
various systems and fuzzy set theory. (K2)
2. Realize the concepts of fuzzy sets, knowledge representation using fuzzy
rules, approximate reasoning, fuzzy inference systems, and fuzzy logic.
(K2)
3. Apply basics of Fuzzy logic and neural network.(K3)
4. Describe genetic algorithms and other random search procedures useful
while seeking global optimum in self learning situations. (K2)
5. Appreciate appropriate learning rules for each of the architectures and
learn several neural network paradigms and its applications. (K2)
6. Apply modern software tools to solve real problems using a soft
computing approach (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 0 2 2 3 3
 PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20ITEL609 L T P C
SDG NO. 4, 9, NoSQL DATABASE TECHNIQUES
11 & 12 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To discuss the bene its of NoSQL database over traditional RDBMS
database.
l To understand the Distribution of Databases across nodes.
l To learn about the Column based Databases.
l To analyze and understand the basics of Key/Value based Databases.
l To understand the working of Graph NoSQL databases.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Overview, and History of NoSQL Databases-De inition of the Four Types of
NoSQL Database-The Value of Relational Databases-Getting at Persistent Data-
Concurrency- Integration- Impedance Mismatch- Application and Integration
Databases- Attack of the Clusters-The Emergence of NoSQL, Key Points-
Comparison of relational databases to new NoSQL stores-MongoDB-
Cassandra- HBASE- Neo4j use and deployment- Application-RDBMS
approach-Challenges NoSQL approach-Key-Value and Document Data
Models-Column-Family Stores- Aggregate-Oriented Databases.

UNIT II REPLICATION AND SHARDING 9

Replication and sharding-MapReduce on databases. Distribution Models-
Single Server-Sharding-Master-Slave Replication- Peer-to-Peer Replication-
Combining Sharding and Replication-NoSQL Key/Value databases using
MongoDB- Document Databases- Document Database-Features-Consistency-
Transactions- Availability- Query Features- Scaling- Suitable Use Cases- Event
Logging- Content Management Systems- Blogging Platforms- Web Analytics or
Real-Time Analytics- E-Commerce Applications- When Not to Use-Complex
Transactions Spanning Different Operations- Queries against Varying
Aggregate Structure.

UNIT III COLUMN ORIENTED DATABASE 9

Column- oriented NoSQL databases using Apache HBASE- Column-oriented
NoSQL databases using Apache Cassandra, Architecture of HBASE, What Is a
Column-Family Data Store- Features- Consistency- Transactions- Availability-
Query Features- Scaling- Suitable Use Cases- Event Logging- Content
Management Systems- Blogging Platforms- Counters- Expiring Usage.
UNIT IV NoSQL KEY/VALUE DATABASES 9
NoSQL Key/Value databases using Riak- Key-Value Databases- What Is a
Key-Value Store- Key-Value Store Features- Consistency- Transactions-
Query Features- Structure of Data, Scaling- Suitable Use Cases- Storing
Session Information- User Pro iles- Preferences- Shopping Cart Data- When
Not to Use- Relationships among Data- Multioperation Transactions- Query
by Data- Operations by Sets.

UNIT V GRAPH NOSQL DATABASES 9

Graph NoSQL databases using Neo4-NoSQL database development tools and
programming languages- Graph Databases- What Is a Graph Database?
Features- Consistency- Transactions- Availability- Query Features- Scaling-
Suitable Use Cases- Connected Data- Routing- Dispatchand Location-Based
Services- Recommendation Engines.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot
Persistence, Sadalage, P. & Fowler, Pearson Education.

REFERENCES:
1. R Seven Databases in Seven Weeks: A Guide to Modern Databases and the
NoSQL Movement, edmond, E. &Wilson, 1st Edition.
2. Pramod J. Sadalage; Martin Fowler. NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the
Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence. Addison-Wesley. 2012 ISBN:
0321826620 (PS)
3. NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot
Persistence, Pramod J. Sadalage, Martin Fowler, Addison-Wesley.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.couchbase.com/resources/why-nosql
2. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-to-nosql/
3. https://www.oracle.com/in/database/technologies/related/nosql.html

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/nosql-databases
2. https://www.udemy.com/course/nosql-databases-for-beginners/
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Differentiate between a relational database and a non-relational (NoSQL)
database. (K2)
2. Learn about different available Databases in the light of transactions and
querying. (K3)
3. Understand the basic storage architecture and distributed ile systems.
(K2)
4. Explore the emergence, requirements and bene its of a Column based
database. (K3)
5. Understand the basic architecture and data models of a NoSQL database
(key-value stores, document databases, column-family stores). (K4)
6. Site principles behind the NoSQL databases Graph NoSql Databases. (K4)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 2 1 2

CO2 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 2 1 2

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 2 1 2

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 2 1 2

CO5 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 2 1 2

CO6 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 2 1 2
 PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - I
20MGEL501 L T P C
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
SDG NO. 4,8,9,12 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To get an introductory insight about the IPR in national and international
context.
l To understand the procedures for IPR, registration and its eforcement.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Intellectual property: Introduction, Meaning, Nature and significance types of
intellectual property, importance of intellectual property rights, Protection of
human innovations by IPR such as Patents, Trademarks, Copyright, Industrial
Designs Geographical Indications, and Trade Secrets

UNIT II AGREEMENTS AND TREATIES 9

International Treaties and Conventions on IPRs, TRIPS Agreement, PCT
Agreement, Patent Act of India, General agreement on trade and tariff (GATT),
Ben convention, Rome convention ,Role of WTO and WIPO

UNIT III PATENTS 9

Concept of Patent – Historical view of Patent system in India and International
Scenario, patent searching process, ownership rights and transfer,
compulsory licenses, Procedure for filing of patents, Grants of patent ,
Benchmarks for patentability of inventions, Recent key changes and
development.

UNIT IV TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS 9

Concept of Trademarks and copyrights – Rationale behind the protection-
Purpose, function and acquisition, ownership issues, Procedure for
Registration, Industrial design and integrated circuits, protection of
geographical indications and plant varieties, Recent Trends in copyrights and
Trademark., Trade secrets -liability for misappropriations of trade secrets

UNIT V LEGAL ASPECTS AND NEW DEVELOPMENTS 9

Infringements of patents– Criteria of Infringement – Modes of Infringement-
remedies and modification Protection against unfair competition,
enforcement of intellectual property rights, Intellectual property audits, New
developments of intellectual property, Impact of international instruments
relating to the protection of intellectual properties Future of IPR in National
and International levels.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. S.V. Satarkar, Intellectual Property Rights and Copy Rights, Ess Ess
Publications, New Delhi, 2002.
2. V. Scople Vinod, Managing Intellectual Property, Prentice Hall of India
pvt Ltd, 2012
3. P.Narayanan, Intellectual property rights Eastern law house-2018 3rd
Edition (revised and updated)
4. Deborah, E. Bouchoux, Intellectual property right, Cengage learning-
2018 5th Edition

REFERENCES
1. Sterling, J. L. A., World copyright law, (2008) 3rd Edition, London, Sweet
& Maxwell
2. GP Reddy, Intellectual property rights & other laws, Gogia law agency
3. Barrett, Margreth, Intellectual Property, (2009) 3rd Edition, New York
Aspen publishers
4. Inventing the Future: An introduction to Patents for small and medium
sized Enterprises; WIPO publication
5. Cornish, William Intellectual Property: Patents, Copyright, Trademarks
and allied rights, (2010) 7th Edition, London Sweet & Maxwell.
6. Kankanala and Kalyan.C : Indian Patent Law and Practice (2010), India,
Oxford University Press

WEB RESOURCES:
1. https://www.wipo.int/edocs/lexdocs/laws/en/ws/ws020en.pdf
2. http://caaa.in/Image/34_Hb_on_IPR.pdf
3. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/patents.htm
4. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/trade-marks.htm
5. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/
system/uploads/attachment_data/file/627956/IP-Rights-in-India.pdf
6. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/small-biz/resources/startup-
handbook/intellectual-property-rights- registration/articleshow/
59126802.cms?from=mdr

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-intellectual-property
2. https://www.edx.org/course/intellectual-property-law-and-policy-
part-1
3. https://www.classcentral.com/tag/intellectual-property
4. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg58/preview

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1 Describe the concepts of Intellectual property rights. (K2)
2 Explain the agreements and treaties of Intellectual property rights. (K2)
3 Identify the needs and avenues for patents. (K2)
4 Discuss the necessity of Trade marks and Copy rights. (K2)
5 Explain the legal context and developments of Intellectual property
rights. (K2)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 2 1

CO2 3 1 3 1 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 1

CO3 1 1 2 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 1 1

CO4 2 1 1 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 1 2

CO5 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1 2 2
 Syllabus IT
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL701 C# AND .NET PROGRAMMING L T P C
SDG NO. 4 WITH LABORATORY 2 0 2 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the foundations of CLR execution
l To learn the technologies of the .NET framework
l To know the object oriented aspects of C#
l To learn web based applications on .NET(ASP.NET)

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO C# 7
Introducing C# - Understanding .NET - Overview of C# - Literals –Variables -
Data Types – Operators - Checked and Unchecked Operators –Expressions
–Branching –Looping –Methods - Implicit and Explicit Casting –Constant
–Arrays -Array Class -Array List – String -String Builder –Structure
–Enumerations - Boxing and Unboxing.

UNIT II OBJECT ORIENTED ASPECTS OF C# 7

Class – Objects - Constructors and its Types – Inheritance – Properties -
Indexers - Index Overloading - Polymorphism - Sealed Class and Methods –
Interface - Abstract Class - Abstract and Interface - Operator Overloading –
Delegates- Events - Errors and Exception - Threading.

UNIT III APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT ON .NET 7

Building Windows Application -Creating Our Own Window Forms With
Events and Controls - Menu Creation - Inheriting Window Forms - SDI and MDI
Application -Dialog Box(Modal and Modaless) - Accessing Data with ADO.NET
– Dataset - Typed Dataset - Data Adapter - Updating Database Using Stored
Procedures -SQL Server with ADO.NET - Handling Exceptions - Validating
Controls - Windows Application Con iguration.

UNIT IV WEB BASED APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT ON .NET 7

Programming Web Application with Web Forms – ASP.NET Introduction -
Working with XML and .NET - Creating Virtual Directory and Web Application -
Session Management Techniques - web.con ig - Web Services - Passing
Datasets - Returning Datasets from Web Services - Handling Transaction -
Handling Exceptions - Returning Exceptions from SQL Server.

182
 Syllabus IT
UNIT V CLR AND .NET FRAMEWORK 7
Assemblies –Versoning – Attributes –Re lection -Viewing Meta Data - Type
Discovery -Re lection on type –Marshalling –Remoting -Security in .NET.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 10
1. Basic Object Oriented Programs.
2. Create an Application Development on .NET .
3. Create a Web based Application Development on .NET.
4. Mini Project on .NET.

LAB REQUIREMENTS:
Visual Studio
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference: C# 4.0”, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
2012.
2. Christian Nagel et al. “Professional C# 2012 with .NET 4.5”, Wiley India,
2012.

REFERENCES :
1. Andrew Troelsen , “Pro C# 2010 and the .NET 4 Platform, Fifth edition, A
Press, 2010.
2. Ian Grif iths, Matthew Adams, Jesse Liberty, “Programming C# 4.0”, Sixth
Edition, O‟Reilly,2010.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://archive.oreilly.com/oreillyschool/courses/csharp2/C.NET%
202%20C%20Programming%20in%20the%20.NET%20Framework
%20v1.pdf
2. http://mocom.xmu.edu.cn/home/project/soft/CSharp/Professional
%20Csharp%207%20and%20.NET%20Core%202.0.pdf

OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students should be able to
1. Understand the foundation of the .NET framework and learn the .NET
technologies. (K2)
2. Understand the basic concepts and structure of object oriented concepts
in c# to develop the c# applications. (K2)
3. Apply the C# concept to implement the database application in .NET
framework. (K3)
183
 ITSyllabus
4. Apply the advanced techniques to implement the window based
application in .NET Framework.(K3)
5. Implement the web based application and web services in .NET
Framework using the advanced techniques (K3)
6. illustrate about CLR and .NET framework (K3)
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 3 2 3 1 0 0 0 0 3 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 3 1 0 0 0 0 2 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 3 2 0 1 0 0 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 1 0 0 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 0 0 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 2 0 0 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL702 WIRELESS AD HOC AND SENSOR L T P C
SDG NO. 4,7&9 NETWORKS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To introduce the concepts of Ad Hoc network
l To address the MAC protocol and its issues
l To explain the knowledge about Routing protocol and Transport layer
l To comprehend the concepts of WSN Routing and QoS

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Fundamentals of Wireless Communication Technology - The Electromagnetic
Spectrum - Radio Propagation Mechanisms - Characteristics of the Wireless
Channel Mobile Ad Hoc Networks (MANETs) - Wireless Sensor Networks
(WSNs): Concepts and Architectures - Applications of Ad Hoc and Sensor
Networks - Design Challenges in Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks.

UNIT II MAC PROTOCOLS FOR ADHOC WIRELESS NETWORKS 9

Issues in Designing a MAC Protocol - Issues in Designing a MAC Protocol for
Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Design Goals of a MAC Protocol for Ad Hoc
Wireless Networks - Classi ication of MAC Protocols - Contention Based
Protocols - Contention Based Protocols with Reservation Mechanisms -

184
 Syllabus IT
Contention Based Protocols with Scheduling Mechanisms - Multi Channel
MAC - IEEE 802.11.

UNIT III ROUTING PROTOCOLS AND TRANSPORT LAYER IN

AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORK 9
Routing Protocol: Issues in Designing a Routing Protocol for Ad Hoc Networks
- Classi ication- Proactive Routing - Reactive Routing (On-Demand)-
Hybridrouting-Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Networks - Design Goals
of a Transport Layer Protocol for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Classi ication of
Transport Layer Solutions - TCP over Ad Hoc Wireless - Network Security -
Security in Ad Hoc Wireless Networks - Network Security Requirements

UNIT IV WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS AND MAC PROTOCOLS 9

Single Node Architecture: Hardware and Software Components of a Sensor
Node - WSN Network Architecture: Typical Network Architectures - Data
Relaying and Aggregation Strategies - MAC Layer Protocols: Self-Organizing -
Hybrid TDMA/FDMA and CSMA based MAC -IEEE 802.15.4.

UNIT V WSN ROUTING, LOCALIZATION AND QoS 9

Issues in WSN Routing – OLSR - Localization – Indoor and Sensor Network
Localization - Absolute and Relative Localization- Triangulation- QoS in WSN-
Energy Ef icient Design–Synchronization.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy, and B. S. Manoj, "Ad Hoc Wireless Networks:
Architectures and Protocols ", Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Labiod. H, “Wireless Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks”, Wiley, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Carlos De MoraisCordeiro, Dharma PrakashAgrawal “Ad Hoc & Sensor
Networks: Theory and Applications”, World Scienti ic Publishing
Company, 2nd edition, 2011.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless
Sensor Networks”, Wiley, 2005 .
3. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli & Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor Networks
Technology, Protocols and Application”, John Wiley,2007.
4. Li, X, “Wireless Ad Hoc and Sensor Networks: Theory and Applications”,
Cambridge University Press, 2008.

185
 Syllabus IT
WEB REFERENCES:
1. www.wirelessnetworksonline.com
2. www.securityinwireless.com
3. www.ida.liu.se/~petel71/SN/lecture-notes/sn.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105160/
2. https://www.classcentral.com/course/swayam-wireless-ad-hoc-and-
sensor-networks-7888

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the fundamental concepts and applications of Ad Hoc and
wireless sensor networks. (K1)
2. Explain the MAC protocol of Ad Hoc networks. (K2)
3. Explain Routing protocols for Ad Hoc Wireless networks with respect to
TCP design issues. (K3)
4. Explain the concepts of Network architecture and MAC layer protocol for
WSN in different scenarios. (K3)
5. Explore the WSN routing issues by considering QoS measurements. (K3)
6. Apply Routing protocols in the different scenarios of WSN and compare
the performance metrics. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 1 - 1 - - - - 1 1 3 1

CO2 3 2 2 1 1 2 - - - - 2 1 3 1

CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - 1 1 3 1

CO4 3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - 1 1 3 1

CO5 3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - - 1 1 3 1

CO6 3 3 2 3 1 2 - - - - 1 1 3 1

186
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL703 INFORMATION STORAGE AND L T P C
SDG NO. 4 MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basic components of Storage System Environment
l To learn about the Storage Area Network Characteristics and Components
l To illustrate emerging technologies in Storage Area Network
l To learn about the different backup and recovery topologies and their role
in providing disaster recovery

UNIT I STORAGE SYSTEMS 9

Introduction to Information Storage and Management: Information Storage,
Evolution of Storage Technology and Architecture - Data Center Infrastructure
- Key Challenges in Managing Information - Information Lifecycle - Storage
System Environment - Components of the Host - RAID - Implementation of
RAID - RAID Array Components - RAID Levels - RAID Comparison - RAID
Impact on Disk Performance - Hot Spares - Intelligent Storage System -
Components - Intelligent Storage Array.

UNIT II STORAGE NETWORKING TECHNOLOGIES 9

Direct-Attached Storage and Introduction to SCSI - Types of DAS - DAS Bene its
and Limitations - Disk Drive Interfaces - Introduction to Parallel SCSI - SCSI
Command Model - Storage Area Networks - Fiber Channel - SAN Evolution -
SAN Components - Fiber Channel Connectivity - Fiber Channel Ports - Fiber
Channel Architecture - Zoning - Fiber Channel Login Types - Fiber Channel
Topologies - Network Attached Storage - Bene its of NAS - File I/O Components
of NAS - NAS Implementations - NAS File Sharing Protocols - NAS I/O
Operations.

UNIT III ADVANCED STORAGE NETWORKING AND

VIRTUALIZATION 9
IP SAN - iSCSI - FCIP - Content - Addressed Storage - Fixed Content and
Archives - Types of Archives - Features and Bene its of CAS - CAS Architecture -
Object Storage and Retrieval in CAS - CAS Examples - Storage Virtualization -
Forms of Virtualization - NIA Storage Virtualization Taxonomy - Storage
Virtualization Con igurations - Storage Virtualization Challenges - Types of
Storage Virtualization.

187
 Syllabus IT
UNIT IV BUSINESS CONTINUITY 9
Introduction to Business Continuity - Information Availability - BC
Terminology - BC Planning Lifecycle - Failure Analysis - Business Impact
Analysis - BC Technology Solutions - Backup and Recovery - Backup Purpose -
Considerations - Granularity - Recovery Considerations - Backup Methods and
Process - Backup and Restore Operations - Backup Topologies - Backup in NAS
Environments - Backup Technologies.

UNIT V REPLICATION 9
Local Replication - Source and Target - Uses of Local Replicas - Data
Consistency - Local Replication Technologies - Restore and Restart
Considerations - Creating Multiple Replicas - Management Interface - Remote
Replication - Modes of Remote Replication and its Technologies - Network
Infrastructure.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. EMC Corporation, “Information Storage and Management”, Wiley
Publication, India, 2009.
2. Robert Spalding, "Storage Networks: The Complete Reference", Tata
McGraw Hill , Osborne, 2003

REFERENCES:
1. Marc Farley, “Building Storage Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill, Osborne,
2001.
2. Meeta Gupta, “Storage Area Networks Fundamentals”, Pearson Education
Limited, 2002.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=data%20storage
2. https://www.springpeople.com/information-storage-management-
training
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105175/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/storage-
management
2. https://www.communitydoor.org.au/technology/information-storage-
and-management-systems

188
 IT
Syllabus
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the logical and the physical components of a Storage
infrastructure with virtualization techniques. (K2)
2. Classify the different types of RAID implementations and Intelligent
Storage System. (K2)
3. Discuss the architecture of storage networking technologies such as DAS,
SAN, IP SAN, NAS. (K1)
4. Apply the various storage architectures and compare the key elements in
classic and virtualized environments. (K3)
5. Illustrate the business continuity solutions with different backup and
recovery techniques. (K3)
6. Demonstrate the Information Storage System Environment by
applyingvarious archives for managing ixed content and different
replication technologies. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

CO2 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

CO3 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

CO4 1 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

CO5 2 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

CO6 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL704 FUNDAMENTALS OF BLOCKCHAIN L T P C
SDG NO. 4 TECHNOLOGY WITH LABORATORY 2 0 2 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand how Blockchain systems (mainly Bitcoin and Ethereum)
work
l To securely interact with the Blockchain Systems
l To design, build, and deploy smart contracts and distributed applications
l To integrate ideas from Blockchain technology into their own projects

189
 Syllabus IT
UNIT I BASICS 7
Distributed Database - Two General Problem - Byzantine General Problem -
Fault Tolerance - Hadoop Distributed File System - Distributed Hash Table -
ASIC Resistance - Turing Complete – Cryptography -Hash function - Digital
Signature – ECDSA - Memory Hard Algorithm - Zero Knowledge Proof.

UNIT II BLOCKCHAIN 7
Introduction - Conventional Distributed Database - Blockchain Network -
Mining Mechanism - Distributed Consensus - Merkle Patricia Tree - Gas Limit -
Transactions and Fee – Anonymity – Reward - Chain Policy - Life of
BlockchainApplication - Soft & Hard Fork - Private and Public blockchain.

UNIT III DISTRIBUTED CONSENSUS AND CRYPTOCURRENCY 7

Nakamoto Consensus - Proof of Work- Proof of Stake - Proof of Burn - Dif iculty
Level - Sybil Attack - Energy Utilization and Alternate.

UNIT IV CRYPTOCURRENCY 7
History - Distributed Ledger -Bitcoin Protocols - Mining Strategy and Rewards
- Ethereum – Construction – DAO - Smart Contract – GHOST - Vulnerability –
Attacks – Sidechain – Namecoin.

UNIT V CRYPTOCURRENCY REGULATIONS 7

Stakeholders - Roots of Bit Coin - Legal Aspects-Crypto Currency Exchange -
Black Market and Global Economy – Applications - Internet of Things - Medical
Record Management System - Domain Name Service and future of Blockchain.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS : 10
1. Naive Blockchain construction
2. Memory Hard algorithm
3. Hashcash implementation
4. Direct Acyclic Graph
5. Play with Go-ethereum
6. Smart Contract Construction
7. Toy application using Blockchain
8. Mining puzzles

LAB REQUIREMENTS :
Geth, BlockchainTestnet or any open source software.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

190
 IT
Syllabus
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller and
Steven Goldfeder, “Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A
Comprehensive Introduction”, Princeton University Press ,2016.
2. DR. Gavin Wood, “ETHEREUM: A Secure Decentralized Transaction
Ledger”, Yellow paper, 2014.

REFERENCES:
1 Antonopoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies”,
First Edition, 2014
2 Bellaj Badr, Richard Horrocks, Xun (Brian) Wu, “Blockchain By Example: A
developer's guide to creating decentralized applications using Bitcoin,
Ethereum, and Hyperledger”, Packt Publishing Limited, 2018.
3 Imran Bashir, “Mastering Blockchain: Distributed Ledger Technology,
decentralization, and smart contracts explained”, 2nd Edition, Packt
Publishing Ltd, March 2018
4 Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller and
Steven Goldfeder, “Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A
Comprehensive Introduction”, Princeton University Press, 2016.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://hackernoon.com/best-resources-for-learning-blockchain-
develop
2. https://limechain.tech/the-best-blockchain-resources-2018
3. https://www.aallnet.org/resource_guide/blockchain-resources

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://bitcoin.org/bitcoin.pdf
2. https://eprint.iacr.org/2016/1007.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Explain design principles of Bitcoin, Ethereum and Nakamoto consensus.
(K2)
2. List and describe differences between proof-of-work and proof-of-stake
consensus. (K2)
3. Explain the Simpli ied Payment Veri ication protocol. (K2)
4. Interact with a blockchain system by sending and reading transactions
(K3)
5. Design, build, and deploy a distributed application.(K3)
6. Evaluate security, privacy, and ef iciency of a given blockchain system.(K3)
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO,PSO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 2 1 - 3 1 - - 1 - 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 1 - 2 1 - - - 1 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 1 2 - 1 1 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 1 2 - 1 1 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 1 - 1 - 1 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL705 L T P C
APPLIED MACHINE LEARNING
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basics of Machine Learning and Classi ication
Procedures
l To study speech recognizing and synthesizing
l To elucidate about Dissecting Time Series and Sequential Data
l To learn about image content analysis and Facial recognition

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Text Feature Engineering Introduction - Cleaning Text Data - Preprocessing
Data Using Tokenization-Tagging and Categorizing Words-Creating Features
from Text Data-Stemming- Lemmatizing-Bagging Using Random Forests-
Implementing Bag of Words-Testing Prepared Data-Analyze the Results-
Building a Text Classi ier-Sentiment Analysis-Identifying and Implementing
Patterns in Text Using Topic Modeling- Case Study – Twitter Data.

UNIT II SPEECH RECOGNIZING AND SYNTHESIZING 9

Speech Recognition- Introduction-Reading -Plotting -Transforming Audio
Signals - Fourier Transform Signal -Generating Audio Signals -Generate Time
Axis Synthesizing Music-Construct the Audio Sample -Amplitude and
Frequency-Synthesizer Function-Extracting Frequency Domain Features-
MFCC and Filter Bank Features-Hidden Markov Models-HMM Training -
Prediction-Building a Speech Recognizer-MFCC Features.

192
 Syllabus IT
UNIT III DISSECTING TIME SERIES AND SEQUENTIAL DATA 9
Introduction-Transforming Data into the Time Series Format Pandas -Numpy
to Convert Time Series Data-Plotting and Operation on Time Series Data-
Slicing - Plotting and Operation on Time Series Data-Extracting Statistics -
Correlation Coef icients-Plotting and Understanding Correlations-Building
Hidden Markov Models for Sequential Data-Prepare the Time Series Data-
Train Gaussian HMM-Building Conditional Random Fields for Sequential Text
Data-CRF Model-Analyzing Stock Market Data using Hidden Markov Models -
Train the HMM and Visualize the Model.

UNIT IV IMAGE CONTENT ANALYSIS 9

Image Content Analysis-Computer Vision-Operating on Images Using
OpenCV- Python- Learn to Extract and Load the Image - Detecting Edges-
Histogram Equalization- Sobel Filter - Laplacian Edge Detector-Canny Edge
Detector- Histogram Equalization - Visualize Gray Scale Image- Detecting
Corners-Understand the Output Corner Detection Image- Detecting SIFT
Feature Points- SIFT Feature Detection- Visualize the Feature - Detected
Image Building - Star Feature Detector- Detect Features using the Star Feature
Detector- Visualize Key points on the Input Image- Creating Features using
Visual Codebook and Vector Quantization-Method to Quantize the Data
Points.

UNIT V FACIAL RECOGNITION 9

Biometric Face Recognition- Face Detection from the Image and Video-
Capturing and Processing Video from a Webcam -Resizing -Scaling- Building a
Face Detector using HaarCascades- Determine the Location of a Face -Face
Detector on the Grayscale Image- Building Eye and Nose detectors-Face
Cascade Classi ier- Visualize Eye and Nose Detector- Performing Principal
Components Analysis- PCA in Face Recognition Systems- Convert the Dataset
from a Five- Dimensional Set to a Two Dimensional Set- Kernel Principal
Components Analysis Perform Kernel PCA- Plot the PCA-Transformed Data-
Plot Kernel PCA-Transformed Data- Performing Blind Source Separation-
Independent Components Analysis.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Prateek Joshiandco, “Python: Real World Machine Learning”, Packt
Publishing, 2016.
2. Sebastian Raschka, “Python Machine Learning”, Packt Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Sebastian Raschka, “Python Machine Learning”, Packt Publishing, 2013.

193
 Syllabus IT
2. Richert Coelho, “Building Machine Learning Systems with Python”, Packt
Publishing, 2016.
3. Michael Bowles, “Machine Learning in Python”, Wiley & Sons,2015.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://b-ok.cc/book/5216152/451497

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/104/108104112/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106202/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the basics of Machine Learning and Classi ication Procedures
[K2]
2. Interpret the speech recognizing and synthesizing models [K2]
3. Apply Learning models to dissect time Series and Sequential Data [K3]
4. Analyze the image content to extract essential features for learning models
[K4]
5. Compare the performance of various models for facial recognition [K4]
6. Describe the machine learning models for image classi ication [K2]

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 1 3 1 3 - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO3 2 2 3 2 1 3 - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO4 2 2 2 2 3 3 - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 2 2 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 2 2 1

194
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL705 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL L T P C
SDG NO. 4 &12 TECHNIQUES 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basics of Information Retrieval
l To apply Machine Learning techniques for Text Classi ication and
Clustering
l To implement various Search engine system operations
l To learn different techniques of Recommender system

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Information Retrieval – Early Developments – The IR Problem – The Users
Task – Information Vs Data Retrieval - The IR System – The Software
Architecture of the IR System – The Retrieval and Ranking Processes - The Web
– The e-Publishing Era – How the Web Changed Search – Practical Issues on
the Web – How People Search – Search Interfaces Today – Visualization in
Search Interfaces.

UNIT II MODELING AND RETRIEVAL EVALUATION 9

Basic IR Models - Boolean Model - TF / IDF (Term Frequency/Inverse
Document Frequency) Weighting - Vector Model – Probabilistic Model – Latent
Semantic Indexing Model – Neural Network Model – Retrieval Evaluation –
Retrieval Metrics – Precision and Recall – Reference Collection – User-Based
Evaluation – Relevance Feedback and Query Expansion – Explicit Relevance
Feedback.

UNIT III TEXT CLASSIFICATION AND CLUSTERING 9

A Characterization of Text Classi ication – Unsupervised Algorithms -
Clustering – Naıv̈e Text Classi ication – Supervised Algorithms – Decision Tree
– KNN Classi ier – SVM Classi ier – Feature Selection or Dimensionality
Reduction – Evaluation Metrics – Accuracy and Error – Organizing the Classes
– Indexing and Searching – Inverted Indexes – Sequential Searching – Multi-
Dimensional Indexing.

UNIT IV WEB RETRIEVAL AND WEB CRAWLING 9

The Web – Search Engine Architectures – Cluster based Architecture –
Distributed Architectures – Search Engine Ranking – Link based Ranking –
Simple Ranking Functions – Learning to Rank – Evaluations - Search Engine
Ranking – Search Engine User Interaction – Browsing – Applications of a Web
195
 Syllabus IT
Crawler – Taxonomy – Architecture and Implementation – Scheduling
Algorithms – Evaluation.

UNIT V RECOMMENDER SYSTEM 9

Recommender Systems Functions – Data and Knowledge Sources –
Recommendation Techniques – Basics of Content-Based Recommender
Systems – High Level Architecture – Advantages and Drawbacks of Content-
Based Filtering – Collaborative Filtering – Matrix factorization models –
Neighborhood models.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Berthier Ribeiro-Neto, “Modern Information
Retrieval: The Concepts and Technology behind Search”, Second Edition,
ACM Press Books, 2011.
2. Ricci, F, Rokach, L. Shapira, B.Kantor, “Recommender Systems Handbook”,
First Edition, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. C. Manning, P. Raghavan, and H. Schü tze, “Introduction to Information
Retrieval”, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
2. Stefan Buettcher, Charles L. A. Clarke and Gordon V. Cormack, “Information
Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search Engines”, The MIT Press,
2010.
3. ChengXiang Zhai, “Statistical Language Models for Information Retrieval
(Synthesis Lectures Series on Human Language Technologies)”, Morgan &
Claypool Publishers, 2008.
4. Gerald J. Kowalski, Mark T. Maybury, “Information Storage and Retrieval
Systems – Theory and Implementation”, Second Edition, Springer 2013.
5. Frakes, W.B., Ricardo Baeza-Yates, “Information Retrieval Data Structures
and Algorithms”, Prentice Hall, 2007.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://libguides.lamk. i/informationretrieval/techniques

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. www.informationretrieval.org
2. https://nlp.stanford.edu/IR-book/html/htmledition/irbook.html

196
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Identify and design the various components of an Information Retrieval
system. (K1)
2. Use an open source Search engine framework and explore its capabilities.
(K3)
3. Apply appropriate method of Classi ication or Clustering. (K3)
4. Design and implement innovative features in a Search engine. (K2)
5. Design and implement a Recommender system. (K2)
6. Demonstrate Information visualization technologies like Cognition and
perception in the Internet or Web search engine.(K3)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2

CO6 3 3 - - 2 2 - - - - 1 1 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20CSEL701 L T P C
SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS
SDG NO. 4 & 8 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concept of Semantic Web and related applications
l To learn knowledge representation using Ontology
l To understand human behaviour in social web and related communities
l To learn visualization of Social Networks

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Semantic Web - Limitations of Current Web – Development of
Semantic Web – Emergence of the Social Web – Social Network Analysis:
Development of Social Network Analysis – Key Concepts and Measures in
Network Analysis – Electronic Sources for Network Analysis: Electronic
197
 Syllabus IT
Discussion Networks - Blogs and Online Communities – Web-based Networks
– Applications of Social Network Analysis.

UNIT II MODELLING, AGGREGATING AND KNOWLEDGE

REPRESENTATION 9
Ontology and their role in the Semantic Web - Ontology-based Knowledge
Representation – Ontology Languages for the Semantic Web - Resource
Description Framework – Web Ontology Language – Modelling and
Aggregating Social Network Data: State-of-the-art in Network Data
Representation – Ontological Representation of Social Individuals –
Ontological Representation of Social Relationships – Aggregating and
Reasoning with Social Network Data – Advanced Representations.

UNIT III EXTRACTION AND MINING COMMUNITIES IN

WEB SOCIAL NETWORKS 9
Web Archive – Detecting Communities in Social Networks – De inition of
Community – Evaluating Communities – Methods for Community Detection
and Mining – Applications of Community Mining Algorithms – Tools for
Detecting Communities Social Network Infrastructures and Communities –
Decentralized Online Social Networks – Multi-Relational characterization of
dynamic social network communities.

UNIT IV PREDICTING HUMAN BEHAVIOUR AND PRIVACY ISSUES 9

Understanding and Predicting Human Behaviour for Social Communities –
User Data Management – Inference and Distribution – Enabling New Human
Experiences – Reality Mining – Context – Awareness – Privacy in Online Social
Networks – Trust in Online Environment – Trust Models Based on Subjective
Logic – Trust Network Analysis – Trust Transitivity Analysis – Combining
Trust and Reputation – Trust Derivation based on Trust Comparisons – Attack
Spectrum and Counter Measures.

UNIT V VISUALIZATION AND APPLICATIONS OF SOCIAL NETWORKS 9

Graph Theory – Centrality – Clustering – Node-Edge Diagrams – Matrix
Representation – Visualizing Online Social Networks - Visualizing Social
Networks with Matrix-based Representations – Matrix and Node-Link
Diagrams – Hybrid Representations – Applications – Cover Networks –
Community Welfare – Collaboration Networks – Co-Citation Networks.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Peter Mika, “Social Networks and the Semantic Web”, First Edition,
Springer, 2007.

198
 Syllabus IT
2. BorkoFurht, “Handbook of Social Network Technologies and Applications”,
1st Edition, Springer, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. GuandongXu, Yanchun Zhang and Lin Li, “Web Mining and Social
Networking – Techniques and Applications”, First Edition, Springer, 2011.
2. Dion Goh and Schubert Foo, “Social information Retrieval Systems:
Emerging Technologies and Applications for Searching the Web
Effectively”, IGI Global Snippet, 2008.
3. Max Chevalier, Christine Julien and Chantal Soulé -Dupuy, “Collaborative
and Social Information Retrieval and Access: Techniques for Improved user
Modelling”, IGI Global Snippet, 2009.
4. John G. Breslin, Alexander Passant and Stefan Decker, “The Social Semantic
Web”, Springer, 2009.
5. Przemyslaw Kazienko, Nitesh Chawla, ”Applications of Social Media and
Social Network Analysis”, Springer, 2015.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.sagepub.com/sites/default/ iles/upm-binaries/
35208_Chapter1.pdf
2. http://www.orgnet.com/sna.html
3. http://www.analytictech.com/networks/whatis.htm

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. http://www.mjdenny.com/workshops/SN_Theory_I.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand a broad range of Network concepts and theories. (K1)
2. Appreciate how Network analysis can contribute to increasing knowledge
about diverse aspects of society. (K1)
3. Use a relational approach to answer questions of interest to them (i.e. be
able to apply 'Network Thinking'). (K2)
4. Analyse Social Network data using various software packages. (K3)
5. Present results from Social Network Analysis, both orally and in writing.
(K2)
6. Use software to simulate the dynamics of networks based on social
network models.(K3)

199
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 1 1 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 - - - 2 3 3 2

CO4 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 3 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 - - - 2 3 3 2

CO6 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL605 L T P C
COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To gain knowledge about Graphics Hardware Devices and Software used
l To understand the Two/Three Dimensional Graphics and their
Transformations
l To get knowledge about various Object representation methods and
Visible Surface Detection methods
l To study the Multimedia concepts and various I/O technologies

UNIT I OUTPUT PRIMITIVES AND 2D GRAPHICS 9

Graphics Devices- Line − Curve and Ellipse Drawing Algorithms − Examples –
Applications – Attributes − Input Techniques - 2D Geometric Transformations
– 2D Clipping And Viewing.

UNIT II 3D GRAPHICS 9
3D Geometric and Modeling Transformations – Translation - Rotation -
Scaling- Composite Transformations - 3D Viewing – Viewing Pipeline -
Viewing Coordinates - Projections - Clipping - Visible Surface Detection
Methods.

UNIT III ILLUMINATION, COLOR MODELS AND ANIMATION 9

Light Sources - Basic Illumination Models – Halftone Patterns and Dithering
Techniques- Properties of Light - Standard Primaries and Chromaticity
200
 Syllabus IT
Diagram; Intuitive Colour Concepts - RGB Colour Model - YIQ Colour Model -
CMY Colour Model - HSV Colour Model - HLS Colour Model - Colour Selection-
Virtual Reality - Animation.

UNIT IV MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS DESIGN AND FILE HANDLING 9

Multimedia Basics − Multimedia Applications − Multimedia System
Architecture - De ining Objects for Multimedia Systems − Multimedia
Data Interface Standards − Multimedia Databases - Compression and
Decompression − Data and File Format Standards − Digital Voice and Audio −
Video Image and Animation − Full Motion Video − Storage and Retrieval
Technologies.

UNIT V HYPERMEDIA 9
Multimedia Authoring and User Interface - Hypermedia Messaging -Mobile
Messaging − Hypermedia Message Component − Creating Hypermedia
Message − Integrated Multimedia Message Standards − Integrated
Document Management − Distributed Multimedia Systems - Case Study:
Blender Graphics -Blender Fundamentals–Drawing Basic Shapes – Modelling
– Shading & Textures
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Donald Hearn and Pauline Baker M, “Computer Graphics", Prentice Hall,
New Delhi,2007
2. Andleigh, P. K and KiranThakrar, “Multimedia Systems and Design”, PHI,
2003.
REFERENCES:
1. Judith Jeffcoate, “Multimedia in practice: Technology and Applications”,
PHI, 1998.
2. Foley, Vandam, Feiner and Hughes, “Computer Graphics: Principles and
Practice”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. Jeffrey McConnell, “Computer Graphics: Theory into Practice”, Jones and
Bartlett Publishers,2006.
4. Hill F S Jr., "Computer Graphics", Maxwell Macmillan , 1990.
5. Peter Shirley, Michael Ashikhmin, Michael Gleicher, Stephen R Marschner,
Erik Reinhard, KelvinSung, and AK Peters, “Fundamentals of Computer
Graphics”, CRC Press, 2010.
6. William M. Newman and Robert F.Sproull, “Principles of Interactive
Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill 1978.

201
WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.blender.org/support/tutorials
2. http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/~dfg/graphics/graphics.html
3. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/computer-graphics.html
4. http://cs.wellesley.edu/~cs110/lectures/M01-color/graphics.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. www.scratchapixel.com
2. http://dl. inebook.ir/book/9e/11032.pdf
3. https://www.blender.org/support/tutorials
4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-
science/6-837-computer-graphics-fall-2012/download-course-
materials

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the concept of various Output Primitives,Illumination and
Color Models (K2)
2. Demonstrate 2D transformations, viewing and clipping techniques (K3)
3. Illustrate various 3D Object representations, transformations,Projections
and detect the Visible surfaces. (K3)
4. Understand Multimedia System Architecture, Data Interface standards
and Databases (K2)
5. Interpret various Multimedia design and File Formats. (K2)
6. Demonstrate basic 3D Scenes using Blender Graphics in hypermedia
messages. (K3)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 1 2 - - - 2 - - 1 1 - 1 - -

CO4 - - - - - - - - 2 2 1 2 - 1

CO5 - - 1 - - - - - 2 2 1 2 - 1

CO6 - 1 1 - 2 1 2 - 2 2 1 2 1 2
 PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL707 L T P C
SDG NO 4,9, ROBOTIC PROCESS AUTOMATION
11 &12 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the RPA Basics and the underlying logic and architecture.
l To learn about the data manipulation and the control low structures in
RPA Tools.
l To gain knowledge on using the various plugins and user interaction
modules.
l To understand the exception handling and the deploying techniques in the
context of RPA
l To develop RPA system for the popular applications.

UNIT I PROGRAMMING BASICS & RPA CONCEPTS 9

Processes-SoftwareDesign-SDLC Programming Concepts -Scripting- HTML
–.Net Framework-.Net Fundamentals-CSS-XML-RPA Basics - History of
Automation - What is RPA - RPA vs Automation - Processes & Flowcharts -
Programming Constructs in RPA - What Processes can be Automated - Types of
Bots - Workloads which can be automated.

UNIT II RPA TOOL BASICS & CONTROL FLOW 9

Sequence, Flowchart & Control Flow: Sequencing the Work low – Activities –
Flowchart - Control Flow for Decision making.
Data Manipulation:Variables-Collection-Arguments-DataTable-Clipboard
management-File operations-Controls-Finding the control-waiting for a
control-Act on a control-UiExplorer.

UNIT III PLUGINS & USER INTERACTION 9

Plugins and Extensions:Terminal plugin-Java plugin-Java plugin with UiPath
Studio-Citrix automation-Citrix environment-Mail plugin-PDF plugin-Web
integration-Excel and Word plugins-Credential management. Extensions
Handling User Events and Assistant Bots: What are assistant bots-Monitoring
system event triggers-Hotkey trigger-Mouse trigger-System trigger-
Monitoring image and element triggers- Launching an assistant bot on a
keyboard event.

UNIT IV EXCEPTION HANDLING & PROJECT BUILDING 9

Exception handling-Common exceptions and ways to handle them-Logging
and taking screenshots Debugging techniques-Setting breakpoints-Slow step-
Highlighting- Break-Collecting crash dumps- Enabling crash dumps- Disabling
crash dumps-Error reporting: Enterprise Edition customers- Community
Edition users. Managing and Maintaining the Code: Project organization-
Picking an appropriate layout for each work low- Breaking the process into
smaller parts-Using exception handling- Making your work low readable-
Keeping it clean- Nesting work lows- Reusability of work lows- Templates-
Commenting techniques- State Machine- When to use Flowcharts State
Machines or Sequences.

UNIT V DEPLOYING AND MAINTAINING THE BOT 9

Publishing using publish utility-Overview of Orchestration Server- Using
Orchestration Server to control bots- Using Orchestration Server to deploy
bots- License management- Activating and uploading a license to
Orchestrator-Publishing and managing updates-Packages-Managing
packages.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alok Mani Tripathi, Learning Robotic Process Automation, Publisher:
OReilly Publishing, 2018.
2. Frank Casale (Author), Rebecca Dilla (Author), Heidi Jaynes (Author),
Lauren Livingston (Author), Introduction to Robotic Process
Automation: a Primer, Institute of Robotic Process Automation, Amazon
Asia-Paci ic Holdings Private Limited, 2018.

REFERENCES:
1. Richard Murdoch, Robotic Process Automation: Guide To Building
Software Robots, Automate Repetitive Tasks & Become An RPA
Consultant, Amazon Asia-Paci ic Holdings Private Limited, 2018.
2. SrikanthMerianda, Robotic Process Automation Tools, Process
Automation and their bene its: Understanding RPA and Intelligent
Automation, 1st Edition, Consulting Opportunity Holdings LLC, 2018.
3. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , ―The Internet of
Things – Key applications and Protocols‖, Wiley, 2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.edx.org/learn/robotic-process-automation.
2. https://www.nice.com/rpa/rpa-guide/.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.uipath.com/rpa/robotic-process-automation.
2. https://www.udemy.com/robotic-process-automation/
3. https://www.uipath.com/landing/academic-studio-download
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand Basic Programming concepts and to describe the various
components of RPA development. (K2)
2. Understand the user interface and to manage the interaction modules
and activities. (K2)
3. Demonstrate the various plugins for Image, Text and Data Tables
Automation. (K3)
4. Describe automation process to Email and various types of Exceptions
and strategies to handle. (K2)
5. Analyze various case studies and application of RPA in real time
scenarios. (K4)
6. Explain and deploy the applications based on the orchestration concepts.
(K4)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 - - - - - - - - 3 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO3 1 3 - - - - - - - 3 2

CO4 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2

CO6 2 - - - - - - - 1 3 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20ITEL708 FULL STACK L T P C
SDG NO 4, 9 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To gain knowledge on front-end and back-end technologies
l To become pro icient in JQuery and Bootstrap
l To build strong expertise on Typescript, React and Node.js
l To implement MVC and responsive design to provide uni ied and intuitive
user experience
l To Use Docker and Kubernetes platform for building, running, managing
and distributing applications
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT 9
Introduction – Full Stack Development – Front-end – Back-end, Technologies
essential for Full Stack Development – Introduction to Web Application
Development – Front-end Technologies – Back-end Technologies –
Introduction to MVC – Introduction to Web Services – Communication
between front-end and back-end – Build responsive websites with HTML5 and
CSS3 – Javascript basic building blocks – Object oriented JS – Functional JS.

UNIT II JQUERY AND BOOTSTRAP 9

Overview of Bootstrap – Structure of a Bootstrap-enabled Webpage – Grids –
Typography – Colors – Images – Jumbotron – Alerts – Buttons – Button Groups
– Progress Bars – Pagination – Navigation menu and bar – Forms – Media
Objects – Overview of jQuery – Con iguration of jQuery – Selectors – Events –
Effects – Working with HTML – jQuery with CSS – Traversing.

UNIT III TYPE SCRIPT, REACT, NODEJS 9

Node and NPM – NPM commands – Standard modules - React – Components –
JSX – TypeScript – Con iguring Typescript Compilation – Types – Block scope –
Functions – Spread and Rest – Destructuring – Classes – Interfaces –
Namespaces and Modules.

UNIT IV SPRING, SPRING MVC AND HIBERNATE 9

Spring Framework – Spring Architecture – Spring MVC – Interception – Chain
of resolvers – Multiple view page and controllers – Model Interface – Forms –
CRUD – File Upload – Validation – Hibernate Introduction – Architecture – Java
objects in Hibernate – Inheritance Mapping – Collection Mapping – HCQL –
Caching – Spring Integration.
UNIT V CONTAINERS 9
Kubernetes and Container Operations – Overview – Microservices and
orchestration – Kubernetes Architecture – Core constructs – Health checks –
Application Scheduling - Docker – Introduction to Containers and
Containerization – Building Docker Images – Deploying to Docker hub.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. MayuirRamgir, “Full Stack Java Development with Spring MVC,
Hibernate, jQuery and Bootstrap”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2020.
2. Frank Zammetti, “Modern Full-Stack Development: Using TypeScript,
React, Node.js, Webpack and Docker”, Apress, 2020.

REFERENCES:
1. Chris Northwood, “The Full Stack Developer”, Apress, 2018.
 Syllabus IT
2. Adam Bretz, Colin J. Ihrig, “Full Stack Javascript Development with
MEAN”, SitePoint Pty. Ltd., 2014.
3. Dinesh Rajput, “Designing Applications with Spring Boot 2.2 and React
JS”, BPB Publications, 2019.
4. Juha Hinkula, Hands-on Full Stack Development with Spring Boot 2 and
React, Packt Publishing, 2019.
5. Jonathan Baier, “Getting Started with Kubernetes”, Packt Publishing,
2015.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://docs.spring.io/spring-framework/docs/3.2.x/spring-
framework-reference/html/index.html
2. https://www.w3spoint.com/hibernate-tutorial
3. https://www.w3schools.com/
4. https://docs.docker.com/get-started/
5. https://kubernetes.io/docs/tutorials/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the basic principles of full stack software development. (K2)
2. Classify the libraries, user interfaces and runtime environments for data
communication. (K2)
3. Architect solutions to real time problems by combining visual
components and classes. (K3)
4. Use the frameworks for developing enterprise class applications. (K3)
5. Design and develop interactive and responsive web pages. (K3)
6. Build and manage container orchestration for elastic web server
framework. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 1 1 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO2 1 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO3 1 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO4 1 2 2 2 3 - - 1 - - - 2 2 2

CO5 1 2 2 2 3 - - 1 - - - 2 2 2

CO6 1 2 2 2 3 - - 1 - - - 2 2 2
207
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - II
20MGEL601 L T P C
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concepts and philosophies of Quality Management
l To know the impact and sigini icance of TQM principles on organizations
in recent times.

UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 8
Need and Evolution of Quality, Quality-De initions, statements and
dimensions of product and service quality TQM-concepts, Elements and
Framework, Bene its & Obstacles of TQM , TQM-Culture, Stategic Quality
Management, Costs of Quality.

UNIT II CONTRIBUTIONS AND APPROACHES TO QUALITY

MANAGEMENT 9
Renowned quality gurus- Deming, Juran, Crosby and Ishikawa, Contributions
of Taguchi – Loss Function, Signal to Noise Ratio and design of experiments,
Kaizen -principles and practices-5 S tools, Poka Yoke-8Discipline
Methodology, Just in time, Continous process improvement-PDCA cycle and 5
why analysis

UNIT III CUSTOMER FOCUS AND TEAMWORK 8

Identifying Customer Needs, QFD - Process, Building HoQ, Customer
Satisfaction Measurement Techniques. Employee Involvement Practices.
Individual Participation - Suggestion Systems & Empowerment,
Motivation,Leadership, Partnerships - Cross-Functional Teams,
Supplier/Customer Partnerships, Problem -Solving Teams - Quality Circles.

UNIT IV STATISTICAL TOOLS & TECHNIQUES 11

SQC - Tools For Data Collection And Analysis – Seven tools(old and new
),Statistical Process Control (SPC) – Construction of Control Chart – Variables
and Attributes. Process Capability – concepts and measurement. Six Sigma
models ,Lean six sigma, BPR, TPM, FMEA and Benchmarking.

UNIT V QUALITY SYSTEMS AND STANDARDS 9

Need for ISO 9000- ISO 9001: 2015 quality system-guidelines and clausewise
requirements,Quality audits-types and responsibilities,ISO 14001:2004 EMS,

208
 Syllabus IT
ISO / TS 16949:2002, ISO 27001:2005 ISMS, SEI – CMMIand Awards - Demings
Prize, MBNQA and criteria.
TOTAL:45PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Bester ield, Total Quality Management, 3rd Edition, Pearson India
2 Shridhara K Bhat, Total Quality Management. Himalaya Publishing
House, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bedi Kanishka, Quality Management, Oxford University Press
2. Kiran D.R., Total Quality Management - Key Concepts and Case Studies,
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2016.
3. Poornima M Charantimath, Total Quality Management. Pearson India,
2017
4. Sharma DD, Total Quality Management, Principles, Practice and Cases,
Sultan Chand and Sons.
5. Douglas C. Montgomory, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley
Student Edition, 4 th Edition, Wiley India Pvt Limited, 2008

MOOC REFERENCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/lecture/supply-chain-management/total-
quality-management-wLrvy
2. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_mg34/preview
3. https://www.openlearning.com/courses/total-quality-management/
4. https://www.udemy.com/course/tqm-in-academics/
MOOC REFERENCES:
1. https://www.unido.org/sites/default/ iles/2009-04/A_roadmap_
to_quality_volume_1_0.pdf
2. https://www.investopedia.com/terms/t/total-quality-management-
tqm.asp
3. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/237006071_Total_
Quality_Management_in_Academic_Libraries_A_Study
4. https://www.isixsigma.com/methodology/total-quality-management-
tqm/introduction-and-implementation-total-quality-management-
tqm/
5. https://study.com/academy/lesson/ ive-principles-of-total-quality-
management-tqm.html

209
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand quality concepts and philosophies of TQM. (K2)
2. Apply TQM principles and concepts of continuous improvement. (K3)
3. Explain the quality tools, management tools and statistical fundamentals
to improve quality. (K2)
4. Demonstrate the various TQM tools as a means to improve quality. (K2)
5. Illustrate quality tools and procedures for better quality output. (K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 1 3 1 - 1 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO4 2 2 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 - - - 1

210
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20MEPC702 L T P C
ROBOTICS AND APPLICATIONS
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l Learn the basics of Robotics and their applications
l Study the need for various Sensors and Drives in robotics
l Gain thorough knowledge about the Robot Kinematics and Path Planning
and different Trajectories
l Apply the programming of Robots in contemporary use

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 9

Basics - Types - Mobility - Terrain - Components Classi ication and
Performance Characteristics.

UNIT II WORKING COMPONENTS FOR ROBOTS 9

Drives - Electric - Hydraulic and Pneumatic Drives - Tactile sensors - Proximity
and Range Sensors - Acoustic Sensors - Vision Sensor Systems - Image
Processing and Analysis - Image Data Reduction - Segmentation - Feature
Extraction - Object Recognition.

UNIT III ROBOT KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS 9

Kinematics of Manipulators - Rotational - Translation and Transformation -
Homogeneous Transformations - Denavat Hartenberg Representation -
Inverse Kinematics - Linearization of Robot Dynamics, State Variable
Continuous and Discrete Models.

UNIT IV PATH PLANNING 9

Types of Trajectories - Trajectory Planning and Avoidance of Obstacles - Path
Planning - Skew Motion - Joint Integrated Motion and Straight Line Motion.

UNIT V APPLICATION OF ROBOTS 9

Industrial Automation - Robots for Nuclear - Thermal and Chemical Plants -
Remote Controlled Robots - Typical Examples of Automated Industries.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mikell P. Groover, “Industrial Robotics: Technology, Programming and
Applications”, 2012, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishers.
211
 Syllabus IT
2. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics, Mechanics and Control”, 2010, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education.

REFERENCES:
1. M.W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, “Robot Dynamics and Control,” 2nd Edition,
John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2012.
2. Lorenzo Sciavicco Bruno Siciliano, “Modelling and Control of Robot
Manipulators”, 1st Edition, Springer Science & Business Media, Berlin,
2012.
3. Deb.S.R and Sankha Deb, "Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation",
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2010.
4. Klafter.R.D, Chmielewski.T.A, and Noggin’s., “Robot Engineering: An
Integrated Approach”’, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1994.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105249/
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/mobile-robot

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the necessity and basics of Robotics in real time
applications.(K2)
2. Explain the components and working principle in Robots. (K2)
3. Apply the use of Image Processing, Obstacle detection and Path planning
in Robotic applications. (K3)
4. Demonstrate the mathematical model of Robotic systems. (K3)
5. Apply mathematical modeling in Kinematic behavior. (K3)

CO- PO,PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - - - - 1 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 1 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - - 1 2 2

212
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20ITEL709 L T P C
INTERNET OF THINGS
SDG NO. 4,9,11&12 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand Smart Objects, IoT Architectures and IoT protocols
l To build simple IoT Systems using Arduino and Raspberry Pi
l To understand Data Analytics and Cloud in the context of IoT
l To develop IoT infrastructure for popular applications

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF INTERNET OF THINGS 9

Evolution of Internet of Things - Enabling Technologies – IoT Architectures:
oneM2M - IoT World Forum (IoTWF) and Alternative IoT models – Simpli ied
IoT Architecture and Core IoT Functional Stack - Fog, Edge and Cloud in IoT –
Functional Blocks of an IoT Ecosystem – Sensors - Actuators - Smart Objects
and Connecting Smart Objects.

UNIT II IOT PROTOCOLS 9

IoT Access Technologies - Physical and MAC Layers - Topology and
Security of IEEE 802.15.4,802.15.4g, 802.15.4e, 1901.2a, 802.11ah and
LoRaWAN – Network Layer - IP Versions - Constrained Nodes and Constrained
Networks – Optimizing IP for IoT - From 6LoWPAN to 6Lo - Routing Over Low
Power and Lossy Networks – Application Transport Methods - S u p e r v i s o r y
Control and Data Acquisition – Application Layer Protocols - CoAP and MQTT.

UNIT III DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 9

Design Methodology - Embedded Computing Logic - Microcontroller - System
on Chips - IoT System Building Blocks - Arduino - Board Details - IDE
Programming - Raspberry Pi - Interfaces and Raspberry Pi with Python
Programming.

UNIT IV DATA ANALYTICS AND SUPPORTING SERVICES 9

Structured Vs Unstructured Data and Data in Motion Vs Data in Rest – Role of
Machine Learning – No SQL Databases – Hadoop Ecosystem – Apache Ka ka,
Apache Spark – Edge Streaming Analytics and Network Analytics – Xively
Cloud for IoT, Python Web Application Framework – Django – AWS for IoT –
System Management with NETCONF-YANG

213
 Syllabus IT
UNIT V CASE STUDIES/INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS 9
Cisco IoT System - IBM Watson IoT Platform – Manufacturing - Converged
Plantwide Ethernet Model (CPwE) – Power Utility Industry – GridBlocks
Reference Model - Smart and Connected Cities - Layered Architecture - Smart
Lighting - Smart Parking Architecture and Smart Traf ic Control

TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Rob Barton and
Jerome Henry, “IoT Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols
and Use Cases for Internet of Things”, Cisco Press, 2017.
2. Rajkamal,”Internet of Things: Architecture, Design Principles And
Applications”,McGraw Hill HigherEducation,2017.

REFERENCES:
1. ArshdeepBahga, VijayMadisetti, “Internet of Things – A Hands-on
approach”, Universities Press, 2011.
2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi, “The Internet of
Things – Key Applications and Protocols”, Wiley, 2012.
3. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis, Karnouskos,
Stefan Avesand and David Boyle, "From Machine-to-Machine to the
Internet of Things and Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence",
Elsevier, 2014.
4. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Michahelles, Florian (Eds),
“Architecting the Internet of Things”, Springer, 2011.
5. Michael Margolis, Arduino Cookbook, “Recipes to Begin, Expand and
Enhance Your Projects, 2nd Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2011.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.arenasolutions.com/blog/10-valuable-iot-web-
resources/
2. https://nevonprojects.com/iot-projects/
3. https://www.sky ilabs.com/blog/list-of-latest-iot-projects-for-
engineering-students

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.arenasolutions.com/blog/10-valuable-iot-web-
resources/
2. https://nevonprojects.com/iot-projects/

214
 Syllabus IT
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Interpret the concept of IoT ,its Components and its architecture.(K2)
2. Learn the design methods of various protocols(K2)
3. Build the design methodology for a IoT system using Raspberry(K3)
4. Apply the Data analytics and Support servicing tool related to IoT(K3)
5. Experiment the case study and application of IoT in real time
scenario(K3)
6. Illustrate the solutions for various distributed applications using the Big
data technologies.(K3)

CO- PO,PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2 2

CO2 2 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 2 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 3 3

CO4 2 3 2 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 3

CO6 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 2 1 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20ITEL710 L T P C
SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basic principles of Service Oriented Architecture
l To learn the fundamentals of XML
l To implement API using XML, JSON and REST
l To study about web services technology elements of SOA

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO XML AND XML BASED APPICATIONS 9

XML Document Structure – Well Formed and Valid documents – Name Spaces –
DTD – XML Schema – X-Files - Parsing XML using DOM - SAX – XML
Transformation and XSL – XSL Formatting – Modeling Databases in XML.

215
 Syllabus IT
UNIT II DESIGN OF API USING JSON AND REST 9
Introduction to JSON - REST- Comparison of XML , JSON and REST - HTTP
Methods using RESTful Services - REST Architectural Constraints - Richardson
Maturity Model - JSON and REST Based Service Provider and Requestor API
Examples.

UNIT III SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE 9

Characteristics of SOA - Comparing SOA with Client/Server and Distributed
Architectures – Bene its of SOA - Principles of Service Orientation – Service
Layers.

UNIT IV WEB SERVICES 9

Service Descriptions – WSDL – Messaging with SOAP – Service Discovery –
UDDI – Message Exchange Patterns – Orchestration – Choreography –WS
Transactions.

UNIT V BUILDING SOA - BASED APPLICATIONS 9

Service Oriented Analysis and Design – Service Modeling – Design Standards
and Guidelines - Composition – WS-BPEL – WS-Coordination – WS-Policy –
WS-Security – SOA support in J2EE.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ron Schmelzer et al. “ XML and Web Services”, Pearson Education,2002
2. Thomas Erl, “Service Oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and
Design”, Pearson Education, 2005.

REFERENCES:
1. Frank P.Coyle, “XML, Web Services and the Data Revolution”, Pearson
Education,2002.
2. Eric Newcomer, GregLomow, “Understanding SOA with Web Services”,
Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Sandeep Chatterjee and James Webber, “Developing Enterprise Web
Services: An Architect's Guide”, Prentice Hall, 20044.
4. James McGovern, Sameer Tyagi, Michael E.Stevens, Sunil Mathew, “Java
Web. Services Architecture”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,2003.
5. Thomas Erl,”Service-oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and
Design”,2016

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/service-oriented-arhitecture
2. https://restfulapi.net/json-schema/
216
 Syllabus IT
3. https://www.w3schools.com/js/js_json_intro.asp

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/conten/storage2/nptel_data3/html/mhrd/ict/
text/106105167/lec10.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Demonstrate the basic concepts of XML and XML based applications. (K3)
2. Construct the design of API using JSON & REST. (K3)
3. Discuss the basics concepts of SOA, its Principles and Bene its. (K2)
4. Interpret the Web services using technology elements. (K2)
5. Analyse the SOA based applications for intra-enterprise and inter-
enterprise applications. (K4)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 - 1 - - - - 1 - 1 1 1 2

CO2 3 3 - 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 2 1 2

CO3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

CO4 3 3 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 1 2 1 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20CSEL704 L T P C
NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To learn the techniques in natural language processing
l To be familiar with the natural language generation
l To be exposed to machine translation
l To understand the information retrieval techniques

UNIT I OVERVIEW ANDLANGUAGEMODELING 9

Overview: Origins and Challenges of NLP-Language and Grammar - Processing
Indian Languages - NLP Applications - Information Retrieval - Language
217
 Syllabus IT
Modeling - Various Grammar - Based Language Models-Statistical Language
Model.

UNIT II WORD LEVEL ANDSYNTACTIC ANALYSIS 9

Word Level Analysis - Regular Expressions-Finite-State Automata-
Morphological Parsing-Spelling Error Detection and Correction-Words and
Word Classes-Part-of Speech Tagging - Syntactic Analysis - Context-Free
Grammar-Constituency Parsing-Probabilistic Parsing.

UNIT III SEMANTICANALYSISANDDISCOURSEPROCESSING 9

Semantic Analysis: Meaning Representation-Lexical Semantics - Ambiguity-
Word Sense Disambiguation - Discourse Processing - Cohesion-Reference
Resolution- Discourse Coherence and Structure.

UNIT IV N AT U R A L L A N G UA G E G E N E R AT I O N A N D M A C H I N E
TRANSLATION 10
Natural Language Generation - Architecture of NLG Systems Generation Tasks
and Representations- Application of NLG - Machine Translation - Problems in
Machine Translation - Characteristics of Indian Languages - Machine
Translation Approaches-Translation Involving Indian Languages.

UNIT V INFORMATION RETRIEVAL AND LEXICALRESOURCES 8

Information Retrieval - Design features of Information Retrieval Systems-
Classical - Non-classical - Alternative Models of Information Retrieval –
Valuation Lexical Resources - World Net Frame Net- Stemmers- POS Tagger-
Research Corpora.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tanveer Siddiqui, U.S. Tiwary, “Natural Language Processing and
Information Retrieval”, Oxford University Press, 2008.
2. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein and Edward Loper, “Natural Language Processing
with Python”, First Edition, O‗Reilly Media, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. DanielJurafsky and James H Martin, “Speech and Language Processing:
An introduction to Natural Language Processing, Computational
Linguistics and Speech Recognition”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
2. James Allen, “Natural Language Understanding”, 2nd edition, Benjamin /
Cummings publishing company, 1995.
3. Hobson lane, Cole Howard, Hannes Hapke, “Natural language processing
in action” MANNING Publications, 2019.
218
 Syllabus IT
4. Alexander Clark, Chris Fox, Shalom Lappin, “The Handbook of
Computational Linguistics and Natural Language Processing”, Wiley-
Blackwell, 2012.
5. Anne Kao and Stephen R. Poteet (Eds), “Natural Language Processing and
Text Mining”, Springer-Verlag London Limited, 2007.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/natural_language_proces sing/
natural_language_processing_information_retrieval.html
2. https://towardsdatascience.com/your-guide-to-natural language-
processing-nlp-48ea2511f6e1
3. https://machinelearningmastery.com/natural-language processing/
4. https://becominghuman.ai/a-simple-introduction-to-natural language-
processing-ea66a1747b32

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/language-processing
2. https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLoROMvodv4rOhcuXMZkNm
7j3fVwBBY4z

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Learn the approaches of syntax and semantics in NLP. (K1)
2. Understand approaches to discourse, generation, dialogue and
summarization within NLP. (K1)
3. Implement current methods for statistical approaches to machine
translation. (K3)
4. Analyse machine learning techniques used in NLP. (K3)
5. Apply information retrieval techniques. (K2)
6. Develop a Statistical Methods for Real World Applications and explore
deep learning based NLP. (K3)

219
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 2 - 1 2 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 3 2 - 1 3 1 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 2 1 1

CO4 3 3 1 - 3 - - 2 1 1 - 1 2 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

CO6 2 2 1 - 1 1 - - - - 1 1 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20CSEL802 DEEP LEARNING PRINCIPLES L T P C
SDG NO. 4 & 9 AND PRACTICES 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To study the concepts of Deep Learning
l To introduce Dimensionality Reduction techniques
l To illustrate Deep Learning techniques to support Real-time applications
l To examine the case studies of Deep Learning techniques

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to Machine Learning-Linear Models - SVMs – Perceptrons -
Logistic Regression -Introduction to Neural Networks
- Shallow Network - Training a Network - Loss Functions - Back Propagation
and Stochastic Gradient Descent-Neural Networks as
Universal Function.

UNIT II CONCEPTS OF DEEP LEARNING 9

History of Deep Learning - Probabilistic Theory of Deep Learning - Back
Propagation –Regularization –Batch Normalization-VC Dimension - Neural
Networks-Deep Vs Shallow Networks- Convolutional Networks-Generative
Adversarial Networks (GAN) - Semi-supervised Learning.

UNIT III METRIC LEARNING 9

Principle Component Analysis – Linear Discriminant Analysis- Manifolds -
Metric Learning -Auto Encoders -Dimensionality Reduction in Networks -
Introduction to Convolution Network - Architectures –AlexNet – Visual
Geometry Group –Inception– Residual Network.
220
 Syllabus IT

UNITIV OPTIMIZATION 9
Optimization in Deep Learning–Non-Convex Optimization for Deep
Networks- Stochastic optimization-Generalization in Neural Networks-
Spatial Transformer Networks-Recurrent networks – Long Short Term
Memory - Recurrent Neural Network Language Models-Word Level.

UNIT V ADVANCED TECHNIQUES 9

ImageNet - Object Detection - Audio WaveNet - Natural Language Processing -
Word2Vec Model -Joint Detection-Bio Informatics-Face Recognition-Scene
Understanding-Gathering Image Captions.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Cosma Rohilla Shalizi, “Advanced Data Analysis from an Elementary Point
of View”, Carnegie Mellon University, Cambridge University Press (March
21, 2021); eBook.
2. Deng and Yu, “Deep Learning: Methods and Applications”, Now Publishers,
2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning (Adaptive
Computation and Machine Learning)”, The MIT Press 2004
2. Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective”, CRC
Press, 2009.
3. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, “Pattern Classi ication”,
Wiley, Second Edition.
4. Christopher Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”,
illustrated Edition, Springer, 2006.
5. Ian Goodfellow and Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, "Deep Learning
(Adaptive Computation and Machine Learning series)", An MIT Press
book, 2016.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105215/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106201/
3. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/deep-learning

221
 Syllabus IT
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.simplilearn.com/deep-learning-tutorial
2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/machine_learning/deep_machine_
learning.htm

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Differentiate various learning approaches and to interpret the concepts of
Machine Learning. (K2)
2. Understand the history of Deep Learning and theory behind Deep
Learning techniques and analyze it.(K2)
3. Compare the different Dimensionality Reduction techniques and study
about Convolution network technique.(K2)
4. Illustrate the working of Optimization techniques in Deep Learning.(K3)
5. Identify the case studies in Deep Learning and identify its applicability in
real life problems.(K3)
6. Examine advanced techniques in Deep Learning like image detection, Bio
Informatics-Face Recognition.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - 1 - 2 - - - 2 1 - 3 3 1

CO2 2 - 1 - 3 - - - 2 1 - 2 3 1

CO3 3 - 1 - 2 - - - 2 1 - 3 3 1

CO4 3 - 1 - 2 - - - 2 1 - 2 3 1

CO5 3 - 1 - 3 - - - 2 1 - 2 3 1

CO6 3 - 1 - 2 - - - 2 1 - 2 2 1

222
 Syllabus IT
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III
20CSEL502 L T P C
AGILE METHODOLOGIES
SDG NO. 4 & 16 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To provide students with a theoretical as well as practical understanding
of agile software development practices and how small teams can apply
them to create high-quality software
l To provide a good understanding of software design and a set of software
technologies and APIs
l To do a detailed examination and demonstration of Agile development and
testing techniques
l To understand Agile development and testing

UNIT I AGILE METHODOLOGY 9

Theories for Agile Management – Agile Software Development – Traditional
Model Vs Agile Model – Classi ication of Agile Methods – Agile Manifesto and
Principles – Agile Project Management – Agile Team Interactions – Ethics in
Agile Teams – Agility in Design - Testing – Agile Documentations – Agile
Drivers - Capabilities and Values.

UNIT II AGILE PROCESSES 9

Lean Production – SCRUM, Crystal - Feature Driven Development - Adaptive
Software Development – Extreme Programming - Method Overview –
Lifecycle – Work Products - Roles and Practices.

UNIT III AGILITY AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT 9

Agile Information Systems – Agile Decision Making – Earl’s Schools of KM –
Institutional Knowledge Evolution Cycle – Development - Acquisition -
Re inement - Distribution - Deployment - Leveraging – KM in Software
Engineering – Managing Software Knowledge – Challenges of Migrating to
Agile Methodologies – Agile Knowledge Sharing – Role of Story Cards – Story-
Card Maturity Model (SMM).

UNIT IV AGILITY AND REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING 9

Impact of Agile Processes in RE–Current Agile Practices – Variance – Overview
of RE Using Agile – Managing Unstable Requirements – Requirements
Elicitation – Agile Requirements Abstraction Model – Requirements
Management in Agile Environment - Agile Requirements Prioritization – Agile
Requirements Modeling and Generation – Concurrency in Agile Requirements
Generation.
223
UNIT V AGILITY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 9
Agile Product Development – Agile Metrics – Feature Driven Development
(FDD) – Financial and Production Metrics in FDD – Agile Approach to Quality
Assurance – Test Driven Development – Agile Approach in Global Software
Development.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. David J. Anderson and Eli Schragenheim, “Agile Management for Software
Engineering: Applying the Theory of Constraints for Business Results”,
Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Hazza and Dubinsky, “Agile Software Engineering, Series: Undergraduate
Topics in Computer Science”, Springer, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Craig Larman, “Agile and Iterative Development: A Manager's Guide”,
Addison-Wesley, 2004.
2. Kevin C. Desouza, “Agile Information Systems: Conceptualization,
Construction, and Management”, Butterworth- Heinemann, 2007.
3. Jorgen Hesselberg, “Unlocking Agility: An Insider's Guide to Agile
Enterprise Transformation”, Addison – Wesley Signature Series, First
Edition, 2018.
4. Mike Cohn, “Agile Estimating & Planning “, Pearson Education India, First
Edition, 2006.
5. Roman Pichler, “Agile Product Management with Scrum”, Pearson
Education India, 2011

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://www.umsl.edu/~sauterv/analysis/6840_f09_papers/Nat/
Agile.html
2. https://www.classcentral.com/help/section/edx
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/104/110104073/
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-processes-and-agile-
practices

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.udacity.com/course/software-development-process--
ud805
2. https://www.edx.org/course/agile-software-development
 ITSyllabus
OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Realize the importance of interacting with business stakeholders in
determining the requirements for a software system.(K3)
2. Perform iterative software development processes.(K2)
3. Point out the impact of social aspects on software development
success.(K2)
4. Develop techniques and tools for improving team collaboration and
software quality.(K3)
5. Perform Software process improvement as an ongoing task for
development teams.(K3)
6. Show how agile approaches can be scaled up to the enterprise level.(K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO2 2 2 1 2 2 - 3 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 - - - 1 2 3

CO4 1 1 3 2 2 - 1 1 - - 1 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 1 2 2 - 1 1 - - - 1 2 2

CO6 3 2 2 1 - - - 1 1 2 - 1 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20CSEL702 L T P C
BIO INFORMATICS
SDG NO. 4 & 15 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To analyze the need for Bioinformatics Technologies
l To be familiar with the Modeling Techniques
l To learn Microarray Analysis
l To implement Pattern Matching and Visualization

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Need for Bioinformatics Technologies – Overview of Bioinformatics
Technologies - Structural Bioinformatics – Data Format and Processing –
Secondary Resources and Applications – Role of Structural Bioinformatics -
Biological Data Integration System.
 Syllabus IT
UNIT II DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING IN BIOINFORMATICS 9
Bioinformatics Data – Data Warehousing Architecture – Data Quality –
Biomedical Data Analysis – DNA Data Analysis – Protein Data Analysis –
Machine Learning – Neural Network Architecture - Applications in
Bioinformatics.

UNIT III MODELING FOR BIOINFORMATICS 9

Hidden Markov Modeling for Biological Data Analysis – Sequence
Identi ication –Sequence Classi ication – Multiple Alignment Generation –
Comparative Modeling –Protein Modeling – Genomic Modeling – Probabilistic
Modeling – Bayesian Networks – Boolean Networks - Molecular Modeling –
Computer Programs for Molecular Modeling.

UNIT IV PATTERN MATCHING AND VISUALIZATION 9

Gene Regulation – Motif Recognition – Motif Detection – Strategies for Motif
Detection – Visualization – Fractal Analysis – DNA Walk Models – One
Dimension – Two Dimension – Higher Dimension – Game Representation of
Biological Sequences – DNA –Protein -Amino Acid Sequences.

UNIT V MICRO ARRAY ANALYSIS 9

Microarray Technology for Genome Expression Study – Image Analysis for
Data Extraction – Preprocessing – Segmentation – Gridding – Spot Extraction –
Normalization - Filtering – Cluster Analysis – Gene Network Analysis
–Scienti ic Data Management Systems – Cost Matrix – Evaluation Model -
Benchmark – Tradeoffs.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Yi-Ping Phoebe Chen (Ed), “BioInformatics Technologies”, First Indian
Reprint, Springer Verlag, 2007.
2. Jin Xiong, “Essential Bioinformatics”, Cambridge University Press, 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Bryan Bergeron, “Bio Informatics Computing”, Second Edition, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. Arthur M Lesk, “Introduction to Bioinformatics”, Second Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2005.
3. David W.Mount, “Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis”, Second
Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press,U.S., 2004.
4. Andreas D. Baxevanis, B. F. Francis Ouellette, “Bioinformatics: A Practical
Guide to the Analysis of Genes and Proteins”, Second Edition, Wiley
Interscience, 2001.
226
 Syllabus IT
5. Mitchell L Model, “Bioinformatics Programming Using Python”, O'Reilly
Media, 2009.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.classcentral.com/subjects/bioinformatics
2. https://mooc-list.com/tags/bioinformatis?_cf_chi_jschi_tk
3. https://www.udemy.com/topic/bioinformatics/?utm_source=adwords?

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand the basic concepts of Bioinformatics and its signi icance in
biological data analysis.(K2)
2. Describe the history, scope and importance of Bioinformatics and role of
the internet in bioinformatics. (K1)
3. Elaborate the methods to characterize and manage the different types of
biological data.(K2)
4. Discuss the classi ication of biological databases.(K1)
5. Explore the basics of sequence alignment and analysis. (K3)
6. Describe how bioinformatics methods can be used to relate sequence,
structure and functions.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 - 1 - - 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 - 1 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 2 2

CO5 2 3 1 2 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 2 2

CO6 3 1 1 2 - - - - 1 2 - 1 2 1

227
 Syllabus IT
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III
20CSEL601 L T P C
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the Software Project Planning and Evaluation techniques
l To plan and manage projects at each stage of the Software Development
Life Cycle (SDLC)
l To learn about the Activity Planning and Risk Management principles
l To manage Software Projects and control Software deliverables

UNIT I PROJECT EVALUATION AND PROJECT PLANNING 9

Importance of Software Project Management – Activities - Methodologies –
Categorization of Software Projects – Setting Objectives – Management
Principles – Management Control – Project Portfolio Management – Cost-
Bene it Evaluation Technology – Risk Evaluation – Strategic Program
Management – Stepwise Project Planning.

UNIT II PROJECT LIFE CYCLE AND EFFORT ESTIMATION 9

Software Process and Process Models – Choice of Process Models - Rapid
Application Development – Agile Methods – Dynamic System Development
Method – Extreme Programming– Managing Interactive Processes – Basics of
Software Estimation – Effort and Cost Estimation Techniques – COSMIC Full
Function Points - COCOMO II - a Parametric Productivity Model.

UNIT III ACTIVITY PLANNING AND RISK MANAGEMENT 9

Objectives of Activity Planning – Project Schedules – Activities – Sequencing
and Scheduling – Network Planning Models – Formulating Network Model –
Forward Pass & Backward Pass Techniques – Critical Path (CPM) Method –
Risk Identi ication – Assessment – Risk Planning –Risk Management – PERT
Technique – Monte Carlo Simulation – Resource Allocation – Creation of
Critical paths – Cost Schedules.

UNIT IV PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL 9

Framework for Management and Control – Collection of Data – Visualizing
Progress – Cost Monitoring – Earned Value Analysis – Prioritizing Monitoring –
Project Tracking – Change Control – Software Con iguration Management –
Managing Contracts – Contract Management.

228
 Syllabus IT
UNIT V STAFFING IN SOFTWARE PROJECTS 9
Managing People – Organizational Behavior – Best Methods of Staff Selection
– Motivation – The Oldham – Hackman Job Characteristic Model – Stress –
Health and Safety – Ethical and Professional Concerns – Working in Teams –
Decision Making – Organizational Structures – Dispersed and Virtual Teams –
Communications Genres – Communication Plans – Leadership.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell and Rajib Mall, “Software Project
Management” Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
2. Robert K. Wysocki, “Effective Software Project Management”, Wiley
Publication, 2011."

REFERENCES:
1. Walker Royce, “Software Project Management”, Addison-Wesley, 1998.
2. Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Managing Global Software Projects”, McGraw
Hill Education (India), Fourteenth Reprint 2013.
3. Royce, “Software Project Management”, Pearson Education, 1999.
4. Jalote, “Software Project Manangement in Practive”, Pearson Education,
2002.
5. Shailesh Mehta, "Project Management and Tools & Technologies – An
overview ",SPD First Edition, 2017

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://swayam.gov.in/nd2_cec20_mg07/preview
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105218/

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.edx.org/learn/project-management
2. https://www.oxfordhomestudy.com/courses/project-management-
courses-online/free-online-courses-with-certi icates-in-project-
management

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand Project Management principles while developing software.
(K2)
2. Gain extensive knowledge about the basic project management concepts,
framework and the process models. (K3)

229
 Syllabus IT
3. Obtain adequate knowledge about software process models and
software effort estimation techniques. (K3)
4. Estimate the risks involved in various project activities. (K3)
5. De ine the checkpoints, project reporting structure, project progress and
tracking mechanisms using project management principles(K1)
6. Learn the staff selection process and the issues related to people
management and determine an appropriate project management
approach through an evaluation of the business context and scope of the
project.(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 1 - - - - 1 1 2 2 3 2

CO2 3 3 3 1 - - - - 1 1 2 2 3 2

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 3 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 2 2 3 2

CO6 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 3 3 3 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20ITEL711 L T P C
STORAGE AREA NETWORK
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basics of the storage networking environment.
l To describe the different SAN architecture.
l To understand the networking for SAN.
l To understand the software to drive the SAN.
l To understand the implementation and managing SAN.

UNIT I UNDERSTANDING STORAGE NETWORKING 9

What Storage Networking Is and What It Can Mean to You: What Is a Storage
Area Network? - Why Connect Storage to a Network? - The Secret to SANs’
Success: Software - The Best Is Yet to Come: Radical Changes in Information
Storage and Processing - A Couple of Closing Clari ications - Bene its: What to
230
 Syllabus IT
Expect from SAN: The SAN Paradigm Shift - A Model for Enterprise
Information Processing - Ten Ways the SAN Paradigm Shift Changes
Information Processing for the Better.

UNIT II TECHNOLOGY LEADING TO SAN & KILLER APPS FOR SAN 9

Leading Up to SANs: One View of Data Center Evolution:Killer Apps for SANs:
Killer App 1: Backup - The Application Everyone Loves to Hate - Killer App 2: -
Highly Available Data - Killer App 3: Disaster Recoverability - Killer App 4:
Clusters - Continuous Computing - Killer App 5: Data Replication.

UNIT III SAN NETWORKING & SOFTWAE FOR SAN 9

The Network in Storage Networking:Fibre Channel: The 800-Pound Gorilla of
SANs - Emerging SAN Interconnect Technologies –
Basic Software for Storage Networking: Software for SANs, Shared Access Data
Managers - Computer System I/O Performance - Volumes: Resilience –
Performance - and Flexibility - File Systems and Application Performance

UNIT IV ADVANCED SOFTWARE FOR SAN 9

Advanced Software for Storage Networking: Data Replication - Types of Data
Replications - Using Data Replication - Clusters: The Processing in Data
Processing - Cluster Data Models.
Enterprise Backup Software for Storage Area Networks: Backup Management
for SANs - Enterprise Data Protection - Enterprise Backup Architecture &
policies - Minimizing the Impact of Backup - LAN-free and Serverless Backup.

UNIT V SAN IMPLEMENTATION & MANAGEMENTS 9

Adopting Storage Networking: Developing a SAN Deployment Strategy - Nine
Steps to Successful SAN Deployment - Critical Success Factors - SAN Adoption
Alternatives.
Managing SANs: Basics: What’s Special about Managing a SAN - Different types
of SAN Management Environment and its tools.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Richard Barker, Paul Massiglia, “Storage Area Network Essentials: A
Complete Guide to Understanding and Implementing SANs”, Wiley India,
2008.

REFERENCES :
1. Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Muller-Friedt, Rainer Wola ka, Nils
Haustein, “Storage Networks Explained: Basics and Application of Fibre

231
 Syllabus IT
Channel SAN, NAS, iSCSI, In iniBand and FCoE”, Second Edition, Wiley
Publication, 2009.
2. G. Somasundaram, Alok Shrivastava,“Information Storage and
Management”, EMC Education services, Wiley Publication,2012.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.snia.org/education/storage_networking_primer/san/wha
t_san.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.netapp.com/data-storage/what-is-san-storage-area-
network/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand the basics of SAN and its data processing. (K2)
2. Describe the different ways of paradigm shift changes in SAN. (K2)
3. Compare and contrast different architectures of Storage Area
Networking(K2).
4. Illustrate the various ways of networking in Storage Area Networking(K3).
5. Construct Storage Area Networks using the Software(K3).
6. Compare the various SAN implementations and explain how SAN is
managed. (K3)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 1 2

CO2 3 3 - 1 - - - - - - - 2 3 1

CO3 3 3 - 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 3

CO4 1 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1

CO5 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO6 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 1 2

232
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20ITEL712 L T P C
DIGITAL FORENSICS AND CYBER LAWS
SDG NO. 4 & 16 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the basic digital forensics and techniques for conducting
the forensic examination on different digital devices.
l To study the fundamentals of Computer Forensics
l To familiarise the tools and tactics associated with Digital Evidence
l To examine digital evidences such as the data acquisition, identi ication
analysis.
l To learn, analyse and expose cyber laws.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL FORENSICS 9

Introduction-Role Of Digital Forensic Investigator - Trends And Challenges In
Digital Forensics - Resources Available To Digital Forensic - Digital Forensic
Approaches and Best Practices - Tools Used In Digital Forensics - Incident
Response – Report Writing and Presentation - Social Engineering Forensics –
Anti-Forensics – Psychological, Ethical and Cultural Implications of Digital
Forensics.

UNIT II COMPUTER FORENSICS 9

Cyber Forensic-Disk Forensics-Network Forensics-Wireless Forensics-
Database Forensics-Malware Forensics-Mobile Forensics-GPS Forensics-
Email Forensics-Memory Forensics-Incident and Incident handling-Computer
Security Incident-Cyber Forensics—The Present and Future.

UNIT III HANDLING OF DIGITAL EVIDENCE 9

Introduction to Digital Evidence and Digital Evidence Collection Procedure-
Source of Evidence-Storage Medium-File System-Windows Registry-Evidence
from Mobile Devices-Digital evidence on the Internet-Acquisition and
Handling of Digital Evidence-Preliminaries of Electronic or Digital Evidence-
Acquisition and Seizure of Evidence-Chain of Custody and Digital Evidence
Collection Form-Fourth Amendment and Seizure-Acquisition of Computer
and Electronic Evidence-Acquisition of Evidence from Mobile-Acquisition of
Evidence from Optical and Removable Media - Digital cameras-Acquisition of
Evidence from Third Party - External Agency or Organisation-Handling of
Digital Evidence-Precautions Involved in Handling Digital Evidence.

233
 Syllabus IT
UNIT IV ANALYSIS AND ADMISSIBILITY OF DIGITAL EVIDENCE 9
Introduction to Analysis of Digital Evidence-Capturing of Forensic Copy of
Memory and Hard Drive with Toolkit Forensic Imager-RAM Analysis with
Volatility-Analysing Hard Drive with WinHex-Working with Autopsy-Email
Tracking and Tracing-Role of Forensic Analyst in Analysis-Digital
Evidence—Electronic Record- Section 5 of ITA 2000 - Legal Recognition of
Digital Signatures-Pre-trail Preparation-Presenting Digital Evidence-
Summary of Investigation Process Involving Digital Evidence

UNIT V CYBER CRIME AND CYBER LAWS 9

Cybercrime Case Studies-Cybercrime against Individuals-Cybercrime against
Property-Introduction to Cyber Laws-Cyber Laws and Legal Issues-Cyber
Security-Cyber Laws in India and Case Studies-International Cyber laws and
Case Studies
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Greg Gogolin, “Digital Forensics Explained”, CRC Press, 2013 by Taylor &
Francis Group, 2013.
2. Dejey, S. Murugan, " Cyber Forensics”, Oxford University Press, 2018.

REFERENCES :
1. Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, Christopher Steuart, “ Guide to Computer
Forensics and Investigations”, Fourth Edition , CENGAGE Learning, 2010.
2. Marie, Helen Maras, “Computer Forensics: Cybercriminals, Laws, and
Evidence”, Jones & Bartlett Learning; 2nd Edition, 2014.
3. Kevin Mandia, Chris Prosise, “Incident Response and computer forensics”,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
4. John R. Vacca, “Computer Forensics: Computer Crime Scene Investigation”,
Cengage Learning, 2 nd Edition, 2005.
5. Keith J. Jones, Richard Bejtiich, Curtis W. Rose“Real Digital Forensics:
Computer Security and Incident Response” Addison-Wesley, 1st edition,
2005
6. Robert M Slade, “Software Forensics: Collecting Evidence from the Scene of
a Digital Crime”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 2004

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec20_lb06/preview
2. https://www.simplilearn.com/what-is-computer-forensics-article
3. https://www.guru99.com/digital-forensics.html

234
 Syllabus IT
ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/300474145_Digital_
Forensics/link/579898ba08aec89db7bb5831/download
2. http://indexof.es/Varios2/Computer%20Forensics%20and%
20Cyber%20Crime%20 An%20Introduction.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Understand various problems and proper forensics tools for investigation
of digital forensics. (K1)
2. Apply proper evidence collection procedure and tools to acquire data. (K3)
3. Apply forensic analysis tools to recover important evidence for identifying
computer crime. (K3)
4. Identify and evaluate the validation of forensics data. (K3)
5 . D e m o n s t ra te we l l - t ra i n e d n ex t - g e n e ra t i o n c o m p u te r c r i m e
investigators(K2)
6. Model case studies to educate the impact of Cyber Crime. (K3)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 - - - - 2 1 2

CO2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 2 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 2 2 1

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2

CO5 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2

CO6 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - 1 2 2

235
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - III

20MGEL701 FOUNDATION SKILLS IN L T P C
SDG NO. 9 & 12 INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the global trends and development methodologies of
various types of products and services.
l To conceptualize, prototype and develop product management plan for a
new product based on the type of the new product and development
methodology integrating the hardware, software, controls, electronics and
mechanical systems.
l To understand requirement engineering and know how to collect, analyze
and arrive at requirements for new product development and convert
them in to design speci ication.
l To understand system modeling for system, sub-system and their
interfaces and arrive at the optimum system speci ication and
characteristics.
l To develop documentation, test speci ications and coordinate with
various teams to validate and sustain up to the EoL (End of Life) support
activities for engineering customer.

UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 9

Global Trends Analysis and Product decision - Social Trends - Technical
Trends- Economical Trends - Environmental Trends - Political/Policy Trends -
Introduction to Product Development Methodologies and Management -
Overview of Products and Services - Types of Product Development -
Overview of Product Development methodologies - Product Life Cycle –
Product Development Planning and Management.

UNIT II REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEM DESIGN 9

Requirement Engineering - Types of Requirements - Requirement
Engineering - traceability Matrix and Analysis - Requirement Management -
System Design & Modeling - Introduction to System Modeling - System
Optimization - System Speci ication - Sub-System Design - Interface Design.

UNIT III DESIGN AND TESTING 9

Conceptualization - Industrial Design and User Interface Design - Introduction
to Concept generation Techniques – Challenges in Integration of Engineering
Disciplines - Concept Screening & Evaluation - Detailed Design - Component
Design and Veri ication – Mechanical, Electronics and Software Subsystems -
 Syllabus IT
High Level Design/Low Level Design of S/W Program - Types of Prototypes,
S/W Testing- Hardware Schematic, Component design, Layout and Hardware
Testing – Prototyping - Introduction to Rapid Prototyping and Rapid
Manufacturing - System Integration, Testing, Certi ication and Documentation

UNIT IV SUSTENANCE ENGINEERING AND END-OF-LIFE (EOL) SUPPORT 9

Introduction to Product veri ication processes and stages - Introduction to
Product Validation processes and stages - Product Testing Standards and
Certi ication - Product Documentation - Sustenance -Maintenance and Repair
– Enhancements - Product EoL - Obsolescence Management – Con iguration
Management - EoL Disposal.

UNIT V BUSINESS DYNAMICS – ENGINEERING SERVICES INDUSTRY 9

The Industry - Engineering Services Industry - Product Development in
Industry versus Academia –The IPD Essentials - Introduction to Vertical
Speci ic Product Development processes -Manufacturing/Purchase and
Assembly of Systems - Integration of Mechanical, Embedded and Software
Systems – Product Development Trade-offs - Intellectual Property Rights and
Con identiality – Security and Con iguration Management.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOK:
1. Book specially prepared by NASSCOM as per the MoU.
2. Karl T Ulrich and Stephen D Eppinger, "Product Design and Development",
Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 2011.
3. John W Newstorm and Keith Davis, "Organizational Behavior", Tata
McGraw Hill, 11th Edition, 2005.

REFERENCES :
1. Hiriyappa B, “Corporate Strategy – Managing the Business”, Author House,
2013.
2. Peter F Drucker, “People and Performance”, Butterworth – Heinemann
[Elsevier], Oxford, 2004.
3. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkita Krishnan N K, “Enterprise Resource
Planning – Concepts”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2003.
4. Mark S Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, "Human Factors in Engineering
and Design", McGraw Hill Education, 7th Edition, 2013.

237
 Syllabus IT

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/strategic-product-management-and-
leadership/
2. https://www.udemy.com/course/building-insanely-great-products/
3. https://www.coursera.org/learn/customer-insights-orientation

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://pursuite-production.s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com/
media/cms_page_media/162/FSIPD+OBF+-+2012+F0_1.pdf
2. https:// futureskillsnasscom. edcast. com/ pathways/ product-
management-primer-pathway/cards/5603673#

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Explain the basic essentials of product development. (K2)
2. Discuss the learnings to incorporate effective design for product
development. (K2)
3. Describe the various tools of innovation & product development process in
the Business context. (K2)
4. Identify the various process and choose the appropriate tools for
designing, development and testing. (K2)
5. Discuss disruptive models / process to manage a product development
from start to inish. (K2)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 - - 2 - -

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 3 - 2 -

CO3 3 2 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 - 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - 2 - -

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 3 - 3 -

238
 Syllabus IT
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL801 FREE AND OPEN SOURCE L T P C
SDG NO. 4 SOFTWARE TOOLS 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To be exposed to the context and operation of free and open source
software (FOSS) communities and associated software projects
l To be familiar with participating in a FOSS project
l To get acquaintance of Programming Tools and Techniques
l To learn the language Perl

UNIT I PHILOSOPHY 9
Notion of Community - Guidelines for Effectively Working with FOSS
Community - Bene its of Community Based Software Development -
Requirements for being Open - Free Software - Open Source Software – Four
Degrees of Freedom - FOSS Licensing Models - FOSS Licenses – GPL - AGPL -
LGPL - FDL - Implications - FOSS Examples.

UNIT II LINUX 9
Linux Installation and Hardware Con iguration – Boot Process-The Linux
Loader (LILO) - The Grand Uni ied Bootloader (GRUB) - Dual-Booting Linux
and other Operating System Options - X Windows System Con iguration-
System Administration – Backup and Restore Procedures - Strategies for
Keeping a Secure Server.

UNIT III PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 9

Programming using Perl - Program Structure – Types of Data – Operators –
Variable Interpolation – Lists and Hashes – Loops and Decisions - Files and
Data – References – Subroutines – Error Handling – Modules – Object Oriented
Perl - CGI - Databases – Networking.

UNIT IV PROGRAMMING TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES 9

Usage of Design Tools Like Argo UML or Equivalent - Version Control Systems
Like Git or Equivalent – Bug Tracking Systems- Package Management Systems.

UNIT V FOSS CASE STUDIES 9

Open Source Software Development - Case Study – Libreof ice –Samba.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

239
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ellen Siever, Stephen Figgins, Robert Love, Arnold Robbins, "Linux in a
Nutshell", Sixth Edition, OReilly Media, 2009.
2. Tom Phoenix, Randal Schwartz, Brian Foy "Learning Perl" , 6th Edition,
O'Reilly Media, 2011.

REFERENCES :
1. Linux Labs and Open Source Technologies Paperback by Dayanand
Ambawade (Author),Deven Shah (Author), Kogent Learning Solutions
Inc. (Author)
2. Linux Apache Web Server Administration (Craig Hunt Linux
library)Paperback – Import, 23 Nov 2000

WEB REFERENCES:
1. http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/
2. http://www.tldp.org/LDP/lame/LAME/linux-admin-made-easy/
3. http://www.perl.org/books/beginning-perl/
4. http://git-scm.com/
5. http://www.samba.org/
6. http://www.libreof ice.org/

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Execute and run open-source operating systems. (K3)
2. Sketch information about Free and Open Source Software projects from
software releases and from sites on the internet. (K3)
3. Describe and modify one or more Free and Open Source Software
packages. Use a version control system. (K2)
4. Use software to and interact with Free and Open Source Software
development projects. (K3)
5. Gather information about Open Source Software Development (K2)
6. Learn programming language and scripting language. (K1)

240
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 - 2 - 1 1 2 - - - - 1 2 1

CO2 1 - 2 - 1 1 2 - - - - 2 2 2

CO3 - 2 - - 1 - 1 - - - - - 2 3

CO4 - - 2 - 1 - 1 - - - - 1 3 2

CO5 - - 2 - - 2 - - - - 2 - 1 3

CO6 - - 2 - - 2 - - - - 2 - 2 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL802 L T P C
VIRTUAL AND AUGMENTED REALITY
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To introduce Virtual Reality, Input and Output devices
l To acquire knowledge on Computing architectures and modelling
l To explore VR programming and human factors
l To learn various application of Virtual and Augmented reality

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL REALITY AND INPUT

AND OUTPUT DEVICES 9
Introduction - The Three I's of Virtual Reality - A Short History of Early Virtual
Reality - Early Commercial VR Technology - VR becomes an Industry - The Five
Classic Components of a VR System. Input Devices - Three-Dimensional
Position Trackers - Tracker Performance Parameters - Ultrasonic Trackers -
Optical Trackers - Navigation and Manipulation Interfaces - Gesture Interfaces
- Output Devices - Graphics Displays - Large - Volume Displays - Sound
Displays.

UNIT II COMPUTING ARCHITECTURES AND MODELING OF VR SYSTEM 9

Computing Architectures for VR - The Rendering Pipeline - The Graphics
Rendering Pipeline - The Haptics Rendering Pipeline - PC Graphics
Architecture - PC Graphics Accelerators - Graphics Benchmarks - Distributed
VR Architectures - Multipipeline Synchronization - Colocated Rendering

241
 SyllabusIT
Pipelines - Modeling - Geometric Modeling - Kinematics Modeling - Physical
and Behavior Modeling.

UNIT III VR PROGRAMMING AND HUMAN FACTORS 9

Toolkits and Scene Graphs - World Tool Kit - Model Geometry and Appearance
- The WTK Scene Graph - Sensors and Action Functions - WTK Networking -
Java 3D - Model Geometry and Appearance - Java 3D Scene Graph - Sensors and
Behaviors - Java 3D Networking - WTK and Java 3D Performance Comparison
Methodology and Terminology - User Performance Studies - VR Health and
Safety Issues - VR and Society.

UNIT IV APPLICATIONS OF VR 9
Medical Applications of VR - Virtual Anatomy - Triage and Diagnostic - Surgery
- VR in Education - VR and the Arts - Entertainment Applications of VR -
Military VR Applications - Army Use of VR - VR Applications in the Navy - Air
Force use of VR - Applications of VR in Robotics - Robot programming - Robot
Teleoperation.

UNIT V AUGMENTED REALITY 9

Augmented Reality - An overview - Introduction - History - Augmented Reality
Technologies – Computer Vision Methods in AR - AR Devices - AR Interfaces -
AR Systems - Visualization Techniques for Augmented Reality - Data
Integration - Depth Perception - Augmenting Pictorial Depth Cues - Occlusion
Handling - Image Based X-ray Visualization - Scene Manipulation -
Rearranging Real World Objects - Space - Distorting Visualization - AR in
Healthcare.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Grigore C. Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, “Virtual Reality Technology”, Wiley,
Second Edition, 2006
2. BorkoFurht, “Handbook of Augmented Reality”, Springer, 2011.

REFERENCE:
1. C. Burdea & Philippe Coiffet, “Virtual Reality Technology”, Second Edition,
Gregory, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,2008
2. Jason Jerald. 2015. The VR Book: Human-Centred Design for Virtual
Reality. Association for Computing Machinery and Morgan & Claypool,
New York, NY, USA.
3. Augmented Reality: Principles and Practice (Usability) by Dieter
Schmalstieg & Tobias Hollerer, Pearson Education (US), Addison-Wesley

242
 IT Syllabus
Educational Publishers Inc, New Jersey, United States, 2016. ISBN:
9780321883575
4. Practical Augmented Reality: A Guide to the Technologies, Applications,
and Human Factors for AR and VR (Usability),Steve Aukstakalnis,
Addison-Wesley Professional; 1 edition, 2016.
5. The Fourth Transformation: How Augmented Reality & Arti icial
Intelligence Will Change Everything, Robert Scoble & Shel Israel, Patrick
Brewster Press; 1 edition, 2016.

WEB REFERENCE:
1. http://www.cs.upc.edu/~virtual/RVA/CourseSlides/03.%20VR%
20Input%20H

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Summarize the basics of virtual reality and IO devices. (K2)
2. Associate the computing architectures and rendering pipelines used. (K2)
3. Demonstrate the virtual reality system using various toolkits and scene
graphs. (K3)
4. Infer various applications of virtual reality systems. (K2)
5. Summarize the basics of augmented reality, IO devices and visualization
techniques. (K2)
6. Construct augmented reality applications for various real time problems.
(K3)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

CO2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

CO3 3 2 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 2 1

CO4 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

CO5 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1

CO6 3 2 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 1 1 2 1

243
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL803 L T P C
INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To Compare alternative tools and approaches for Intrusion Detection
through quantitative analysis
l To determine the best tool or approach to reduce risk from intrusion.
l To Identify and describe the parts of all intrusion detection systems and
characterize new
l To merge IDS technologies according to the basic capabilities all intrusion
detection systems share.

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
The state of threats against computers, and networked systems-Overview of
computer security solutions and why they fail-Vulnerability assessment,
irewalls, VPN’s -Overview of Intrusion Detectionand Intrusion Prevention,
Network and Host-based IDS

UNIT II CLASSES OF ATTACKS AND ITS LAYERS 9

Classes of attacks - Network layer: scans, denial of service, penetration
Application layer:software exploits, code injection-Human layer: identity
theft, root access-Classes of attackers-Kids/hackers/sopHesitated groups-
Automated: Drones, Worms, Viruses

UNIT III IDS MODELS 9

A General IDS model and taxonomy, Signature-based Solutions, Snort, Snort
rules, Evaluation of IDS,Cost sensitive IDS

UNIT IV DETECTION SYSTEMS AND VULNERABILITIES 9

Anomaly Detection Systems and Algorithms-Network Behaviour Based
Anomaly Detectors (ratebased)-Host-based Anomaly Detectors-Software
Vulnerabilities-State transition, Immunology, PayloadAnomaly Detection

UNIT V ATTACKS AND THREATS 9

Attack trees and Correlation of alerts- Autopsy of Worms and Botnets-
Malware detection -Obfuscation,polymorphism- Document vectors.Email/IM
security issues-Viruses/Spam-From signatures to thumbprints to zero day

244
 Syllabus IT
detection-InsiderThreat issues-Taxonomy-Masquerade and Impersonation
Traitors, Decoys and Deception-Future:Collaborative Security
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS :
1. Peter Szor, “The Art of Computer Virus Research and Defense”, Symantec
Press,2005
2. Markus Jakobsson and Zul ikar Ramzan, “Crimeware, Understanding New
Attacks and Defenses”,2008

REFERENCES:
1. Saiful Hasan, “Intrusion Detection System, Kindle Edition”,2018
2. Ankit Fadia, “Intrusion Alert: An Ethical Hacking Guide to Intrusion
Detection”,2007
3. Ali A. Ghorbani, Wei Lu, “Network Intrusion Detection and
Prevention:Concepts and Techniques”, Springer, 2010.
4. Carl Enrolf, Eugene Schultz, Jim Mellander, “Intrusion detection and
Prevention”, McGraw Hill, 2004
5. Paul E. Proctor, “The Practical Intrusion Detection Handbook “,Prentice
Hall , 2001.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.intechopen.com/books/intrusion-detection-systems/
2. https://www.sans.org/course/intrusion-detection-in-depth
3. https://www.cybrary.it/skill-certi ication-course/ids-ips-certi ication-
training-course

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand fundamental knowledge of Cyber Security.[K2]
2. Analyze various vulnerability and its implementation.[K2]
3. Understand basic and fundamental risk management principles as it
relates to Cyber Security and Mobile Computing.[K2]
4. Implement safer computing to safeguard information using Digital
Forensics. [K3]
5. Describe basic technical controls in use today, such as irewalls and
Intrusion Detection Systems. [K2]
6. Illustrate legal perspectives of Cyber Crimes and Cyber Security.[K3]

245
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 - - 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO2 2 2 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 2 2 2 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO5 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 - - 2 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20CSEL702 L T P C
SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To Appreciate the need for Software De ined Networks
l To Learn working of Software De ined Networking
l To Know the Open Flow Speci ications
l To Know the applications of Software De ined Networking in Data Centers

UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Basic Packet Switching Terminology - The Modern Data Center - Traditional
Switch Architecture - Autonomous and Dynamic Forwarding Tables - Open
Source and Technological Shifts - SDN - Evolution of Switches - Control Planes -
Cost - SDN Implications for Research and Innovation - Data Center Innovation -
Data Center Needs.

UNIT II THE GENESIS OF SDN 9

The Evolution of Networking Technology - Sustaining SDN Interoperability -
Open Source Contributions - Legacy Mechanisms Evolve Toward SDN -
Network Virtualization - Fundamental Characteristics of SDN - SDN Operation
- SDN Devices - SDN Controller - SDN Applications - Alternate SDN Methods.

UNIT III THE OPENFLOW SPECIFICATION 9

OpenFlow Overview - OpenFlow 1.0-1.1-1.2-1.3 - OpenFlow - Limitations -
Alternative De initions of SDN - Potential Drawbacks of Open SDN - SDN via
APIs - SDN via Hypervisor - Based Overlays - SDN via Opening Up the Device -
Network Functions Virtualization - Alternatives Overlap and Ranking.

UNIT IV SDN IN THE DATA CENTER 9

Data Center De inition - Data Center Demands - Tunneling Technologies for
the Data Center, Path Technologies in the Data Center - Ethernet Fabrics in the
Data Center - SDN Use Cases in the Data Center - Open SDN versus Overlays in
the Data Center - Real-World Data Center Implementations.
SDN IN OTHER ENVIRONMENTS: Consistent Policy Con iguration - Global
Network View - Wide Area Networks - Service Provider and Carrier Networks -
Campus Networks - Hospitality Networks - Mobile Networks - In-Line
Network Functions - Optical Networks - SDN vs P2P/Overlay Networks.

UNIT V SDN APPLICATIONS 9

Reactive versus Proactive Applications - Reactive SDN Applications - Proactive
SDN Applications - Analyzing Simple SDN Applications - Creating Network
Virtualization Tunnels - Of loading Flows in the Data Center - Access Control
for the Campus - Traf ic Engineering for Service Providers.

SDN FUTURES: Potential Novel Applications of Open SDN - Applying

Programming Techniques to Networks - Security Applications - Hiding IP
Addresses - Segregating IPSec Traf ic in Mobile Networks - Roaming in Mobile
Networks - Traf ic Engineering for service providers - Enabled Switching
Chips.
TOTAL:45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Paul Goransson, Chuck Black, “Software De ined Networks - A
Comprehensive Approach”, Elsevier, 2014.
2. Siamak Azodolmolky, “Software De ined Networking with Open Flow”,
Second Edition, Packt Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES:
1. Thomas D.Nadeau & Ken Gray, "SDN Software De ined Networks",
O'Reilly publishers, First edition, 2013.
2. Sreenivas Voruganti, Sriram Subramanian, “Software De ined
Networking (SDN) with Open Stack”, First Edition, Packt Publishing,
2016.
3. William Stallings, “Foundations of Modern Networking”, First Edition,
Pearson education limited, 2016.
4. Vivek Tiwari, “SDN and Open Flow for Beginners”, Amazon Digital
Services, Inc., 2013.
5. Fei Hu, Editor, “Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN:
Principles and Design”, Chemical Rubber Company Press, 2014.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://users.cs. iu.edu/~fortega/storage/tcn6430/SDN_
9780124166844.pdf
2. https://www.cs.rutgers.edu/~sn624/552-F18/papers/p4.pdf
3. https://www.cs.rutgers.edu/~sn624/552-F18/papers/road.pdf

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://sdn.ieee.org/outreach/resources
2. https://www.coursera.org/learn/sdn

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Explain the key bene its of SDN by the separation of data and control planes
(K1)
2. Interpret the SDN data plane devices and Open low Protocols.(K2)
3. Implement the operation of SDN control plane with different
controllers.(K2)
4. Apply techniques that enable applications to control the underlying
network using SDN.(K3)
5. Appreciate the applications of Software De ined Networking in Data
Centers (K2)
6. Describe Network Functions Virtualization components and their roles in
SDN(K3)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 - 3 2 - 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 -

CO2 1 3 1 2 - 1 - 3 1 - 1 1 1 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 1 3 2 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 1 1 3 2 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 2 2 1 3 2 3 3
 PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL804 L T P C
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To get exposed to simple Image Enhancement techniques in Spatial and
Frequency domain
l To learn concepts of Degradation function and Restoration techniques
l To study the Image Segmentation and Representation techniques
l To become familiar with Image Compression and Recognition methods

UNIT I DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS 9

Steps in Digital Image Processing – Components – Elements of Visual
Perception – Image Sensing and Acquisition – Image Sampling and
Quantization – Relationships Between Pixels - Color Image Fundamentals -
RGB - HSI Models - Two Dimensional Mathematical Preliminaries - 2D
transforms - DFT- DCT.

UNIT II IMAGE ENHANCEMENT 9

Spatial Domain: Gray Level Transformations – Histogram Processing – Basics
of Spatial Filtering– Smoothing and Sharpening Spatial Filtering - Frequency
Domain: Introduction to Fourier Transform– Smoothing and Sharpening
Frequency Domain Filters – Ideal - Butterworth and Gaussian Filters -
Homomorphic Filtering - Color Image Enhancement.

UNIT III IMAGE RESTORATION 9

Image Restoration - Degradation Model - Properties - Noise Models – Mean
Filters – Order Statistics – Adaptive Filters – Band Reject Filters – Band Pass
Filters – Notch Filters – Optimum Notch Filtering – Inverse Filtering – Wiener
Filtering.

UNIT IV IMAGE SEGMENTATION 9

Edge Detection - Edge Linking Via Hough Transform – Thresholding - Region
Based Segmentation – Region Growing – Region Splitting and Merging –
Morphological Processing - Erosion and Dilation - Segmentation by
Morphological Watersheds – Basic Concepts – Dam Construction – Watershed
Segmentation Algorithm.
UNIT V IMAGE COMPRESSION AND RECOGNITION 9
Need For Data Compression - Huffman - Run Length Encoding - Shift Codes -
Arithmetic Coding - JPEG Standard - MPEG - Boundary Representation -
Boundary Description - Fourier Descriptor - Regional Descriptors –
Topological Feature, Texture - Patterns and Pattern Classes - Recognition
Based on Matching.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”,
Pearson, Third Edition, 2010.
2. Anil K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Pearson, 2002

REFERENCES:
1. Kenneth R. Castleman, “Digital Image Processing” , Pearson, 2006.
2. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven Eddins, “Digital Image
Processing using MATLAB”, Pearson Education, Inc., 2011.
3. D.E. Dudgeon and RM. Mersereau, “Multidimensional Digital Signal
Processing”, Prentice Hall Professional Technical Reference, 1990
4. Wlliam K. Pratt, “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley, New York,2002
5. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, "Image Processing, Analysis,
and Machine Vision", Fourth Edition, Cengage Learning, 2013.
6. S. Sridhar, “Digital Image Processing”, Oxford University Press, 2016.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/digital-image-processing-basics/
2. https://towardsdatascience.com/introduction-to-images-
c9c7abe6bfd2

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Summarize the fundamentals of Digital Image Processing. (K2)
2. Use spatial domain and frequency domain ilters for Image
Enhancement. (K3)
3. Distinguish all the image restoration methods (K2)
4. Demonstrate various image segmentation algorithms (K3)
5. Interpret various image compression and recognition techniques. (K3)
6. Experiment the real world images with all the digital image processing
techniques (K3)
 Syllabus IT
CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1

CO2 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

CO5 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL802 L T P C
INFORMATION SYSTEM AUDIT
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To know about Information System
l To learn the models of system audit
l To impart knowledge of security control and database access
l To Manage and evaluate the audit function

UNIT I OVERVIEW OF INFORMATION SYSTEM 5

Auditing-Conducting an Information Systems Audit - Overview and steps in an
Audit.

UNIT II MANAGEMENT CONTROL FRAMEWORK 12

Introduction - Systems Development Management Controls - Approaches to
Auditing Systems Development - Normative Models of the Systems
Development Process - Evaluating the Major Phases in the Systems
Development Process - Security Management Controls - Operations
Management Controls - Quality Assurance Management Controls.

UNIT III APPLICATION CONTROL FRAMEWORK 9

Boundary Controls - Input Controls- Processing Controls - Database Controls -
Output Controls.

UNIT IV EVIDENCE COLLECTION 10

Audit Software - Code Review - Test Data and Code Comparison - Concurrent
251
 Syllabus IT
Auditing Techniques – Interviews -Questionnaires - Control Flowcharts-
Performance Management tools -Evaluating Asset Safeguarding and Data
Integrity - Evaluating System Effectiveness - Evaluating System Ef iciency.

UNIT V INFORMATION SYSTEM AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT 9

Managing the Information Systems Audit Function - Planning Function -
Organizing Function - Staf ing Function - Leading Function - Controlling
Function - Some Features of Information Systems Auditing – Trouble shooting
the Audit Service- Contemporary Information Systems Auditing Challenges.
TOTAL : 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. CA. Manoj Agarwal, "Information Systems Control and Audit", Fifth
Edition, Bharat Law House, 2017
2. Angel R. Otero," Information Technology Control and Audit", Fifth Edition,
Taylor & Frances Group,2019.

REFERENCES:
1. James A.Hall, “Information Technology Auditing and Assurance”, Fourth
Edition, South-Western College Pub, 2015.
2. David L Cannon, Timothy S Beigmann, Brandy Pamplin, “Certi ied
Information System”, Auditor study guide, Wiley Publications, 2011.
3. Jack J. Champlain, “Auditing Information Systems”, Second Edition, John
Wiley &Sons , Inc., 2003
4. Ron Weber, "Information Systems Control and Audit", Pearson Education,
2002.
5. M.Revathy Sriram, "Systems Audit", TMH, New Delhi, 2001.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://ag.ap.nic.in/GSSA/PDF_Files/ITAM%20Vol_I.pdf
2. http://www.iibf.org.in/documents/ceisb-module2.pdf

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Infer the steps and models of system audit.(K2)
2. Understand the approaches to management control framework (K2)
3. Analyze all the controls such as database and output. (K4)
4. Understand the concurrent auditing and performance management
tools.(K2)
5. Comprehend data integrity and system ef iciency. (K2)
252
 Syllabus IT
6. Select and analyze features of information systems auditing and
management. (K4)

CO-PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 - - 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO2 3 2 - 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 - - 3

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 2 2 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO5 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO6 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL806 L T P C
PATTERN RECOGNITION TECHNIQUES
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand about Unsupervised algorithms suitable for pattern
classi ication
l To familiarize with the Feature Selection algorithms and method of
implementing them in applications
l To learn about the basis of algorithm used for training and testing the
dataset
l To learn basic Fuzzy System and Neural Network architectures, for
applications in Pattern Recognition, Image Processing and Computer
Vision

UNIT I PATTERN CLASSIFIER 9

Overview of Pattern Recognition – Discriminant Functions – Supervised
Learning – Parametric Estimation – Maximum Likelihood Estimation – Bayes
Theorem – Bayesian Belief Network–Naive Bayesian Classi ier.

UNIT II CLUSTERING 9
Clustering Concept – Hierarchical Clustering Procedures – Partitional
Clustering – Clustering of Large Data Sets – EM Algorithm – Grid Based

253
 Syllabus IT
Clustering– Density Based Clustering.

UNIT III FEATURE SELECTION AND GENERATION 9

Feature Selection-Introduction-Preprocessing -The Peaking Phenomenon-
Feature Selection Based on Statistical Hypothesis Testing-The Receiver
Operating Characteristics (ROC) Curve-Class Separability Measures-Feature
Subset Selection-Feature Generation - Introduction - Regional Features -
Features for Texture Characterization - Moments - Parametric Models-Optimal
Feature Generation.

UNIT IV HIDDEN MARKOV MODELS AND SUPPORT

VECTOR MACHINE 9
State Machines – Hidden Markov Models - Maximum Likelihood for the HMM,
Forward-Backward Algorithm - Sum and Product Algorithm for the HMM-
Scaling Factors - Viterbi Algorithm - Extensions of the Hidden Markov Model –
Support Vector Machines - Maximum Margin Classi iers - Relevance Vector
Machines.

UNIT V RECENT ADVANCES 9

Fuzzy Classi ication - Fuzzy Set Theory - Fuzzy and Crisp Classi ication - Fuzzy
Clustering - Fuzzy Pattern Recognition – Introduction to Neural Networks:
Elementary Neural Network for Pattern Recognition - Hebbnet - Perceptron -
ADALINE and Back Propagation.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

TEXT BOOKS :
1. R O Duda, P.E. Hart and D.G. Stork, “Pattern Classi ication and Scene
Analysis”, John Wiley, First Edition, 2000.
2. Rajasekaran, G. A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, "Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and
Genetic Algorithm: Synthesis and Applications", Prentice Hall, 2010.

REFERENCES:
1. C. M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2006.
2. M. Narasimha Murthy, V. Susheela Devi, “Pattern Recognition”, Springer,
2011.
3. Andrew Webb, “Statistical Pattern Recognition”, Arnold Publishers, 1999.
4. Robert J. Schalkoff, “Pattern Recognition : Statistical, Structural and Neural
Approaches”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2007.
5. S.Theodoridis and K.Koutroumbas, “Pattern Recognition”, Fourth Edition,
Academic Press, 2009.

254
 Syllabus IT

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106046
2. https://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/course_details.php?arg=Mjc=

ONLINE REFERENCES :
1. https://freevideolectures.com/course/3194/pattern-recognition

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand basic Pattern Classi ication algorithms (K2)
2. Discuss different types of Clustering techniques (K2)
3. Perceive the recent advancement in Pattern Recognition (K3)
4. Acquire knowledge about various Feature Extraction techniques (K2)
5. Apply SVM and HMM algorithms for Real time applications (K3)
6. Describe basic Fuzzy System and Neural Network architectures, for
applications in Pattern Recognition, Image Processing and Computer
Vision (K2)

CO- PO, PSO MAPPING :

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 - 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - 2 - 1 - 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - 2 - 1 - 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - 2 - 1 - 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 3 1 - 2 2

CO6 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 1 1

255
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20CSEL809 L T P C
GAME PROGRAMMING
SDG NO. 4 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concepts of game design and development
l To learn the processes, mechanics and issues in game design
l To be exposed to the core architectures of game programming
l To know about game programming platforms, frame works and engines.
learn to develop games

UNIT I 3D GRAPHICS FOR GAME PROGRAMMING 9

3D Transformations, Quaternions, 3D Modeling and Rendering - Ray Tracing -
Shader Models - Lighting - Color - Texturing - Camera and Projections - Culling
and Clipping - Character Animation - Physics - Based Simulation - Scene
Graphs.

UNIT II GAME ENGINE DESIGN 9

Game Engine Architecture - Engine Support Systems - Resources and File
Systems - Game Loop and Real-time Simulation - Human Interface Devices -
Collision and Rigid Body Dynamics - Game Pro iling.

UNIT III GAME PROGRAMMING APPLICATION 9

Application Layer - Game Logic - Game Views - Managing Memory - Controlling
the Main Loop - Loading and Caching Game Data - User Interface Management
- Game Event Management.

UNIT IV GAMING PLATFORMS AND FRAMEWORKS 9

2D and 3D Game Development Using Flash - DirectX - Java - Python - Game
Engines - Unity - DX Studio,

UNIT V GAME DEVELOPMENT 9

Developing 2D and 3D Interactive Games Using DirectX or Python – Isometric
and Tile Based Games - Puzzle Games - Single Player Games - Multi-Player
Games.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mike Mc Shaffrfy and David Graham, “Game Coding Complete”, Fourth
Edition, Cengage Learning, PTR, 2012.
256
 Syllabus IT
2. Jason Gregory, “Game Engine Architecture”, CRC Press / A K Peters, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Eric Lengyel, “Mathematics for 3D Game Programming and Computer
Graphics”, 3rd Edition, Course Technology PTR, 2011.
2. David H. Eberly, “3D Game Engine Design - A Practical Approach to Real-
Time Computer Graphics”, Second Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2006.
3. Ernest Adams and Andrew Rollings, “Fundamentals of Game Design”,
2nd Edition, Prentice Hall /NewRiders,2009.
4. Jesse Schell, “The Art of Game Design: A book of lenses”, First Edition,
CRC Press, 2008.
5. Rod Afshar, Cliff Jones, Duke Banerjee, "Advergaming Developer's
Guide: Using Macromedia Flash MX 2004 and Director MX (Game
Development Series)", Charles River Media, Feb, 2004.

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GfwpRU0cT10

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Game design and development (K2).
2 Design the processes and use mechanics for game development (K3).
3 Study the Core architectures of Game Programming (K1).
4 Implement Game programming platforms, frameworks and engines
(K3).
5 Develop Interactive Games(K3).
6 Apply design and development principles in the construction of two-
dimensional (2D) and Three-dimensional (3D) computer and mobile
games(K3).

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 3 1 3 - - - 1 2 - 1 2 2

CO2 2 3 3 2 1 3 - 1 3 1 1 2 3 3

CO3 3 - 2 2 - 3 - 1 2 1 1 2 1 1

CO4 2 1 1 - 3 3 - 2 1 1 - 1 2 1

CO5 2 1 3 - 3 3 - 2 1 1 - 1 2 1

CO6 2 1 3 - 3 - - 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

257
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL807 L T P C
IOT BASED SMART SYSTEMS
SDG NO. 4, 9 & 11 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the concepts and perspectives of Internet of Things
l To build a small low-cost embedded system using Single Board Computers
l To acquire Knowledge about IoT Framework and Industrial IoT
l To design Internet of Things with Embedded systems using data analytics
l To learn the various case study of IoT systems

UNIT I IOT CONCEPTS AND ENABLING TECHNOLOGIES 9

Introduction – De inition and Characteristics of IoT – Bene its of IoT –Physical
design of IoT – Logical design of IoT –IoT Enabling Technologies–Resource
Management – Resource Partitioning – Computation Of loading -
Identi ication and Resource/Service Discovery – IoT Levels

UNIT II IOT ARCHITECTURE AND ITS CORE MODULES 9

Reference architecture for IoT – SOA based & API oriented architecture – Four
layer architecture – Seven Layer architecture – fog computing – Open stack
cloud architecture – Gateways, Edge Devices, Data acquisition systems, Cloud
services.

UNIT III EMBEDDED PROTOTYPING OF IOT 9

Overview of Raspberry Pi – General-Purpose Input/Outputs – Sensors with
Raspberry Pi – Actuators with RaspberryPi –Web Server with Raspberry Pi –
Raspberry Pi as a Database Server – ESP8266 WiFi Module – Block
Diagram,Features, applications

UNIT IV IOT FRAMEWORK & INDUSTRIAL IOT 9

IoT Value Chain – IoT Platforms – Cisco, Salesforce, Azure IoT, Eclipse IoT,
Thingworx, GE Predix, AWS IoT, WatsonIoT, Kaa – Introduction to Industrial
Internet of Things & Industry 4.0 – IIoT Architecture – Applications and
Challenges

UNIT V DATA ANALYTICS & IOT CASE STUDIES 9

IoT Data Management – Analytics –Apache Hadoop Programming Model,Job
Execution,Hadoop Cluster – Case Studies – Smart Parking, Smart Irrigation
Control, Air Pollution Monitoring, Forest Fire Detection, Weather Forecasting.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
258
 Syllabus IT
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things, A Hands-on-
Approach”, 1st Edition, Universities press Pvt. Ltd., India, 2015.
2. Mayur Ramgir, “Internet of Things- Architecture, Implementation, and
Security”, 1st Edition, PearsonEducation,India, 2019

REFERENCES:
1. Rajkumar Buyya, Amir VahidDastjerdi, “Internet of Things: Principles
and Paradigms”, 1st Edition, Elsevier, USA, 2016
2. Dimitrios Serpanos, Marilyn Wolf, “Internet-of-things (IoT) systems:
architectures, algorithms, methodologies”, 1st Edition, Springer, UK,
2017.
3. Charles Bell, “Beginning Sensor Networks with Arduino and Raspberry
Pi”, 1st Edition, Apress Publishers, USA, 2013.

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://www.raspberrypi.org/
2. https://nurdspace.nl/images/e/e0/ESP8266_Speci ications_
English.pdf
3. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc20_cs24

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the design concepts, architecture, modules and resource
management of Internet of Things. (K2)
2. Identify the methods of data acquiring, organizing and analytics using
Cloud platform for IoT applications. (K2)
3. Build IoT applications using Raspberry Pi board. (K3)
4. Illustrate the necessary framework required for IoT. (K2)
5. Infer the applications and challenges of Industrial IOT. (K2)
6. Develop IOT based smart systems using data analytics. (K3)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 - - - - 2 3 3

CO3 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3

CO5 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3

CO6 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - 2 3 3
259
 Syllabus IT

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20ITEL808 L T P C
WEB SECURITY
SDG NO. 4 & 9 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
l To understand the fundamentals of networks, architecture, Threats and
Vulnerabilities
l To apply the various Authentication schemes
l To analyze the different Protocols and standards for various layers and
wireless networks
l To analyze the various types of Intrusions by detection and prevention
mechanisms
l To apply and analyze different irewalls for different kind of networks

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO WEB SECURITY 9

Fundamentals: Network Security, Open SourceSecurity Architecture, Security
Threats, Vulnerabilities, Authentication - Elements, types, Methods,
Identi ication Schemes - Federated Identity Management, Entity
Authentication - Key Distribution – PKI - Key Agreement Schemes - Secret
Sharing Schemes – Kerberos - E-Passports

UNIT II PROTOCOLS AND STANDARDS 9

Network Layer: IPSecurity – Architecture, Authentication Header,
Encapsulating Security Payload, Security Policy, IKE, ISAKMP and Virtual
private Networks – Tunneling Technologies, Security Considerations.
Transport Layer: SSL and TLS - Protocols, HTTPS, SSH. Application Layer:
Email Security –PGP, S/MIME, DKIM. Electronic Payments - SET, Web Services
Security.

UNIT III INTRUSION DETECTION AND PREVENTION 9

Intrusion Detection: Host, Network, and Hybrid based systems, SIV, LFM,
Honeypots, and Intrusion Prevention: Host and Network based systems.
Denial of Service, DDoS – Prevention, Detection, IP Trace back, Malicious
Software, Malware Detection – Worm Detection, Worm Signature extraction,
Virus Detection. Case Study: Intrusion Detection Tools

UNIT IV FIREWALLS 9
Characteristics, Types – Packet Inspection, VPN, SOHO, NAT Firewalls, NAT
Implementation and Classi ication, NAT Hairpinning, Basing - DMZ – Single
Firewall, Dual Firewall, DMZ Host, DMZ Design and Architecture- Forensics,
Services and Limitations
260
 Syllabus IT
UNIT V WIRELESS SECURITY 9
Network infrastructure, Wi-Fi, Standards: IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth, GSM
Security, Mobile Station Authentication, Subscriber Identity con identiality,
Security in UMTS, Signaling data integrity and origin authentication, User
traf ic con identiality, Network domain security
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. William Stallings, “Network Security Essentials: Applications and
Standards”, Pearson , 2017
2. Chris Sanders, Jason Smith, "Applied Network Security Monitoring",
Elsevier Science, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. Keith J. Jones, Richard Bejtlich, Curtis W. Rose, Dan Farmer, Wietse
Venema, Brian Carrier, "Real Digital Forensics- Computer Security and
Incident Response", Addison-Wesley, 2015
2. Sherri Davidoff, Jonathan Ham, "Network Forensics - Tracking Hackers
Through Cyberspace", Prentice Hall, 2014
3. Richard Bejtlich,"The Practice of Network Security Monitoring:
Understanding Incident Detection and Response", No Starch Press,
2015

WEB REFERENCES:
1. https://portswigger.net/web-security - Web Security Academy –
Content with hands on training
2. https://www.toptal.com/security/10-most-common-web-security-
vulnerabilities
3. http://csc.columbusstate.edu/summers/NOTES/CS559/Syl-459.htm

ONLINE RESOURCES:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/new-web-security-2020/ - Free
Udemy Certi ication Course
2. https://www.softwaretestinghelp.com/ irewall-security/
3. https://www.omnisecu.com/security/index.php

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Understand the fundamentals of networks, architecture, Threats and
Vulnerabilities. (K2)
2. Comprehend the various Authentication schemes and standards to
secure the variety of applications. (K2)

261
 Syllabus IT
3. Illustrate the use of different Protocols and standards used in various
network layers and wireless networks. (K3)
4. Classify the various types of Intrusions corresponding to the security
threats and to apply the preventive scheme. (K3)
5. Examine the types of irewalls and map the usage of irewalls with
respective network. (K3)
6. Summarize the wireless security standards and its applications. (K2)

CO - PO, PSO MAPPING:

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 2 1 - - 2 - - - - 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 1 - - 2 - - - - 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - - - - 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - - 3 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - 3 - - - - 3 3

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES - IV
20HSMG801 L T P C
SDG NO. 3,4,5,8,10, PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND VALUES
13,14,15,16 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES:
The objectives of this course are to provide students of engineering with:
l An understanding of their duties and responsibilities as professionals
through gaining knowledge of the philosophies of ethics, professional
practice, and world culture.
l Basic knowledge to make informed ethical decisions when confronted with
problems in the working environment.
l Improved awareness of potential ethical issues within an engineering
context.
l Team skills through working in teams on assignments and in-class
assignments.
l Subjective analytical skills through investigation and evaluation of ethical
problems in engineering settings using accepted tests for moral problem
solving.
l An understanding of how societal morals vary with culture and its influence

262
 Syllabus IT
on ethical thought and action.
l Improved communications skills with regard to ethical and professional
issues in engineering.
l Know some of the classic cases as well as contemporary issues in
engineering ethics.

UNIT I HUMAN VALUES

Morals, Values, and Ethics – Integrity –Trustworthiness – Work Ethics –
Service-Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for others – Living Peacefully –
Caring – Sharing – Honesty –Courage – Value Time – Co-operation –
Commitment – Empathy – Self-confidence – Spirituality- Character.

UNIT II PRINCIPLES FOR HARMONY

Truthfulness – Customs and Traditions -Value Education – Human Dignity –
Human Rights – Fundamental Duties – Aspirations and Harmony (I, We &
Nature) – Gender Bias – Emotional Intelligence – Salovey – Mayer Model –
Emotional Competencies – Conscientiousness.

UNIT III ENGINEERING ETHICS AND SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION

History of Ethics – Need of Engineering Ethics – Senses of Engineering Ethics-
Profession and Professionalism ––Self Interest – Moral Autonomy –
Utilitarianism – Virtue Theory – Uses of Ethical Theories – Deontology- Types
of Inquiry –Kohlberg's Theory – Gilligan's Argument – Heinz's Dilemma –
Comparison with Standard Experiments –– Learning from the Past –
Engineers as Managers – Consultants and Leaders – Balanced Outlook on Law
– Role of Codes – Codes and Experimental Nature of Engineering.

UNIT IV ENGINEERS' RESPONSIBILITIES TOWARDS SAFETY AND RISK

The concept of Safety – Safety and Risk – Types of Risks – Voluntary
v/sInvoluntary Risk – Consequences – Risk Assessment –Accountability –
Liability – Reversible Effects – Threshold Levels of Risk – Delayed
v/sImmediate Risk – Safety and the Engineer – Designing for Safety – Risk-
Benefit Analysis-Accidents.

UNIT V ENGINEERS' DUTIES AND RIGHTS

Concept of Duty – Professional Duties – Collegiality – Techniques for Achieving
Collegiality – Senses of Loyalty – Consensus and Controversy – Professional
and Individual Rights – Confidential and Proprietary Information – Conflict of
Interest-Ethical egoism – Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality – Gifts and
Bribes – Problem solving-Occupational Crimes- Industrial Espionage- Price
Fixing-Whistle Blowing.

263
 Syllabus IT
UNIT VI GLOBAL ISSUES
Globalization and MNCs –Cross Culture Issues – Business Ethics – Media Ethics
– Environmental Ethics – Endangering Lives – Bio Ethics – Computer Ethics –
War Ethics – Research Ethics -Intellectual Property Rights.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M.Govindarajan, S.Natarajan and V.S.SenthilKumar, “Engineering Ethics
& Human Values”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, Tata
McGraw-Hill – 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Sekhar, R.C., “Ethical Choices in Business Response Books”, New Delhi,
Sage Publications, 1997.
2. Kitson, Alan and Campebell, Robert, “The Ethical Organisation”, Great
Britain Macmillan Press Ltd., 1996.
3. Pinkus, Rosa Lyun B., Larry J Shulman, Norman Phummon, Harvey Wolfe,
“Engineering Ethics”,New York, Cambridge Uty., Press, 1997.
4. R. Subramaniam, “Professional Ethics”, Oxford Publications, New Delhi.
5. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, “Ethics in Engineering”, Tata
McGraw-Hill – 2003.
6. Prof.A.R.Aryasri, Dharanikota Suyodhana, “Professional Ethics and
Morals” Maruthi Publications.
7. Harris, Pritchard, and Rabins, “Engineering Ethics”, Cengage Learning,
New Delhi.
8. S. B. Gogate, “Human Values & Professional Ethics”, Vikas Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., Noida.
9. A. Alavudeen, R.Kalil Rahman and M. Jayakumaran, “Professional Ethics
and Human Values”, University Science Press.
10. Prof.D.R.Kiran, “Professional Ethics and Human Values” Tata McGraw-Hill
– 2013.
11. Jayshree Suresh and B. S. Raghavan, “Human Values and Professional
Ethics”, S.Chand Publications.

WEB RESOURCES:
1. Ethos Education provides a concise guide on developing a code of ethics
for primary and secondary schools.
2. The Ethics Resource Center has a toolkit available for use. When used for
commercial purposes, a nominal license fee is required.
3. Creating A Code Of Ethics for Your Organization, with many suggested
books, by Chris MacDonald
264
 Syllabus IT
4. The Deloitte Center for Corporate Governance offers a variety of
resources for those who are active in governance, including a variety of
resources and a set of suggested guidelines for writing a code of ethics or
a code of conduct.

MOOC REFERENCES:
1. https://www.udemy.com/course/worlplace-ethics-and-attitude/
2. https://www.udemy.com/course/business-ethics-how-to-create-an-
ethical-organization/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110/105/110105097/Ethics in
Engineering Practice
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/109/104/109104068/Human Values
5. https://www.coursera.org/learn/ethics-technology-engineering
6. https://www.classcentral.com/course/ethics-technology-engineering-
10485

OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the corse, the students will be able to
1. Classify between ethical and non-ethical situations. (K2)
2. Discuss and practice moral judgment in conditions of dilemma. (K2)
3. Explain and relate the code of ethics to social experimentation and real
world scenarios. (K2)
4. Describe risk and safety measures in various engineering fields. (K2)
5. Explain the impact of engineering solutions in a global/societal /
professional context. (K2)

CO- PO MAPPING:
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3

265
Imagine the Future and
Make it happen!

Together let’s build a better world where there is NO POVERTY and ZERO HUNGER.

We have GOOD HEALTH AND WELL BEING QUALITY EDUCATION and full GENDER EQUALITY everywhere.
There is CLEAN WATER AND SANITATION for everyone. AFFORDABLE AND CLEAN ENERGY
which will help to create DECENT WORK AND ECONOMIC GROWTH. Our prosperity shall be fuelled

by investments in INDUSTRY, INNOVATION AND INFRASTRUCTURE that will help us to

REDUCE INEQUALITIES by all means. We will live in SUSTAINABLE CITIES AND COMMUNITIES.
RESPONSIBLE CONSUMPTION AND PRODUCTION will help in healing our planet.

CLIMATE ACTION will reduce global warming and we will have abundant,

flourishing LIFE BELOW WATER , rich and diverse LIFE ON LAND.

We will enjoy PEACE AND JUSTICE through STRONG INSTITUTIONS

and will build long term PARTNERSHIPS FOR THE GOALS.

For the goals to be reached,

everyone needs to do their part:
Together we can...
governments, the private sector,
civil society and People like you.
S
Chairman & CEO - Sairam Institutions
We build a Better nation
through Quality education.

College Campus
Sri Sai Leo Nagar, West Tambaram,

SAI RAM
Chennai - 600 044. Ph : 044-2251 2222

Administrative Office
“Sai Bhavan”, 31B, Madley Road, T.Nagar,
ENGINEERING COLLEGE Chennai - 600 017. Ph : 044-4226 7777
An Autonomous Institution
Afliated to Anna University & Approved by AICTE, New Delhi e-mail : [email protected]
Accredited by NBA and NAAC “A+”
ISO 9001:2015 Certified and MHRD NIRF ranked institutions www.sairamgroup.in